A Word From STERIS Corporation
ADVISORY
INDICATIONS FOR USE
The operation and maintenance procedures recommended by STERIS are described in this manual.
Only these recommended maintenance procedures
should be followed.
The Amsco® Century® Medium Steam Sterilizer is
designed for sterilization of heat- and moisturestabile materials used in healthcare facilities and is
available in two medium size models:
A listing of the safety precautions to be observed
when operating and servicing this equipment can be
found in Section 1 of this manual. Do not operate or
service this equipment until you have become familiar with this information.
• Prevacuum–designed for sterilization of heat- and
moisture-stabile materials. The Prevacuum sterilizer is equipped with Prevacuum, Gravity, Liquid, Leak Test and DART (Bowie-Dick) cycles.
• Steam Flush Pressure Pulse (SFPP)–designed for
sterilization of heat- and moisture-stabile materials. The SFPP sterilizer is equipped with SFPP,
WRAP/SFPP, Prevacuum, Gravity, Liquid, Leak
Test and DART (Bowie-Dick) cycles.
Any alteration of this equipment not authorized or
performed by STERIS Engineering Service which
could affect its operation will void the warranty,
could adversely affect sterilization efficacy, could
violate federal, state, and local regulations, and could
jeopardize your insurance coverage.
© 2005, STERIS Corporation
This sterilizer is specifically designed to only process goods using the cycles as specified in this manual.
If there is any doubt about a specific material or
product, contact the manufacturer of that product
for the recommended sterilization technique.
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
i
764330-117
Factory-Set Cycles and Cycle Values
Table 1A. Prevacuum Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values
Cycles:
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
Recommended
Load
Validation
Standard
1. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
5 MIN.
Single Fabric Pack
ST-8
2. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
3. GRAVITY
250°F (121°C)
30 MIN.
15 MIN.
Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
4. LIQUID
250°F (121°C)
45 MIN.
0 MIN.
Refer to Table 3-3 for guidelines.
ST-8
5. PREVAC
275°F (135°C)
3 MIN.
16 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
ST-8
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
Table 1B. Steam Flush Pressure-Pulse Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values
Cycles:
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
1. WRAP/
SFPP
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max. wt.:
17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Non-porous Goods, only.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
2. SFPP
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Fabric Packs
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
3. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max. wt.:
17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Fabric Packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
4. GRAVITY
250°F (121°C)
30 MIN.
15 MIN.
Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
5. PREVAC
275°F (135°C)
3 MIN.
16 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
ST-8
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
Test Cycles
for All Units
5. Leak Test1
6. DART Test
1
7. DART Warm-up1
1
Recommended
Load
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
270°F (132°C)
N/A
N/A
270°F (132°C)
3-1/2 MIN.
270°F (132°C)
3 MIN.
Not adjustable.
ii
764330-117
Recommended
Load
Validation
Standard
Validation
Standard
N/A
ST-8
1 MIN.
DARTor Bowie-Dick
Test Pack
ST-8
1 MIN.
N/A
N/A
Recommended Loads by Sterilizer Size 1
1
Wrapped
Instrument Trays
Fabric
Packs
26 x 37.5 x 36" (660 x 950 x 910)
9
18
26 x 37.5 x 48" (660 x 950 x 1220)
12
30
26 x 37.5 x 60" (660 x 950 x 1520)
15
36
Refer to Tables 1A and 1B to determine cycle use guidelines.
Liquid Cycle Processing Guidelines
Number of
Containers
Volume of Liquid
in One Container
Minimum Recommended
Sterilize Time at 250°F (121°C)
in minutes
1000 mL
45
3
Prevacuum Sterilizer
Menu Screen
Steam Flush Pressure Pulse
Sterilizer Menu Screen
TEMP ............ 98 F
PRESS .......... 00 psig
STATUS ....... DOOR OPEN
1
TEMP ............ 98° F
PRESS .......... 0.00 psig
STATUS ....... DOOR OPEN
1
Cycle Selection
Touch Pads
1
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 5:00
2
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
3
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
4
LIQUID
250 F
S= 45:00
D= 00:00
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
1
WRAP/SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
00/00/00
MENU
2
SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
3
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
4
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
iii
764330-117
00/00/00
MENU
0123
Manufactured by:
EC Authorized Representative
STERIS Corporation
2424 West 23rd Street
Erie, PA 16506 • USA
STERIS Ltd.
STERIS House
Jays Close
Viables
Basingstoke
Hampshire
RG22 4AX
UNITED KINGDOM
Tel: 814 452 3100
Fax: 814 870 8338
Tel: +44 (0)1256 840400
Fax: +44 (0) 1256 866502
STERIS Corporation,
Erie, Pennsylvania is an
ISO 13485 certified facility.
The base language of this document is
ENGLISH. Any translations must be
made from the base language document.
STERIS Corporation
5960 Heisley Road
Mentor, OH 44060-1834 USA
440-354-2600 • 800-548-4873
www.steris.com
iv
764330-117
Table of Contents
Section
Title
Page
Section 1: Listing of Warnings and Cautions .................................................................. 1-1
Section 2: General Information ........................................................................................ 2-1
2.1
2.2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................................. 2-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................................... 2-1
Section 3: Operating Instructions .................................................................................... 3-1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
BEFORE OPERATING THE STERILIZER ...................................................................................... 3-1
PREPARING LOADS FOR STERILIZATION CYCLES .................................................................... 3-4
GUIDELINES FOR PLACEMENT OF VARIOUS LOADS ................................................................ 3-4
UNLOADING THE STERILIZER...................................................................................................... 3-4
LOADING CAR INSTRUCTIONS: LOADING .................................................................................. 3-5
LOADING CAR INSTRUCTIONS: UNLOADING ............................................................................. 3-5
LOADING/UNLOADING STERILIZER: RACK AND SHELVES ........................................................ 3-6
STERILIZER (FACTORY) CYCLE SETTINGS ................................................................................ 3-6
PREVACUUM STERILIZER CYCLES ............................................................................................. 3-6
SFPP STERILIZER CYCLES .......................................................................................................... 3-7
PREVAC CYCLE 270°F (132°C) ..................................................................................................... 3-8
GRAVITY CYCLE .......................................................................................................................... 3-10
PREVAC CYCLE 275°F (135°C) ................................................................................................... 3-12
LIQUID CYCLE ............................................................................................................................. 3-14
WRAP/SFPP CYCLE, 270°F (132°C) ............................................................................................ 3-16
SFPP CYCLE, 270°F (132°C) ....................................................................................................... 3-18
TEST CYCLES .............................................................................................................................. 3-20
3.17.1 DART (Bowie-Dick) Test ................................................................................................... 3-20
3.17.2 Vacuum Leak Test ............................................................................................................ 3-22
ABORTING CYCLES .................................................................................................................... 3-23
EMERGENCY DOOR OPENING PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 3-24
CYCLE GRAPHS .......................................................................................................................... 3-25
Section 4: Principles of Operation ................................................................................... 4-1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 4-1
MECHANICAL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................... 4-1
4.2.1 All Units .............................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2.2 U.K. (HTM 2010) Units ........................................................................................................ 4-1
CENTURY CONTROL THEORY OF OPERATION .......................................................................... 4-2
MAIN CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 4-2
A. Incoming Power Terminal Block .................................................................................... 4-2
B. Power Switch ............................................................................................................... 4-2
C. Line Filter ..................................................................................................................... 4-2
D. Connector Board .......................................................................................................... 4-2
E. Power Supply ............................................................................................................... 4-2
4.4.1 CPU Board ......................................................................................................................... 4-2
A. CPU Chip ..................................................................................................................... 4-2
B. Flash Memory .............................................................................................................. 4-2
C. Static RAM ................................................................................................................... 4-5
D. A/D Converter Section ................................................................................................. 4-5
E. Battery Back-Up ........................................................................................................... 4-5
continued on next page
v
764330-117
Table of Contents (Cont'd)
Section
4.5
4.5
4.7
4.8
Title
Page
I/O BOARDS ................................................................................................................................... 4-6
4.5.1 Dip Switches 146659-005 (Switched Neutral) ..................................................................... 4-6
4.5.2 Dip Switches 146659-008 ................................................................................................... 4-7
4.4.2 I/O Board .......................................................................................................................... 4-10
A. Overview .................................................................................................................... 4-10
B. I/O Configuration ........................................................................................................ 4-10
DISPLAY ....................................................................................................................................... 4-10
A. Touch Screen ............................................................................................................. 4-12
B. Display Module ........................................................................................................... 4-12
C. Display Interface Board .............................................................................................. 4-12
D. Printer Board Assembly ............................................................................................. 4-12
4.6.1 Display – Color LCD ......................................................................................................... 4-12
A. Touch Screen ............................................................................................................. 4-12
B. Display ....................................................................................................................... 4-13
C. Screen Transitions ...................................................................................................... 4-13
D. Outputs ...................................................................................................................... 4-13
E. Normal Operation ....................................................................................................... 4-14
F. Standby Operation ..................................................................................................... 4-14
4.6.2 Diagnostic Functions ........................................................................................................ 4-14
A. Display Diagnostics Window ...................................................................................... 4-14
B. Pushbutton Test .......................................................................................................... 4-14
C. Power Up Screen Information..................................................................................... 4-14
D. DIP Switch Functions ................................................................................................. 4-14
E. LED Functions ........................................................................................................... 4-15
F. Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................... 4-16
G. Power Supply ............................................................................................................. 4-18
H. Speaker ...................................................................................................................... 4-18
I. Printer ........................................................................................................................ 4-18
J. Paper Take-Up Mechanism ........................................................................................ 4-22
ANALOG DEVICES ....................................................................................................................... 4-22
4.7.1 Pressure Transducer ......................................................................................................... 4-22
4.7.2 RTD .................................................................................................................................. 4-22
CYCLES AND PHASES ................................................................................................................ 4-22
4.8.1 Prevacuum Cycle ............................................................................................................. 4-22
A. Jacket Temperature - Out of Cycle ............................................................................. 4-22
B. Activate Seal(s) .......................................................................................................... 4-22
C. Purge ......................................................................................................................... 4-22
D. Vacuum Pulse ............................................................................................................ 4-22
E. Pressure Pulse ........................................................................................................... 4-22
F. Charge ....................................................................................................................... 4-22
G. Sterilize ...................................................................................................................... 4-22
H. Fast Exhaust .............................................................................................................. 4-22
I. Dry ............................................................................................................................. 4-22
J. Air Break .................................................................................................................... 4-23
K. Retract Seals ............................................................................................................. 4-23
L. Complete .................................................................................................................... 4-23
4.8.2 Gravity Cycle .................................................................................................................... 4-23
A. Jacket Temperature - Out of Cycle ............................................................................. 4-23
B. Activate Seal(s) .......................................................................................................... 4-23
C. Purge ......................................................................................................................... 4-23
continued on next page
vi
764330-117
Table of Contents (Cont'd)
Section
Title
4.8.3
4.8.4
Page
D. Charge ....................................................................................................................... 4-23
E. Sterilize ...................................................................................................................... 4-23
F. Fast Exhaust .............................................................................................................. 4-23
G. Dry ............................................................................................................................. 4-23
H. Air Break .................................................................................................................... 4-23
I. Retract Seals ............................................................................................................. 4-23
J. Complete .................................................................................................................... 4-23
HTM Application Cycle ..................................................................................................... 4-23
A. Pulses – Vacuum Purge Phase .................................................................................. 4-23
B. Pressure Pulse Phase ................................................................................................ 4-24
C. Charge Phase ............................................................................................................ 4-24
D. Sterilize ...................................................................................................................... 4-24
E. Vacuum Dry ............................................................................................................... 4-24
SFPP Cycles .................................................................................................................... 4-24
A. Jacket Temperature - Out of Cycle ............................................................................. 4-24
B. Activate Seal(s) .......................................................................................................... 4-24
C. Purge ......................................................................................................................... 4-24
D. Exhaust Pulse after Purge .......................................................................................... 4-24
E. Steam Flush after Purge ............................................................................................ 4-24
F. Pressure Pulse ........................................................................................................... 4-24
G. Exhaust Pulse ............................................................................................................ 4-24
H. Pressure Pulse Steam Flush ...................................................................................... 4-25
I. Charge ....................................................................................................................... 4-25
J. Sterilize ...................................................................................................................... 4-25
K. Fast Exhaust .............................................................................................................. 4-25
L. Dry ............................................................................................................................. 4-25
M. Air Break ...................................................................................................................... 4-25
N. Retract Seals ............................................................................................................. 4-25
O. Complete .................................................................................................................... 4-25
Section 5: Service Mode ................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1
5.2
5.3
ACCESS SERVICE MODE ............................................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.1 Life Science Sterilizers ....................................................................................................... 5-1
ACCESS SERVICE MODE ............................................................................................................. 5-2
5.2.1 Healthcare Sterilizers ......................................................................................................... 5-2
CALIBRATION ................................................................................................................................. 5-3
5.3.1 Calibration Overview ........................................................................................................... 5-5
5.3.2 Calibrate Temperature ........................................................................................................ 5-5
A. Steam Method of Calibration ........................................................................................ 5-6
A1. Calibrate Chamber Recorder Temperature ................................................................... 5-6
A2. Calibrate Jacket Temperature ....................................................................................... 5-8
A3. Calibrate Waste Temperature ....................................................................................... 5-9
B. Oil Bath Method of Calibration .................................................................................... 5-10
C. Load Values Method of Temperature Calibration ........................................................ 5-12
5.3.3 Pressure Calibration ......................................................................................................... 5-13
A. Steam Method of Pressure Calibration ....................................................................... 5-14
B. External Method of Pressure Calibration .................................................................... 5-15
C. Load Values Method of Pressure Calibration .............................................................. 5-17
continued on next page
vii
764330-117
Table of Contents (Cont'd)
Section
Title
Page
5.3.4
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
Temperature/Pressure Units ............................................................................................. 5-18
A. Pressure Units ........................................................................................................... 5-18
B. Temperature Units ...................................................................................................... 5-19
5.3.5 Temperature/Pressure Verification .................................................................................... 5-19
5.3.6 Calibration History ............................................................................................................ 5-19
INPUT/OUTPUT TESTS ............................................................................................................... 5-20
ADJUSTMENTS ............................................................................................................................ 5-21
5.5.1 Safety Valve Tests ............................................................................................................. 5-21
5.5.2 Door Sensor Adjustments ................................................................................................. 5-21
5.5.3 Door Seal Switch Settings ................................................................................................ 5-21
5.5.4 Leak Test .......................................................................................................................... 5-21
VALVE HISTORY ........................................................................................................................... 5-22
5.6.1 Valve Service .................................................................................................................... 5-22
5.6.2 View Valve Actuation History ............................................................................................ 5-23
5.6.3 View Valve Cycle Count History ........................................................................................ 5-23
ALARM MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................... 5-23
5.7.1 Alarm List ......................................................................................................................... 5-24
5.7.2 Alarm Log ......................................................................................................................... 5-24
5.7.3 Show Screens .................................................................................................................. 5-24
5.7.4 Pushbutton Test ................................................................................................................ 5-24
5.7.5 Battery Saver .................................................................................................................... 5-25
5.7.6 Configure Machine ........................................................................................................... 5-25
5.7.6.1 Set Configurations ................................................................................................ 5-26
CHANGE VALUES ........................................................................................................................ 5-27
Section 6: Inspection and Maintenance .......................................................................... 6-1
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................................. 6-1
CLEAN CHAMBER DRAIN STRAINER .......................................................................................... 6-3
CLEAN CHAMBER ......................................................................................................................... 6-3
FLUSH CHAMBER DRAIN – PERFORM WEEKLY ......................................................................... 6-3
CHANGE PRINTER PAPER ROLL ................................................................................................ 6-4
6.5.1 Change Printer Ink Cartridge .............................................................................................. 6-6
Section 7: Field Test Procedures ..................................................................................... 7-1
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1
TEST INSTRUMENTATION REQUIRED ......................................................................................... 7-1
INSTALLATION DATA ...................................................................................................................... 7-1
INSTALLATION VERIFICATION ...................................................................................................... 7-1
CONTROL SETUP .......................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.5.1 Loss of Power Test .............................................................................................................. 7-1
7.5.2 Control Input and Wiring Check .......................................................................................... 7-1
7.5.3 Control Output and Wiring Check ....................................................................................... 7-2
TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION ..................................................................................................... 7-2
PRESSURE CALIBRATION ............................................................................................................ 7-2
DOOR ADJUSTMENT VERIFICATION ........................................................................................... 7-3
7.8.1 Hinge Door ......................................................................................................................... 7-3
7.8.2 Hinge Door Adjusting Procedure ........................................................................................ 7-4
7.8.3 Sliding Door ........................................................................................................................ 7-6
7.8.3.1 General ................................................................................................................... 7-6
7.8.3.2 Upper Rail Assembly and Adjustment ..................................................................... 7-6
7.8.3.3 Door Fore/Aft Follower Assemblies Adjustment ...................................................... 7-8
continued on next page
viii
764330-117
Table of Contents (Cont'd)
Section
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
Title
Page
7.8.3.4 Door Adjustment and Function Check .................................................................... 7-9
7.8.3.5 Door Drive Cable Tension Adjustment ................................................................... 7-10
7.8.3.6 Door Open Sensor Adjustment ............................................................................. 7-11
7.8.3.7 Door Shock Absorber Adjustment ......................................................................... 7-11
7.8.3.8 Final Door Operation Check.................................................................................. 7-12
SAFETY VALVE TEST AND REGULATOR VALVE SETTING ....................................................... 7-12
VACUUM PUMP TEST .................................................................................................................. 7-12
7.10.1 Vacuum Pump Water Flow Rate ....................................................................................... 7-12
7.10.2 Vacuum Pump Performance Test ...................................................................................... 7-12
LEAK TEST ................................................................................................................................... 7-12
PERFORMANCE TEST ................................................................................................................ 7-13
Section 8: Troubleshooting ............................................................................................... 8-1
8.1
8.2
8.3
GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.1 Typical Alarm Screen .......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.2 Typical Alarm Printout ......................................................................................................... 8-2
IN-CYCLE ALARMS ........................................................................................................................ 8-2
8.2.1 Too Long In Charge ............................................................................................................ 8-2
8.2.2 Too Long In Exhaust ........................................................................................................... 8-3
8.2.3 Too Long In Evacuation ...................................................................................................... 8-3
8.2.4 Too Long In Air Break ......................................................................................................... 8-4
8.2.5 Under Sterilize Temperature ............................................................................................... 8-5
8.2.6 Over Sterilize Temperature ................................................................................................. 8-6
8.2.7 Door Unsealed ................................................................................................................... 8-7
8.2.8 Chamber Pressure/Temperature Failure ............................................................................. 8-7
8.2.9 No Pump Water .................................................................................................................. 8-8
8.2.10 Exhaust Rate Too Fast ........................................................................................................ 8-9
8.2.11 Exhaust Rate Too Slow ....................................................................................................... 8-9
8.2.12 Recorder Deviation Alarm ................................................................................................. 8-10
8.2.13 Door Lock Switch Malfunction (Hinged Door Models Only) ............................................... 8-11
OUT-OF-CYCLE ALARMS ............................................................................................................ 8-12
8.3.1 Too Long To Close Door ................................................................................................... 8-12
8.3.2 Too Long To Open Door .................................................................................................... 8-13
8.3.3 Pressure In Chamber ....................................................................................................... 8-13
8.3.4 Waste Temperature Probe Failure ..................................................................................... 8-14
8.3.5 Display Error ..................................................................................................................... 8-15
8.3.6 Atmospheric Pressure Alarm ............................................................................................ 8-15
8.3.7 Relay #1 Failure ................................................................................................................ 8-16
8.3.8 Relay #2 Failure ................................................................................................................ 8-17
8.3.9 Relay #3 Failure ................................................................................................................ 8-17
8.3.10 RTC Failure ...................................................................................................................... 8-17
8.3.11 ROM Failure ..................................................................................................................... 8-18
8.3.12 RAM Failure ...................................................................................................................... 8-18
8.3.13 ADC Failure ...................................................................................................................... 8-18
continued on next page
ix
764330-117
Table of Contents (Cont'd)
Section
8.4
Title
Page
8.3.14 Door A (B) Seal Switch Malfunction .................................................................................. 8-19
8.3.15 Door A (B) Lock Switch Malfunction ................................................................................. 8-19
SENSOR ALARMS ....................................................................................................................... 8-19
8.4.1 Water In Chamber ............................................................................................................ 8-19
8.4.2 Too Long In Jacket Charge ............................................................................................... 8-19
8.4.3 Too Long To Seal Door ..................................................................................................... 8-21
8.4.4 Too Long To Unseal Door ................................................................................................. 8-22
8.4.5 Chamber Pressure Transducer Failure ............................................................................. 8-23
8.4.6 Chamber Temperature Probe Failure ................................................................................ 8-24
8.4.7 Jacket Temperature Probe Failure .................................................................................... 8-25
8.4.8 Door Switch Failure .......................................................................................................... 8-25
8.4.9 Recorder Temperature Probe Failure ................................................................................ 8-26
8.4.10 Board Overtemp Failure ................................................................................................... 8-27
8.4.11 Door A (B) Switches Malfunction ...................................................................................... 8-27
Section 9: Component Repair and Replacement............................................................ 9-1
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
9.17
9.18
9.19
AIR FILTER ..................................................................................................................................... 9-1
SOLENOID VALVES ....................................................................................................................... 9-1
CHECK VALVES ............................................................................................................................. 9-1
STEAM TRAPS ............................................................................................................................... 9-1
STEAM PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE .................................................................................... 9-1
9.5.1 Disassembly ....................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.5.2 Reassembly ........................................................................................................................ 9-2
SAFETY VALVE .............................................................................................................................. 9-3
STRAINERS .................................................................................................................................... 9-3
HEAT EXCHANGER ....................................................................................................................... 9-3
VACUUM PUMP ............................................................................................................................. 9-3
CPU BOARD ................................................................................................................................... 9-3
FLASH MEMORY CHIPS — U13, U16, U15 AND U12 ................................................................... 9-4
BATTERY ........................................................................................................................................ 9-5
I/O BOARD ...................................................................................................................................... 9-5
POWER SUPPLY ............................................................................................................................ 9-6
MAIN CONTROL BOX ..................................................................................................................... 9-6
CONNECTOR BOARD .................................................................................................................... 9-6
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY (MONOCHROME) ........................................................................................ 9-7
PRINTER BOARD ASSEMBLY ....................................................................................................... 9-7
VACUUM PUMP CONTROL BOX ................................................................................................... 9-9
Section 10: Illustrated Parts Breakdown ....................................................................... 10-1
10.1
10.2
HOW TO USE THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN .......................................................... 10-1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PACKS ........................................................................................ 10-1
Section 11: Index for Century 26 x 37.5" Reference Drawings .................................... 11-1
x
764330-117
List of Tables
TABLE
TITLE
PAGE
1A
1B
Prevacuum Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values .......................................................................... ii
Steam Flush Pressure-Pulse Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values .............................................. ii
3-1
3-1A
3-1B
3-2
3-3
Factory-Set Cycles and Cycle Values .....................................................................................
Prevacuum Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values ......................................................................
Steam Flush Pressure-Pulse Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values ..........................................
Recommended Loads by Sterilizer Size ..................................................................................
Liquid Cycle Processing Guidelines .........................................................................................
4-1
4-2
I/O Board 146659-006 .............................................................................................................. 4-8
I/O Board 146659-008 .............................................................................................................. 4-9
xi
764330-117
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-3
List of Illustrations
FIGURE
TITLE
PAGE
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
Utility Supply Valves ................................................................................................................. 3-1
Align Loading Car with Chamber Opening ............................................................................... 3-5
Front Elevation Drawing of Loading Shelves ........................................................................... 3-6
Typical Printout of a Prevac Cycle ........................................................................................... 3-9
Typical Printout of a Gravity Cycle ......................................................................................... 3-11
Typical Printout of a 275°F Prevac Cycle .............................................................................. 3-13
Typical Printout of a Liquid Cycle ........................................................................................... 3-15
Typical Printout – 270°F Wrap/SFPP Cycle .......................................................................... 3-17
Typical Printout – 270°F SFPP Cycle .................................................................................... 3-19
Typical Printout of a Bowie-Dick Cycle .................................................................................. 3-21
Typical Printout of a Leak Test Cycle .................................................................................... 3-23
Chamber and Seal Emergency Exhaust Valves .................................................................... 3-24
Cycle Graph – Prevacuum and Bowie-Dick Cycles .............................................................. 3-25
Cycle Graph – Gravity Cycle .................................................................................................. 3-25
Cycle Graph – Leak Test ........................................................................................................ 3-26
Cycle Graph – Steam Flush Pressure Pulse WRAP/SFPP and SFPP Cycles .................... 3-26
Cycle Graph – Liquid Cycle .................................................................................................... 3-27
Cycle Graph – 275°F Prevacuum Cycle ................................................................................ 3-27
Cycle Graph – UK Prevacuum Cycle (HTM 2010 Cycle) ...................................................... 3-28
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
Century Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 4-3
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................... 4-4
Century CPU Board .................................................................................................................. 4-4
I/O Board (P146659-005) ......................................................................................................... 4-6
I/O Board (P146659-008) ......................................................................................................... 4-7
Display Interface Board (P141214-630) ................................................................................ 4-10
Interface Board (P146657-752) .............................................................................................. 4-11
Printer Board (P146656-182) ................................................................................................. 4-11
Interface Board Dip Switch Functions (P146665-376) .......................................................... 4-18
Small Century .......................................................................................................................... 4-19
Medium Century Platform ....................................................................................................... 4-19
Medium Century Life Sciences ............................................................................................... 4-19
RTD Temperature Probe ........................................................................................................ 4-20
Pressure Transducer (50 PSIA) for Chamber Pressure ....................................................... 4-21
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
Sample Printout ......................................................................................................................... 5-2
Sample Printout ......................................................................................................................... 5-3
Service Mode Program Tree .................................................................................................... 5-4
Desiccant Wheel Piping Configuration Example ................................................................... 5-15
6-1
Flush Chamber Drain ................................................................................................................ 6-3
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-8
7-9
7-10
Hinge Door ................................................................................................................................
Upper Hinge Spring Adjustment (Top View) ............................................................................
Lower Hinge Spring Adjustment (Top View) ............................................................................
Hinge Set Screw Adjustment (Top View) .................................................................................
Pressure Lock Adjustments ......................................................................................................
Upper Rail Elevation Hardware ................................................................................................
Upper Rail Positioning Hardware .............................................................................................
Upper Rail in Position ...............................................................................................................
Elevation Fastener Adjustment and Securing .........................................................................
Fore/Aft Adjustment Preparation ..............................................................................................
xii
764330-117
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-5
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-8
7-8
List of Illustrations (Cont'd)
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-19
7-20
Upper Follower Assembly in Place .......................................................................................... 7-9
Lower Follower Hardware ......................................................................................................... 7-9
Lower Follower Adjustment ...................................................................................................... 7-9
Door Drive Hardware .............................................................................................................. 7-10
Door Drive Cable Adjustment Hardware ................................................................................ 7-10
Measuring Stall Force ............................................................................................................. 7-10
Door Open Sensor Adjustment .............................................................................................. 7-11
Shock Absorber Adjustment ................................................................................................... 7-11
Shock Absorber Keys Stowage .............................................................................................. 7-11
Sample Printout – Leak Test Cycle ........................................................................................ 7-13
8-1
8-2
Typical Alarm Screen ................................................................................................................ 8-1
Typical Alarm Printout .............................................................................................................. 8-2
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
Steam Control Valve .................................................................................................................
Adjusting HI-LO Valve ..............................................................................................................
CPU Board ................................................................................................................................
Control Components .................................................................................................................
Display Housing ........................................................................................................................
Main Control Box (Rear View) ..................................................................................................
Display Housing (Monochrome) ...............................................................................................
Control Panel Assembly (Color LCD Version) .........................................................................
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-9
Panel and Control Assembly – Hinge Door ........................................................................... 10-8
Panel and Control Assembly – Sliding Door ........................................................................ 10-10
Pulley Assembly – Sliding Door ........................................................................................... 10-14
Free Standing Cabinet Assembly, Hinge Door .................................................................... 10-16
Cabinet Assembly, Sliding Door ........................................................................................... 10-20
Track Assembly 36", 48", and 60" (Single Door and Double Door) .................................... 10-22
Shell & Door Assembly, Single & Double Hinge Door ........................................................ 10-26
Service Critical Door Components ....................................................................................... 10-30
Final Piping Assembly, Upper Back – Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Life Sciences ......................................................................................................... 10-32
Piping Assembly, Steam to Chamber – Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Life Sciences ......................................................................................................... 10-34
Final Piping Assembly, Uppper Back – International Healthcare ....................................... 10-36
Piping Assembly, Steam to Chamber – International Healthcare ....................................... 10-38
Final Piping Assembly, Upper Middle – Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Life Sciences ......................................................................................................... 10-40
Final Piping Assembly, Upper Middle – International Healthcare ....................................... 10-42
Final Piping Assembly, Steam Supply – Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Life Sciences ......................................................................................................... 10-44
Assembly, Piping, Steam to Seal – Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences .... 10-46
Assembly, Piping, Steam to Jacket – Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences 10-48
Final Piping Assembly, Steam Supply – International Healthcare ...................................... 10-50
Assembly, Piping, Steam to Jacket – International Healthcare .......................................... 10-52
Final Piping Assembly, Lower – Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences ......... 10-54
Assembly, Piping, Vacuum Pump/Heat Exchanger – Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Life Sciences ......................................................................................................... 10-58
Assembly, Piping, Chamber Drain – Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences .. 10-60
Assembly, Piping, Jacket Drain – Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences ...... 10-62
Assembly, Piping, Water Inlet .............................................................................................. 10-64
Assembly, Piping, Pump Seal/Cooling Water ...................................................................... 10-66
10-10
10-11
10-12
10-13
10-14
10-15
10-16
10-17
10-18
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-22
10-23
10-24
10-25
xiii
764330-117
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-6
9-7
9-8
List of Illustrations (Cont'd)
10-26
10-27
10-28
10-29
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-33
10-34
10-35A.
10-35B.
10-36
10-37
10-38
10-39
10-40
10-41A.
10-41B.
10-42
10-43
Assembly, Funnel Cap .......................................................................................................... 10-68
Final Piping Assembly, Lower – International Healthcare .................................................. 10-70
Assembly, Piping, Heat Exchanger – International Healthcare .......................................... 10-74
Assembly, Piping, Chamber Drain – International Healthcare............................................ 10-76
Assembly, Piping, Jacket Drain – International Healthcare ................................................ 10-78
Assembly, Tubing ................................................................................................................. 10-80
Assembly, Tubing – International Healthcare ...................................................................... 10-82
Assembly, Power Input Box – Platform with SSR ............................................................... 10-84
Assembly, Power Input Box – Platform with Contactor ....................................................... 10-86
Assembly, Power Input Box with SSR – International Healthcare...................................... 10-88
A/B Motor Starter Enclosure – High Voltage ....................................................................... 10-90
Control Box Assembly .......................................................................................................... 10-92
Display Control Housing Assembly ...................................................................................... 10-94
Display Control Housing Assembly ...................................................................................... 10-96
Display Control Housing Assembly ...................................................................................... 10-98
Control Panel Assembly (Color LCD Display Version) ..................................................... 10-100
Transfer Car Assembly ....................................................................................................... 10-102
36" Transfer Car Assembly ................................................................................................ 10-106
Optional Loading Car Assembly ......................................................................................... 10-108
Rack and Shelf Assembly ................................................................................................... 10-110
xiv
764330-117
Section 1: Listing of Warnings and Cautions
The following is a listing of safety precautions which must be observed when operating or servicing this
equipment. WARNINGS indicate the potential for danger to personnel, and CAUTIONS indicate the
potential for damage to equipment. These precautions are repeated (in whole or in part), where applicable,
throughout the manual.
Observance of these safety precautions minimize the risk of personal injury and/or the possible use of improper
maintenance methods which may damage the unit or render it unsafe. It is important to understand that these
precautions are not exhaustive. STERIS could not possibly know, evaluate and advise maintenance departments
of all conceivable ways in which maintenance might be done or the possible hazardous consequences of each
way.
WARNING–ELECTRIC SHOCK AND BURN HAZARD:
Disconnect all utilities to sterilizer before servicing. Do not service the sterilizer unless all utilities
have been properly locked out. Always follow OSHA Lockout-Tagout and electrical safety-related
work practice standards. (See CFR 1910.147 and .331 through .335.)
WARNING–PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD:
Avoid personal injury from bursting bottles. Liquid sterilization cycle must only be used for liquids
in borosilicate (Pyrex) flasks with vented closures.
WARNING:
It is inappropriate for a healthcare facility to sterilize liquids for direct patient contact.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD:
When sterilizing liquids, to prevent personal injury or property damage resulting from bursting
bottles and hot fluid, you must observe the following procedures:
• Use Liquid cycle only; no other cycle is safe for processing liquids.
• Use only vented closures; do not use screw caps or rubber stoppers with crimped seal.
• Use only Type I borosilicate glass bottles; do not use ordinary glass bottles or any container
not designed for sterilization.
• Do not allow hot bottles to be jolted; this can cause hot-bottle explosions. Do not move bottles
if any boiling or bubbling is present.
Sterilizer, rack/shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is run. Always wear protective
gloves and apron when removing a processed load. Protective gloves and apron must be worn
when reloading sterilizer following the previous operation.
Do not attempt to open the sterilizer door if a WATER IN CHAMBER ALARM condition exists. Call
a qualified service technician before attempting to use sterilizer further.
1-1
764330-117
WARNING – BURN HAZARD: (CONTINUED)
After manual exhaust, steam may remain inside the chamber. Always wear protective gloves,
apron, and a face shield when following emergency procedure to unload sterilizer. Stay as far
back from the chamber opening as possible when opening the door.
For Prevauum, Gravity or SFPP cycles, if 0 (zero) dry time is selected, steam vapors will be released
when opening door. Step back away from the door when opening door. Door should only be opened
2-3 inches (50-75 mm) until no more vapors are seen, before opening the door fully.
Allow sterilizer to cool to room temperature before performing any cleaning or maintenance
procedures.
Failure to shut off the steam supply when cleaning or replacing strainers can result in serious
injury.
Jacket pressure must be 0 psig (0 bar) before beginning work on the steam trap.
Proper testing of the safety valve requires the valve to be operated under pressure. Exhaust from
the safety valve is hot and can cause burns. Proper safety attire (gloves, eye protection,
insulated overall) as designated by OSHA, is required. Testing is to be performed by qualified
service personnel only.
Turn OFF steam and vent jacket to 0 psig to performing this procedure.
WARNING – EXPLOSION HAZARD:
This sterilizer is not designed to process flammable compounds.
WARNING – SLIPPING HAZARD:
To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any spilled liquids or condensation in
sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
WARNING – PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD:
Regularly scheduled preventive maintenance is required for safe and reliable operation of this
equipment. Contact STERIS to schedule preventive maintenance.
When closing the chamber door, keep hands and arms out of the door opening and make sure
opening is clear of obstructions.
Repairs and adjustments to this equipment must be made only by fully qualified service
personnel. Maintenance performed by inexperienced, unqualified persons or installation of unauthorized parts could cause personal injury or result in costly equipment damage.
WARNING – STERILITY ASSURANCE HAZARD:
Load sterility may be compromised if the biological indicator or air leak test indicates a potential
problem. If these indicators show a potential problem, refer the situation to a qualified service
technician before using the sterilizer further.
1-2
764330-117
WARNING – STERILITY ASSURANCE HAZARD: (CONTINUED)
According to AAMI standards, a measured leak rate greater than 1 mm Hg/minute (1.3 mbar/min)
indicates a problem with the sterilizer. Refer the situation to a qualified service technician before
using the sterilizer further.
CAUTION – POSSIBLE EQUIPMENT DAMAGE:
Gasket must be fully retracted prior to operating sterilizer door.
Never use a wire brush, abrasives, or steel wool on door and chamber assembly. Do not use cleaners
containing chloride on stainless-steel surfaces. Chloride-based cleaners will deteriorate stainless
steel, eventually leading to failure of the vessel.
Allow thermostatic traps to cool down to room temperature before removing cover. Since there is
nothing to limit expansion, the bellows may rupture or fatigue if trap is opened while hot.
Actuation at less than 75% of rated pressure can allow debris to contaminate the seat and cause the
safety valve to leak. A leaking safety valve must be replaced.
Insufficient service clearance will make repairs more difficult and time-consuming.
Piping sizing too small may cause water hammer, resulting in damage to the sterilizer.
After installation, it is mandatory to brace piping at the drain funnel so that it will not move vertically.
Make sure door opening is clear of any obstruction before closing the door(s).
Do not attempt to open sterilizer door during manual operation unless chamber is at 0 psig.
During manual operation, gasket must be fully retracted prior to operating sterilizer door.
Immediately wipe up saline solution spills on loading car, to prevent damage to stainless steel.
Do not use cleaners containing chlorides on loading cars. Chloride-based cleaners will deteriorate
the loading car metal.
Sterilization of chloride-containing solutions (e.g., saline) can cause chamber corrosion and is not
recommended by the manufacturer. If, however, chloride-containing solutions must be processed,
clean the chamber after each use.
Handle sylphon and bellows assembly gently to avoid damage.
Whenever handling electronic components, use a grounding wrist strap is mandatory to prevent
static discharge damage.
Do not select "Load Program." This is used only when downloading a new program using a PC. If
"Load Program" is inadvertently selected, it is necessary to power OFF/ON to clear the control.
1-3
764330-117
Section 2: General Information
The product literature included in this section contains factual data relating to the principal characteristics of the Amsco® Century® Medium Steam Sterilizers.
Utility Requirements —
Electric:
Controls: 120V, 2A, 1-phase
Vacuum Pump:
208/240 V, 6A, 3-phase, or 480 V, 3A, 3phase
The literature is informative rather than instructional. It provides and conveys, through text and
illustrations, a general concept of the equipment, its
purpose, limitations, and technical applications.
Water:
Pressure: 20 to 50 psig (1.4 to 3.5 bar)
2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Temperature: 70°F (21°C) maximum
The Amsco Century Medium Steam Sterilizers are
used to sterilize heat- and moisture- stable goods in
Healthcare of industrial facilities.
Consumption: 15 gpm (57 lpm), peak
Steam:
Pressure: 50 to 80 psig (3.5 to 5.2 bar)
Consumption:
2.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
36" Sterilizer: 190 lb/hr (86 kg/hr)
Overall Exterior Dimensions W x L x H —
48" Sterilizer: 255 lb/hr (116 kg/hr)
36" Sterilizer:
60" Sterilizer: 335 lb/hr (152 kg/hr)
Hinged Door – 44 x 51-1/2 x 75-1/4"
(1118 x 1308 x 1911 mm)
See Tech Datas in this section.
Sliding Door – 70 x 57 x 75-1/4"
(1778 x 1448 x 1911 mm)
48" Sterilizer:
Hinged Door – 44 x 63-1/2 x 75-1/4"
(1118 x 1600 x 1911 mm)
Sliding Door – 70 x 69 x 75-1/4"
(1778 x 1753 x 1911 mm)
60" Sterilizer:
Hinged Door – 44 x 75-1/2 x 75-1/4"
(1118 x 1918 x 1911 mm)
Sliding Door – 70 x 81 x 75-1/4"
(1778 x 2057 x 1911 mm
Weight During Movements/Transports
(No Load) —
36" Sterilizer: 2770 lbs (1253 kg)
48" Sterilizer: 3150 lbs (1425 kg)
60" Sterilizer: 3350 lbs (1516 kg)
Weight (Fully Loaded) —
36" Sterilizer: 3800 lbs (1720 kg)
48" Sterilizer: 4200 lbs (1901 kg)
60" Sterilizer: 4700 lbs (2127 kg)
2-1
764330-117
Section 3: Operating Instructions
3.1 BEFORE OPERATING THE
STERILIZER
3. Under normal operation utility supply valves remain open. Verify valves are in OPEN position
(see Figure 3-1). Valves are accessed from sterilizer equipment room and cannot be accessed from
the operator side.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
4. Open control access door.
a. Check printer paper roll.
• A colored warning stripe is visible when roll
is near its end.
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
b. See Changing Paper Roll in S ECTION 6.5, if a
new paper roll is needed.
5. Run required test cycle:
» Run a DART (Bowie-Dick) test at least once a
day to document the removal of residual air
from sample challenge loads.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: If 0 (zero) dry
time is selected, steam vapors will be released
when opening door. Step back away from the
door when opening door. Door should only be
opened 2-3 inches until no more vapors are seen,
before opening the door fully.
NOTE: Units configured to run SFPP cycles only, do not
require daily running of DART (Bowie-Dick) cycles.
» Run a vacuum leak test at least once each week
to measure the integrity of the pressure vessel
and associated piping. This test helps verify air
is not being admitted to the sterilizer chamber
during vacuum draw downs.
Operate sterilizer by referring to the appropriate
cycle description in this section. The information in
Sections 3.1 through 3.7 are general instructions that
apply to all cycle operations.
NOTE: Always run a warm-up cycle before running
the daily DART (Bowie-Dick) test or weekly vacuum leak
test.
1. Press ON touch-screen pad on the sterilizer control display.
• The printer records the time and date that the
power is turned on.
Press MORE CYCLES to access the Vacuum
Leak Test and DART (Bowie-Dick) cycle selector touch-screen pads. For instructions on running these tests, refer to cycle descriptions later
in this section. Refer also to SECTION 3, TECHNIQUES OF S TERILIZATION , in the Operator Manual.
2. Open chamber door.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Strainer and
chamber interior will be hot, use protective gloves.
a. Check drain strainer is clean and in place and
chamber interior is clean. See S ECTION 6.2, if
cleaning is necessary.
6. Once these tests have been run (if necessary),
proceed to loading the sterilizer and running
cycles.
b. Close chamber door.
Valve
Handle
Valve
Handle
Water Valve
(Below Chamber)
Steam Valve (Above
Chamber)
Figure 3-1. Utility Supply Valves
3-1
764330-117
Table 3-1. Factory-Set Cycles and Cycle Values
Prevacuum Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values (Table 3-1A)
Cycles:
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
Recommended
Load
Validation
Standard
1. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
5 MIN.
Single Fabric Pack
ST-8
2. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
3. GRAVITY
250°F (121°C)
30 MIN.
15 MIN.
Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
4. LIQUID
250°F (121°C)
45 MIN.
0 MIN.
Refer to Table 3-3 for guidelines.
ST-8
5. PREVAC
275°F (135°C)
3 MIN.
16 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
ST-8
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
Steam Flush Pressure-Pulse Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values (Table 3-1B)
Cycles:
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
1. WRAP/
SFPP
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN. Double-wrapped instrument trays, max. wt.:
17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Non-porous Goods, only.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
2. SFPP
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN. Fabric Packs
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
3. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN. Double-wrapped instrument trays, max. wt.:
17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Fabric Packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
4. GRAVITY
250°F (121°C)
30 MIN.
15 MIN. Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
ST-8
5. PREVAC
275°F (135°C)
3 MIN.
16 MIN. Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
ST-8
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
Test Cycles
for All Units
Recommended
Load
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
270°F (132°C)
N/A
N/A
6. DART Test
270°F (132°C)
3-1/2 MIN.
7. DART Warm-up1
270°F (132°C)
3 MIN.
5. Leak Test1
1
1
Dry
Time
Not adjustable.
3-2
764330-117
Validation
Standard
Recommended
Load
Validation
Standard
N/A
ST-8
1 MIN.
DARTor Bowie-Dick
Test Pack
ST-8
1 MIN.
N/A
N/A
Table 3-2. Recommended Loads by Sterilizer Size 1
1
Wrapped
Instrument Trays
Fabric
Packs
26 x 37.5 x 36" (660 x 950 x 910 mm)
9
18
26 x 37.5 x 48" (660 x 950 x 1220 mm)
12
30
26 x 37.5 x 60" (660 x 950 x 1520 mm)
15
36
Refer to Tables 3-1A and 3-1B to determine cycle use guidelines.
Table 3-3. Liquid Cycle Processing Guidelines
Number of
Containers
Volume of Liquid
in One Container
Minimum Recommended
Sterilize Time at 250°F (121°C)
in minutes
1000 mL
45
3
Prevacuum Sterilizer
Menu Screen
Steam Flush Pressure Pulse
Sterilizer Menu Screen
TEMP ............ 98 F
PRESS .......... 00 psig
STATUS ....... DOOR OPEN
1
TEMP ............ 98° F
PRESS .......... 0.00 psig
STATUS ....... DOOR OPEN
1
Cycle Selection
Touch Pads
1
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 5:00
2
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
3
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
4
LIQUID
250 F
S= 45:00
D= 00:00
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
1
WRAP/SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
00/00/00
MENU
2
SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
3
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
4
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
3-3
764330-117
00/00/00
MENU
3.2 PREPARING LOADS FOR
STERILIZATION CYCLES
6. DO NOT OVERLOAD STERILIZER. Allow for
steam penetration between packs. Avoid contact
of load components with wall of chamber.
Before sterilization, all materials must be thoroughly
cleaned.
WARNING–PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD:
When closing the chamber door, keep hands and
arms out of the door opening and make sure
opening is clear of any obstructions.
The Amsco® Century ® Medium Steam Sterilizer
chamber holds commonly used wrapped or unwrapped instruments and equipment.
7. After placing load in chamber, close chamber
door. Sterilizer is now ready to run a cycle. Proceed to appropriate cycle description in this section.
1. Wrappers may be made of 100% cotton, 140 thread
count, two-ply fabric, and must be laundered;
alternatively, use commercially available, nonwoven disposable wrappers.
8. Materials capable of holding water, such as solidbottomed pans, basins and trays, should be positioned so they are oriented in same direction and
so condensate can be eliminated.
2. Limit size and density of each muslin pack. [Maximum size: 12 x 12 x 20" (305 x 305 x 508 mm);
Maximum weight: 12 lbs (5.4 kg). No pack should
have a density in excess of 7.2 lbs/ft3 (115 kg/
m3).] This verifies complete steam penetration,
and minimizes moisture retention.
IMPORTANT: Refer to SECTION 3, TECHNIQUES OF STERILIZATION , in the sterilizer Operators Manual, for additional information regarding pack preparation, loading and placement.
3. Limit weight of wrapped instrument sets to 17 lbs
(7.7 kg) to minimize moisture retention.
4. Limit weight of basin sets to 7 lbs (3.2 kg).
3.4 UNLOADING THE STERILIZER
3.3 GUIDELINES FOR PLACEMENT
OF VARIOUS LOADS
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer and
shelves will be hot after cycle is run. Always wear
protective gloves and apron when removing a
processed load.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
Refer to AAMI ST-46 for load placement guidelines.
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
1. Open sterilizer chamber door.
NOTE: If a cycle has been run, sterilizer and shelves or
loading car may be hot.
At the end of a cycle, when end-of-cycle tone sounds
and display shows:
NOTE: Wear clean gloves and use clean towels as pot
holders when carefully placing the load/tray(s) on the
chamber shelves or loading car.
TEMP ............
PRESS ..........
STATUS .......
CYCLE ..........
2. Place all packs on edge, and arrange load to allow
for maximum steam exposure so there is minimal
resistance for steam passage through load.
200 F
00 psig
COMPLETE 00:00:00 AM
4, PREVAC, 270F, S=4:00, D= 20:00
1
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
OPEN
DOOR
3. Place utensils and treatment trays on their edges
so they are sterilized and properly dried.
4. Place instrument sets in trays having a perforated
or mesh bottom. Place flat for sterilization.
PAPER
FEED
5. In mixed loads of fabrics and hard goods, place
hard goods on lower shelf. This reduces wetting
of fabric packs from condensate dripping from a
hard goods load.
CLOSE
DOOR
DUPLICATE
PRINT
. . . open the chamber door.
NOTE: Wear clean gloves and use clean towels as pot
holders when carefully removing load/tray(s) from the
sterilizer shelves or loading car.
3-4
764330-117
NOTE: Never place a sterilized tray on a solid shelf or
cold surface. Once the tray has cooled, it can be placed
on a wire shelf.
3.6 LOADING CAR INSTRUCTIONS:
UNLOADING
1. Remove load from chamber shelf (shelves). Avoid
unnecessary handling.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
2. Visually check outside wrapper for dryness. If
there are water droplets or visible moisture on
exterior of package, or on tape used to secure it,
pack or instrument tray is considered unacceptable.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
3. To prevent condensation, transfer load to a surface which is well-padded with fabric. Do not
place load on a cold surface. Be sure no air
conditioning or cold air vents are in close proximity.
1. Open chamber door.
2. Move transfer carriage forward until latches engage with track inside chamber.
4. Remove packs or instrument trays from padded
surface when they have reached ambient (room)
temperature. Depending on items and environment of area, this may take a minimum of one
hour.
3. Verify transfer carriage is latched to chamber end
ring by pulling transfer carriage backward (transfer carriage should remain stationary).
4. Once transfer carriage is securely latched, grasp
loading car handle and carefully pull loading car
from chamber onto transfer carriage until transfer carriage latch engages to loading car.
IMPORTANT: After removing load(s) from the
chamber, close the chamber door and keep the chamber door closed to minimize utility consumption.
5. Disengage transfer carriage latches from track
inside chamber by pushing carriage latch knob.
3.5 LOADING CAR INSTRUCTIONS:
LOADING
6. Close chamber door.
1. Open sterilizer door.
7. Transfer load from sterilizer area.
2. Verify loading car is securely fastened to transfer
carriage.
3. Align front end of transfer carriage with end of
sterilizer. (See Figure 3-2).
4. Move carriage forward until latches engage with
mating holes in chamber end frame.
5. Verify transfer carriage is securely latched by
pulling transfer carriage backward (transfer carriage should remain stationary).
6. Once transfer carriage is securely latched, release
loading car from transfer carriage by lifting carriage lock.
7. Carefully push loading car off transfer carriage
and fully into sterilizer chamber.
8. Disengage transfer carriage latches from end
frame by pushing carriage latch knob.
9. Back transfer carriage away from sterilizer.
10. Close chamber door.
11. Sterilizer is now ready to run a cycle. Proceed to
appropriate cycle description found in S ECTION
3, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, of this manual.
Figure 3-2. Align Loading Car with
Chamber Opening
3-5
764330-117
3.7 LOADING/UNLOADING
STERILIZER: RACK AND
SHELVES
4. Close chamber door(s).
5. The sterilizer is now ready to run a cycle. Refer to
appropriate cycle description in SECTION 3 of this
manual.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
6. Following successful completion of sterilization
cycle, unload sterilizer as follows:
a. Open chamber door.
b. Remove load from chamber.
c. Slide shelves into chamber, verifying position
does not interfere with door operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
d. Close chamber doors.
e. Transfer load to destination.
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
3.8 STERILIZER (FACTORY) CYCLE
SETTINGS
Amsco Century Medium Steam Sterilizers are
shipped with the factory-set cycles and cycle values
listed in Table 3-1A and 3-1B.
If sterilizer is equipped with rack and shelves option, refer to instructions below and Figure 3-3.
1. Open chamber door.
2. Transfer load to shelves in chamber. Shelves slide
out halfway to facilitate loading.
3.9 PREVACUUM STERILIZER
CYCLES
3. After loading shelves, slide them to closed position to verify shelf does not interfere with door
operation (both doors, if double door sterilizer).
Amsco Century Medium Prevacuum Sterilizers are
shipped with the factory-set cycles listed in Table 3-1A.
Middle Shelf
Lower Shelf
Figure 3-3. Front Elevation Drawing of Loading Shelves
3-6
764330-117
Prevacuum Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values (Table 3-1A)
Cycles:
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
Recommended
Load
1. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
5 MIN.
Single Fabric Pack
2. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.1
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max.
ST-8
weight of 17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Fabric packs.
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
3. GRAVITY
250°F (121°C)
30 MIN.
15 MIN.
Fabric packs.
ST-8
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
4. LIQUID
250°F (121°C)
45 MIN.
0 MIN.
Refer to Table 3-3 for guidelines.
*
Validation
Standard
ST-8
ST-8
Five minute Dry Time can be used for processing a single fabric pack.
3.10 SFPP STERILIZER CYCLES
Amsco Century Medium SFPP Steam Sterilizers are shipped with the factory-set cycles listed in Table 3-1B.
Steam Flush Pressure-Pulse Sterilizer Cycles and Cycle Values (Table 3-1B)
Cycles:
Sterilize
Temp.
Sterilize
Time
Dry
Time
1. WRAP/
SFPP
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Recommended
Load
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max. wt.:
17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Non-porous Goods, only.
Validation
Standard
ST-8
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
2. SFPP
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Fabric Packs
ST-8
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
3. PREVAC
270°F (132°C)
4 MIN.
20 MIN.
Double-wrapped instrument trays, max. wt.:
17 lbs (7.7 kg) each. Fabric Packs.
ST-8
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
4. GRAVITY
250°F (121°C)
30 MIN.
15 MIN.
Fabric packs.
ST-8
Refer to Table 3-2 for recommended quantities.
IMPORTANT: The sterilization cycles listed in
Tables 3-1A and 3-1B have been validated using
techniques documented in AAMI ST-8. If different
cycle parameters (sterilize time and dry time only)
other than those in Tables 3-1A and 3-1B are required, it is the responsibility of the healthcare facility to validate the cycle. Reference AAMI guidelines/standards for a guide to validating sterilization cycles and to verify proper sterility assurance
level (SAL) as well as moisture retention acceptance
criteria are met.
Sterilize times can only be adjusted higher than the
times shown.
NOTE: The 270°F Prevacuum cycle described in SECTION 3.11, and the 250°F Gravity Cycle described in
SECTION 3.12, are common to both SFPP and Prevacuum
configuration sterilizers.
NOTE: Contact STERIS for information on a wide range
of education/training programs designed to meet the
educational needs of healthcare industries.
All sterilize times shown in Tables 3-1A and 3-1B
are minimum times, as qualified by STERIS.
3-7
764330-117
3.11 PREVAC CYCLE 270°F (132°C)
PURGE — Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
Condition is printed.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
NOTE: Countdown timer on the display is estimated;
timer self-corrects estimated time at the beginning of
each phase.
TEMP ................. 210 F
4
PRESS ............... 14 psig
STATUS ............ PURGE 1:00
CYCLE ............... 1, PREVAC, 270F, S= 4:00, D= 5:00
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
37:15
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
The 270°F (132°C) cycle is used for sterilizing doublewrapped instrument trays or fabric packs.
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
PRESSURE/VACUUM PULSES #1 – #4 — Vacuum
point is printed and pressure/vacuum pulse is repeated.
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer (at the
beginning of this section) before running this
cycle.
CHARGE — Chamber is charged with steam. Start
of steam charge is printed.
2. See instructions for using loading car/transfer
carriage or rack and shelves, earlier in this section, for procedures to load sterilizer.
STERILIZE — Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when chamber reaches sterilization temperature.
Chamber temperature is printed every minute.
3. Press PREVAC touch-screen pad to start
Prevacuum cycle. Refer to Table 3-2 for descriptions of cycle use.
FAST EXHAUST — Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 4 psig.
4. Sterilizer automatically progresses through cycle,
as follows:
DRY — Start of dry is printed and display counts
down dry time remaining.
NOTE: If the wrong cycle has been selected, see
Aborting Cycle in this section.
TEMP ................. 272.1 F
4
PRESS ............... 29.4 psig
ACTIVATE SEAL — Steam enters door seal, pressing it against inside surface of door.
STATUS ............ STERILIZE 3:29
CYCLE ............... 1, PREVAC, 270F, S= 4:00, D= 20:00
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
TEMP ............ 100 F
PRESS .......... 00 psig
STATUS ....... DOOR OPEN
26:30
1
MINUTES
1
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 5:00
2
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
3
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
PAPER
FEED
4
LIQUID
250 F
S= 45:00
D= 00:0
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
ABORT
AIR BREAK — Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure.
RETRACT SEAL — A vacuum is drawn on seal,
retracting it from inner surface of door.
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
00/00/00
MENU
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
3-8
764330-117
TEMP ................. 210 F
4
PRESS ............... 26.6 inHg
STATUS ............ DRY 4:45
CYCLE ............... 1, PREVAC, 270F, S= 4:00, D= 20:00
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
5:15
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
COMPLETE — Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
TEMP ................. 128 F
5
PRESS ............... 0.00 psig
STATUS ............ COMPLETE 00:00:00
CYCLE ............... 1, PREVAC, 270F, S= 4:00, D= 20:00
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
PAPER
FEED
DUPLICATE
PRINT
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
5. Unload sterilizer (see instructions for using loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves,
earlier in this section for procedures to remove
load).
Figure 3-4. Typical Printout of a Prevac
Cycle
3-9
764330-117
3.12 GRAVITY CYCLE
TEMP ................. 245 F
4
PRESS ............... 16 psig
STATUS ............ CHARGE
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
CYCLE ............... 3, GRAVITY, 250F, S=30M, D=15M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
49:17
MINUTES
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
PAPER
FEED
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
STERILIZE — Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when chamber reaches sterilization temperature.
Chamber temperature is printed every minute.
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
FAST EXHAUST — Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 4 psig.
TEMP ................. 252 F
4
This cycle is used for sterilizing fabric packs.
PRESS ............... 19 psig
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer (at the
beginning of this section) before running this
cycle.
CYCLE ............... 3, GRAVITY, 250F, S=30M, D=15M
STATUS ............ STERILIZE 03:00
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
20:38
2. See instructions for using the loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves, earlier in this
section, for procedures to load sterilizer.
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
3. To start the Gravity cycle, press the appropriate
GRAVITY touch-screen pad. Refer to Table 3-1
for descriptions of cycle use.
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
DRY — Start of dry is printed and display counts
down dry time remaining.
4. Sterilizer automatically progresses through cycle,
as follows:
NOTE: If the wrong cycle has been selected, see
Aborting Cycle in this section.
TEMP ................. 157 F
4
PRESS ............... 27 inHg
STATUS ............ DRY
CYCLE ............... 3, GRAVITY, 250F, S=30M, D=15M
TEMP ................. 000 F
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ DOOR OPEN
1
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 5:00
2
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
1
13:25
3
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
4
LIQUID
250 F
S= 45:00
D= 00:0
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
00-00-00
MENU
MORE
CYCLES
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
ABORT
AIR BREAK — Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure.
STANDBY
ACTIVATE SEAL — Steam enters the door seal,
pressing it against inside surface of door.
RETRACT SEAL — A vacuum is drawn on seal,
retracting it from inner surface of door.
PURGE — Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
condition is printed.
COMPLETE — Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
NOTE: Countdown timer on the display is estimated;
timer self-corrects estimated time at the beginning of
each phase.
CHARGE — Chamber is charged with steam. Start
of steam charge is printed.
3-10
764330-117
TEMP ................. 123 F
5
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ COMPLETE 00:00:00 AM
CYCLE ............... 3, GRAVITY, 250F, S=30M, D=15M
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
PAPER
FEED
DUPLICATE
PRINT
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
5. Unload sterilizer (see instructions for using loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves,
earlier in this section for procedures to remove
load).
Figure 3-5. Typical Printout of a Gravity
Cycle
3-11
764330-117
3.13 PREVAC CYCLE 275°F
(135°C)
TEMP ............ 100 F
PRESS .......... 00 psig
STATUS ....... DOOR OPEN
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
5
PREVAC
275 F
S= 3:00
D= 16:00
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door
is opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
2
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
1
3
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area.
4
LIQUID
250 F
S= 45:00
D= 00:0
00/00/00
MENU
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
4. Sterilizer automatically progresses through cycle,
as follows:
NOTE: If the wrong cycle has been selected, see
Aborting Cycle in this section.
WARNING–PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD:
When closing the chamber door, keep hands and
arms out of the door opening and make sure
opening is clear of obstructions.
ACTIVATE SEAL – Steam enters the door seal,
pressing it against inside surface of door.
PURGE – Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
Condition is printed.
The 275°F (135°C) prevacuum cycle is now a standard feature on all Century Medium Prevacuum,
Millennium Prevacuum and SFPP sterilizers for the
North American healthcare market. The cycle is
included on the above models manufactured on
September 15, 2003 and beyond. This cycle equates
to units with a serial number of 012580301 or higher.
NOTE: Countdown timer on the display is estimated;
timer self-corrects estimated time at the beginning of
each phase.
TEMP ................. 210 F
4
PRESS ............... 14 psig
STATUS ............ PURGE 1:00
CYCLE ............... 5, PREVAC, 275F, S= 3:00, D= 16:00
This cycle offers significantly reduced cycle time,
with a minium sterilize time of only three minutes
and dry time of 16 minutes vs. four and 20 minutes
respectively for sterilizing and drying in the conventional prevacuum cycle. The sterilize time may
be adjusted by the operator between three and 99
minutes. For added versatility, all Century
prevacuum, SFPP and Millennium sterilizers may
now be set for sterilize temperatures between 270°F
and 274°F is four minutes.
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
33:15
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
ABORT
The 275°F (135°C) cycle is used for sterilizing doublewrapped instrument trays.
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer (at the
beginning of this section) before running this
cycle.
PRESSURE/VACUUM PULSES #1 – #3 – Vacuum
point is printed and pressure/vacuum pulse is repeated.
2. See instructions for using loading car/transfer
carriage or rack and shelves, earlier in this section, for procedures to load sterilizer.
CHARGE – Chamber is charged with steam. Start of
steam charge is printed.
3. Press MORE CYLES touch screen pad, then press
PREVAC touch-screen pad to start 275°F (135°C)
Prevacuum cycle. Refer to Table3-1 for descriptions of cycle use.
3-12
764330-117
STERILIZE – Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when the chamber reaches sterilization temperature. Chamber temperature is printed every minute.
FAST EXHAUST — Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 4 psig.
TEMP ................. 276.7 F
4
PRESS ............... 31.4 psig
STATUS ............ STERILIZE 2:29
CYCLE ............... 5, PREVAC, 275F, S= 3:00, D= 16:00
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
21:30
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
DRY — Start of dry is printed and display counts
down dry time remaining.
TEMP ................. 210 F
4
PRESS ............... 26.6 inHg
STATUS ............ DRY 15:45
CYCLE ............... 5, PREVAC, 275F, S= 3:00, D= 16:00
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
17:45
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
AIR BREAK — Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure.
RETRACT SEAL — A vacuum is drawn on the seal,
retracting it from inner surface of door.
TEMP ................. 128 F
5
PRESS ............... 0.00 psig
STATUS ............ COMPLETE 00:00:00
CYCLE ............... 5, PREVAC, 275F, S= 3:00, D= 16:00
Figure 3-6. Typical Printout of a 275°F
Prevac Cycle
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
PAPER
FEED
DUPLICATE
PRINT
COMPLETE — Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
5. Unload sterilizer (see instructions for using loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves,
earlier in this section for procedures to remove
load).
3-13
764330-117
3.14 LIQUID CYCLE
NOTE: If the wrong cycle has been selected, see
Aborting Cycle in this section.
WARNING–EXPLOSION HAZARD: This sterilizer is not designed to process flammable compounds.
ACTIVATE SEAL — Steam enters door seal, pressing it against inside surface of door.
PURGE — Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
condition is printed.
WARNING–PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD:
Avoid personal injury from bursting bottles. Liquid sterilization cycle must only be used for
liquids in borosilicate (Pyrex) flasks with vented
closures.
TEMP ................. 210 F
4
PRESS ............... 11 psig
STATUS ............ PURGE 00:57
CYCLE ............... 4, LIQUID, 250F, S=45M
WARNING–PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD: It
is inappropriate for a healthcare facility to sterilize liquids for direct patient contact.
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
1:13
HOURS
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: When sterilizing
liquids, you must observe the following procedures:
• Use Liquid cycle only.
• Use only vented closures.
• Use only Type I borosilicate glass bottles.
• Do not allow hot bottles to be jolted.
PAPER
FEED
MINUTES
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
NOTE: Countdown timer on the display is estimated;
timer self-corrects estimated time at the beginning of
each phase.
CHARGE — Chamber is charged with steam. Start
of steam charge is printed.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
TEMP ................. 220 F
4
PRESS ............... 13 psig
STATUS ............ CHARGE
CYCLE ............... 4, LIQUID, 250F, S=45M
CAUTION: Sterilization of chloride-containing
solutions (e.g., saline) can cause chamber corrosion and is not recommended by the manufacturer.
If, however, chloride-containing solutions must be
processed, clean the chamber after each use.
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
1:12
HOURS
This cycle is used for sterilizing liquids in vented
closures.
PAPER
FEED
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer (at the
beginning of this section) before running this cycle.
MINUTES
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
STERILIZE — Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when chamber reaches sterilization temperature.
Chamber temperature is printed every five minutes.
2. See instructions for using loading car/transfer
carriage or rack and shelves, earlier in this section, for procedures to load sterilizer.
SLOW EXHAUST — Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 0 psig.
3. Press LIQUID touch-screen pad to start Liquid
cycle.
TEMP ................. 252 F
4
PRESS ............... 17 psig
STATUS ............ STERILIZE 03:00
4. Sterilizer automatically progresses through cycle,
as follows:
TEMP ................. 000 F
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ DOOR OPEN
CYCLE ............... 4, LIQUID, 250F, S=45M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
58:38
1
MINUTES
1
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 5:00
2
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
3
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
4
LIQUID
250 F
S= 45:00
D= 00:0
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
PAPER
FEED
00-00-00
MENU
3-14
764330-117
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
ABORT
TEMP ................. 252 F
4
PRESS ............... 3 psig
STATUS ............ SLOW EXHAUST
CYCLE ............... 4, LIQUID, 250F, S=45M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
55:25
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
ABORT
SLOW EVACUATE — A vacuum is slowly drawn
in chamber to 5.0 inHg. This phase verifies the chamber is cooled to 208°F/95°C.
VAPOR REMOVAL — Filtered air enters chamber
to relieve vacuum within chamber.
RETRACT SEAL — Steam is exhausted from door
seal. For hinged door models, door must be unlocked and opened slightly at this time, horizontalsliding door models open automatically. (Chamber
vapor vents through slight opening between seal
and door, into sterilizer cabinet for six minutes.)
COMPLETE — Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
TEMP ................. 123 F
5
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ COMPLETE 00:00:00 AM
CYCLE ............... 4, LIQUID, 250F, S=45M
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
PAPER
FEED
DUPLICATE
PRINT
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
Figure 3-7. Typical Printout of a Liquid
Cycle
5. Unload sterilizer (see instructions for using loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves,
earlier in this section for procedures to remove
load).
3-15
764330-117
3.15 WRAP/SFPP CYCLE, 270°F (132°C)
PURGE — Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
condition is printed.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
NOTE: Countdown timer on the display is estimated;
timer self-corrects estimated time at the beginning of
each phase.
STEAM FLUSH
TEMP ................. 210 F
4
PRESS ............... 14 psig
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
STATUS ............ CHARGE 00:00
CYCLE ............... 1, WRAP/SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
36:20
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
The Wrap/SFPP cycle is designed to permit sterilization of double-wrapped instrument trays (maximum weight of 17 lbs [7.7 kg] each) of non-porous
goods only. This cycle condition loads at aboveatmospheric pressure. The Wrap/SFPP cycle consists of two steam flush pressure pulses with a Sterilization time of 4 minutes at 270°F and a 20-minute
Dry time.
PULSE #1 (and PULSE #2) — Pressure point is
printed and pressure pulse is repeated.
NOTE: Make sure items are clean and free of soil.
FAST EXHAUST — Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 4 psig.
CHARGE — Chamber is charged with steam. Start
of steam charge is printed.
STERILIZE — Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when chamber reaches sterilization temperature.
Chamber temperature is printed every minute.
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer (at the
beginning of this section) before running
this cycle.
DRY — Start of dry is printed and display counts
down dry time remaining.
2. See instructions for using the loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves, earlier in this
section, for procedures to load the sterilizer.
TEMP ................. 272 F
STATUS ............ STERILIZE 00:56
CYCLE ............... 1, WRAP/SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
22:20
4. Sterilizer automatically progresses through cycle,
as follows:
MINUTES
NOTE: If the wrong cycle has been selected, see
Aborting Cycles at the end of this section.
PAPER
FEED
ACTIVATE SEAL — Steam enters door seal, pressing it against inside surface of door.
TEMP ................. 000 F
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ DOOR OPEN
1
WRAP/SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
2
SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
MENU
ABORT
RETRACT SEAL — A vacuum is drawn on seal,
retracting it from inner surface of door.
4
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
00-00-00
MORE
CYCLES
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
AIR BREAK — Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure.
1
3
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
4
PRESS ............... 30 psig
3. Press WRAP/SFPP touch-screen pad to start
WRAP/SFPP cycle. Refer to Table 3-1 for descriptions of cycle use.
STANDBY
3-16
764330-117
TEMP ................. 130 F
4
PRESS ............... 27 inHg
STATUS ............ DRY 02:53
CYCLE ............... 1, WRAP/SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
4:18
MINUTES
PAPER
FEED
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
COMPLETE — Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
TEMP ................. 126 F
5
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ COMPLETE 00:00:00 AM
CYCLE ............... 1, WRAP/SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
PAPER
FEED
DUPLICATE
PRINT
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
5. Unload sterilizer (see instructions for using loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves,
earlier in this section, for procedures to remove
load).
Figure 3-8. Typical Printout — 270°F Wrap/
SFPP Cycle
3-17
764330-117
3.16 SFPP CYCLE, 270°F (132°C)
NOTE: Countdown timer on the display is estimated;
timer self-corrects estimated time at the beginning of
each phase.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
STEAM FLUSH
PULSE #1 through PULSE #3 — Pressure point is
printed and pressure pulse is repeated.
CHARGE — Chamber is charged with steam. Start
of steam charge is printed.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
TEMP ................. 210 F
STATUS ............ CHARGE 00:00
CYCLE ............... 2, SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading or unloading area(s).
38:20
MINUTES
The SFPP cycle is designed for sterilizing fabric
packs. The cycle conditions load at above-atmospheric pressure. The SFPP cycle features three steam
flush pressure pulses, a sterilization time of four
minutes at 270°F and a 20-minute dry time.
PAPER
FEED
2. See instructions for using loading car/transfer
carriage or rack and shelves, earlier in this section, for procedures to load sterilizer.
4
STATUS ............ STERILIZE 00:56
CYCLE ............... 2, SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
22:20
MINUTES
NOTE: If the wrong cycle has been selected, see
Aborting Cycles at the end of this section.
PAPER
FEED
ACTIVATE SEAL — Steam enters the door seal,
pressing it against inside surface of door.
SECONDS
PRINT
STATUS
ABORT
FAST EXHAUST—Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 4 psig.
1
3
PREVAC
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
ABORT
PRESS ............... 30 psig
4. Sterilizer automatically progresses through cycle,
as follows:
2
SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
PRINT
STATUS
TEMP ................. 272 F
3. Press SFPP touch-screen pad to start SFPP cycle.
Refer to Table 3-1 for descriptions of cycle use.
1
WRAP/SFPP
270 F
S= 4:00
D= 20:00
SECONDS
STERILIZE—Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when chamber reaches sterilization temperature.
Chamber temperature is printed every minute.
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer (at beginning of this section) before running this cycle.
TEMP ................. 000F
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ DOOR OPEN
4
PRESS ............... 14 psig
DRY—Start of dry is printed and display counts
down dry time remaining.
4
GRAVITY
250 F
S= 30:00
D= 15:00
TEMP ................. 130 F
4
PRESS ............... 27 inHg
STATUS ............ DRY 02:53
CYCLE ............... 2, SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
PROJECTED CYCLE COMPLETION TIME:
00:00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
00-00-00
MENU
MORE
CYCLES
4:18
STANDBY
MINUTES
PURGE — Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
condition is printed.
PAPER
FEED
3-18
764330-117
PRINT
STATUS
SECONDS
ABORT
AIR BREAK—Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure.
RETRACT SEAL—A vacuum is drawn on seal, retracting it from inner surface of door.
TEMP ................. 126 F
5
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ COMPLETE 00:00:00 AM
CYCLE ............... 2, SFPP, 270F, S=04M, D=20M
OPEN DOOR & UNLOAD CHAMBER
PAPER
FEED
DUPLICATE
PRINT
COMPLETE — Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
5. Unload sterilizer (see instructions for using loading car/transfer carriage or rack and shelves,
earlier in this section, for procedures to remove
load).
Figure 3-9. Typical Printout — 270°F SFPP
Cycle
3-19
764330-117
3.17 TEST CYCLES
TEMP ................. 000 F
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ DOOR OPEN
9
3.17.1 DART (Bowie-Dick) Test
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
DART
WARM-UP
LEAK
TEST
DART
TEST
00:00:00 AM
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
PAPER
FEED
00/00/00
MENU
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
a. Operator is prompted to close chamber door, if
it is open. Once closed, door seals automatically.
Test cycles are factory programmed on both the
Prevacuum and SFPP Sterilizers.
b. During warm up, sterilizer automatically runs
a cycle with three-minute sterilize and oneminute dry values.
The Dart® cycle provides the test cycle required to
meet the Bowie-Dick test cycle as specified by AAMI.
Dart is an acronym for Daily Air Removal Test and
can be used interchangeably with Bowie-Dick in
this section.
c. Once Warm-up cycle is complete, display returns to cycle select menu.
This cycle is used to conduct a Bowie-Dick test on
sterilizers that use prevacuum cycles. This test is
only applicable to sterilizers that use prevacuum
cycles. Sterilizers configured to operate SFPP cycles
only, do not requrie routine Bowie-Dick tesing.
4. Open chamber door (if it is not already open).
Load Dart (Bowie-Dick) test pack according to
AAMI standards, and close door. (Test pack must
be on a cart over the drain.)
5. Start Dart test cycle. Cycle runs automatically, as
follows:
AAMI ST-46 requires that a Bowie-Dick test cycle be
run as the first cycle of the day each day the sterilizer
is in use on a prevacuum sterilizer. The chamber
must be at operating temperature when the Dart test
cycle is performed. The Dart Warm-up cycle should
be completed prior to performing the Dart Test
cycle.
ACTIVATE SEAL—Steam enters door seal, pressing seal against inside surface of door.
PURGE—Chamber is purged with steam. Start of
condition is printed.
PULSES #1 through PULSE #4—Vacuum point is
printed and pressure/vacuum pulse is repeated.
1. Refer to Before Operating the Sterilizer earlier
in this section, and to SECTION 3, TECHNIQUES OF
STERILIZATION, to prepare the unit for running this
cycle.
CHARGE—Chamber is charged with steam. Start of
steam charge is printed.
STERILIZE—Start of sterilize exposure is printed
when chamber reaches set temperature. Chamber
temperature is printed every minute. Chamber is
controlled at setpoint plus overdrive.
2. Press MORE CYCLES touch-screen pad at the
cycle selection menu to access the second screen
of cycles. Press DART TEST touch-screen pad.
3. A second menu then appears on screen. A Dart
test should only be run in a machine that is at
operating temperature (that is, has run one or
more cycles). If sterilizer has not run any cycles
prior to Dart test, run DART WARM-UP cycle.
FAST EXHAUST—Start of exhaust is printed and
chamber is exhausted to 4 psig (0.28 Pbar).
DRY—Start of dry is printed and display counts
down dry time remaining.
AIR BREAK—Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure.
RETRACT SEAL—A vacuum is drawn on seal, retracting it from inner surface of door.
COMPLETE—Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
3-20
764330-117
NOTE: Always check DART expiration date. Never
use an expired DART.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
6. Once cycle is complete:
a. Open chamber door.
b. Unload Dart test pack.
c. Forward exposed Dart indicator to appropriate personnel for examination.
Figure 3-10. Typical Printout of a Bowie-Dick
Cycle
3-21
764330-117
3.17.2 Vacuum Leak Test
LEAK TEST/EVACUATING—Printer records temperature and vacuum at end of evacuation time.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
LEAK TEST/STABILIZING—Two-minute stabilization period begins after 10-minute evacuation is
completed.
LEAK TEST—10-minute Leak Test period begins
after two-minute stabilization is completed. Printer
records calculated leak rate (mm Hg per minute)
after 10-minute leak time.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
AIR BREAK—Chamber is returned to atmospheric
pressure, complete tone sounds and cycle summary
and end of cycle messages are printed.
This cycle is used for testing vacuum integrity of the
sterilizer and piping.
RETRACT SEAL—A vacuum is drawn on seal, retracting it from inner surface of door.
A Vacuum Leak Test cycle should be run on the
sterilizer at least once each week. It should be one of
the first cycles run for the day, but not the first cycle.
In this cycle, the sterilizer automatically checks for
vacuum leaks in the piping and door seal. If the
sterilizer fails the leak test, it must be inspected by a
qualified service technician. (This test is not a substitute for a Bowie-Dick test.) The Leak Test can also be
used to confirm that the sterilizer piping is intact
after performing repairs.
COMPLETE—Complete tone sounds. Cycle summary and end of cycle messages are printed.
4. Once sterilizer completes and passes leak test,
unit can be used.
NOTE: The measured leak rate (mm Hg per minute) is
calculated by the control over a timed 10-minute period
and is included in the cycle printout. A leak rate of 1 mm
Hg/minute or less is considered acceptable.
1. Before running Leak Test cycle, refer to Before
Operating the Sterilizer (at the beginning of this
section).
NOTE: The sterilizer should be warm before running
this test cycle. If no other cycle has been run on the
sterilizer before the Leak Test, run a DART Warm Up
cycle.
2. Press MORE CYCLES. Leak Test cycle touchscreen pad appears on display.
3. To start Leak Test, press LEAK TEST touch-screen
pad. Printer records cycle start. Cycle runs automatically as follows:
NOTE: Cycle requires 30-35 minutes to complete.
ACTIVATE SEAL—Steam enters door seal, pressing seal against inside surface of door.
PURGE—Chamber is purged; printer records end
of purge.
PULSE #1 (and PULSE #2)—Two vacuum and pressure pulses then occur and printer records each.
CHARGE—After pressure pulses, temperature rises
to 270°F (132°C), unit begins to draw a vacuum for
10 minutes. (Printer records temperature and pressure at beginning of 10-minute vacuum time.)
3-22
764330-117
3.18 ABORTING CYCLES
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Sterilizer, rack/
shelves, and loading car will be hot after cycle is
run. Always wear protective gloves and apron
when removing a processed load. Protective
gloves and apron must be worn when reloading
sterilizer following the previous operation.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Steam may be
released from the chamber when door is opened.
Step back from the sterilizer each time the door is
opened to minimize contact with steam vapor.
It may be necessary to end a processing cycle, possibly because the wrong cycle was selected or the
sterilizer begins functioning incorrectly. A cycle can
be aborted at any time by pressing the ABORT
touch- screen pad.
1. Touch ABORT touch-screen pad.
• Status line on display changes to EXHAUSTING CHAMBER, if there is pressure in chamber.
• Sterilizer exhausts chamber of steam.
TEMP ................. 200 F
6
PRESS ............... 00 psig
STATUS ............ EXHAUST
CYCLE ABORTED!
PAPER
FEED
PRINT
STATUS
2. Once chamber reaches 4 psig (0.28 Pbar), sterilizer removes vapor from chamber for one minute.
3. Once vapor removal is over, status line changes to
COMPLETE. When complete, sterilizer chamber
can be unloaded following instructions earlier in
this section of the manual.
Figure 3-11. Typical Printout of a Leak
Test Cycle
3-23
764330-117
3.19 EMERGENCY DOOR OPENING
PROCEDURE
5. Using a towel or sterilizer loading mitt, push door
in at each of four corners. This compresses door
seal into door seal groove and allow door to be
opened.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: After manual exhaust, steam may remain inside the chamber.
Always wear protective gloves, apron, and a face
shield when following emergency procedure to
unload sterilizer. Stay as far back from the chamber opening as possible when opening the door.
6. Open door.
Hinged-door units: Operate release lever, and
swing door open.
Sliding-door units: Once door seal has been compressed, push door in normal direction of travel
to open. Door slides stiffly, so be prepared to
push hard.
This procedure should only be used when pressure
remains in the sterilizer chamber, and the door cannot be opened normally because the sterilizer has
lost either electrical or water utilities. This emergency door opening procedure can be used to retrieve a load in the chamber. The procedure requires
pushing on the door cover to compress the door seal
into the groove, then operating the door manually.
7. Once door is open, do not use sterilizer until a
qualified service technician has examined unit.
Further use without attention may damage sterilizer.
8. Close both emergency exhaust valves.
NOTE: Do not use this procedure when a LIQUID load
is inside the sterilizer chamber. The load may boil over
due to the fast exhaust process. Contact STERIS for
assistance.
1. Open Chamber Exhaust Valve
FIRST. Observe chamber gauge until
pressure reaches 0 psig (0 bar).
Procedure:
Refer to Figure 3-12.
1. Remove lower front panel on sterilizer.
2. Open chamber emergency exhaust valve located
at bottom of unit behind lower front panel. Do not
open second valve at this time.
3. Monitor chamber pressure gauge located on front
left hand side panel. Wait until gauge reads 0
psig (0 bar) pressure in sterilizer chamber. Valve
must remain open, even after chamber pressure
reaches 0 psig.
2. Open Seal Exhaust Valve SECOND.
4. When pressure in sterilizer chamber reaches 0,
open second emergency exhaust valve. This valve
relieves door seal. Wait approximately three minutes for door seal to exhaust. Valve must remain
open.
NOTE: Both valves are shown in the closed position.
Figure 3-12. Chamber and Seal Emergency
Exhaust Valves
3-24
764330-117
CHARGE
STERILIZE
COMPLETE
4
RETRACT SEAL
3
AIR BREAK
2
PRESSURE
1
DRY
PULSES
PURGE
VACUUM DRY
EXHAUST
FAST EXHAUST
ACTIVATE SEAL
CONDITIONING
INDICATES KEY CYCLE
TRANSITION POINTS
THAT ARE PRINTED
DURING CYCLE
0 PSIG
TIME ➠
Figure 3-13. Cycle Graph - Prevacuum and Bowie-Dick Cycles
(For technical cycle graphs, see Reference Drawing section)
COMPLETE
RETRACT SEAL
AIR BREAK
DRY
CHARGE
VACUUM DRY
EXHAUST
FAST EXHAUST
PURGE
STERILIZE
PRESSURE
ACTIVATE SEAL
CONDITIONING
INDICATES KEY
CYCLE TRANSITION
POINTS THAT ARE
PRINTED DURING
CYCLE
0 PSIG
TIME ➠
Figure 3-14. Cycle Graph - Gravity Cycle
(For technical cycle graphs, see Reference Drawing section)
3-25
764330-117
3.20 CYCLE GRAPHS
These cycle graphs provide a visual representation
of Century Medium Sterilizer cycles and their phases.
For technical cycle graphs, see Reference Drawing
section.
2
CHARGE
EVACUATE
LEAK TEST
COMPLETE
1
AIR BREAK
PURGE
RETRACT SEAL
PULSES
STABILIZING
LEAK TESTING
PRESSURE
ACTIVATE SEAL
CONDITIONING
INDICATES KEY
CYCLE TRANSITION
POINTS THAT ARE
PRINTED DURING
CYCLE
0 PSIG
TIME ➠
COMPLETE
RETRACT SEAL
AIR BREAK
*PULSE #N
EXHAUST
FAST EXHAUST
STERILIZE
STEAM FLUSH
VACUUM DRY
DRY
CONDITIONING
STEAM FLUSH
CHARGE
AIR DISPLACEMENT
(PURGE)
INDICATES KEY
CYCLE TRANSITION
POINTS THAT ARE
PRINTED DURING
CYCLE
ACTIVATE SEAL
PRESSURE
Figure 3-15. Cycle Graph - Leak Test
(For technical cycle graphs, see Reference Drawing section)
0 PSIG
TIME ➠
*NOTE: WRAP/SFPP cycle has two-pulse steam flushes; SFPP cycle has three-pulse steam flushes.
Figure 3-16. Cycle Graph — Steam Flush Pressure Pulse WRAP/SFPP and SFPP Cycles
(For technical cycle graphs, see Reference Drawing section)
3-26
764330-117
PURGE
CHARGE
TIME ➠
STERILIZE
SLOW EXHAUST
RETRACT
SEAL
PURGE
PULSES
CHARGE
TIME ➠
STERILIZE
FAST EXHAUST
ACTIVATE
SEAL
ACTIVATE SEAL
764330-117
3-27
Figure 3-18. Cycle Graph - 275°F Prevacuum Cycle
0 PSIG
INDICATES KEY
CYCLE TRANSITION
POINTS THAT ARE
PRINTED DURING
CYCLE
PRESSURE
EXHAUST
DRY
CONDITION-
RETRACT SEAL
VAPOR
REMOVAL
AIR BREAK
Figure 3-17. Cycle Graph - Liquid Cycle
(For technical cycle graphs, see Reference Drawing section)
INDICATES KEY CYCLE
TRANSITION POINTS
THAT ARE PRINTED
DURING CYCLE
0 PSIG
PRESSURE
CONDITIONING
COMPLETE
Figure 3-19. Cycle Graph - UK Prevacuum Cycle (HTM 2010 Cycle)
3-28
764330-117
Section 4: Principles of Operation
Steam to chamber is controlled by S2. The chamber is
monitored for temperature by RTD1 and RTD4. RTD1
is used for temperature control and RTD4 is used as
a reference probe. The control monitors the difference between the two probes and an alarm occurs if
the deviation exceeds a maximum value.
4.1 GENERAL
The Amsco®Century® medium steam sterilizer is
available in three chamber sizes:
• 26" W x 37.5" H x 36" D
• 26" W x 37.5" H x 48" D
Internal chamber pressure is monitored by pressure
transducer PT1. The liquid level switch CS1 monitors for the presence of water in the chamber and sets
off an alarm if any is detected.
• 26" W x 37.5" H x 60" D
Two door configurations are available: manual hinge
and power horizontal-sliding door. Manual models
can be either right- or left-hand. Sliding-door units
are available as left-hand only. Double door units
are available in the 48" and 60" chamber sizes only.
The chamber exhaust plumbing consists of S3 fast
exhaust valve, S40 slow exhaust valve, TR1 chamber
trap and MV3 and MV4 emergency manual exhaust
valves. Back flow into the chamber and door seal
groove from the drain is prevented by check valve
CK-8. Back flow is also prevented by check valve
CK-4.
Two models are available: a Prevacuum version
runs Prevacuum, Gravity, and Liquids cycles; and a
SFPP version runs Steam Flush Pressure Pulse (SFPP),
Prevacuum, Gravity, and Liquids cycles.
All chamber and door seal exhaust is routed to HX1
heat exchanger, except for exhaust from emergency
manual exhaust valve MV3 which is routed directly
to drain. Steam vapors are quenched in HX1 by
water supplied by either S4 exhaust cooling or S46
waste cooling valve. S4 valve is a high volume flow
valve and operates when high levels of steam are
present, such as during purge. S46 is a low volume
flow valve and is used to cool the drain during low
flow conditions, such as those existing during idle
phase, when only the jacket trap operates. S46 also
operates at various points in the cycle as an assist to
S4. Water is supplied to these valves through MV1
manual valve and ST1 water strainer. Backflow prevention for facility water, however, is provided by
the customer.
Loading equipment can be either loading cars with
tracks in the chamber or rack and shelves.
4.2 MECHANICAL COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
4.2.1 All Units
This section describes mechanical components on
the sterilizer and their general effect on sterilizer
operation. Details of component actuation are described in S ECTION 4.4, MAIN CONTROL.
Refer to plumbing schematic drawing 146660-535.
Steam is supplied to the unit through MV2 manual
valve, through strainer ST2, to pressure reducing
valve PR1 and then to steam to jacket valve S9. Trap
TR-3 removes condensate and discharges it into the
F2 steam diffuser located in the mixing tank when
the unit is turned off or when in auto-utility shutdown mode.
The vacuum system consists of vacuum pump VP1.
Water is supplied to the vacuum pump by solenoid
S7 and water pressure supplied to the pump is monitored by pressure switch PS3. The vacuum pump
also utilizes a drain valve S43 which drains water
from the pump when the pump is off so that noise on
start-up is reduced. A needle valve with check valve
is installed on the vacuum pump inlet line, upstream
of HX1, which is adjusted to reduce vacuum pump
noise when at deep vacuum.
The unit uses an active door seal with steam to seal
(S35) and seal exhaust (S37) sharing the same port.
Double door NOE use S36 and S38, respectively. Pressure behind the seal is monitored by the control using
PS1 (and PS2 on double door units). A mechanical door
lock DL1 (and DL2 on double door units) is actuated
when there is pressure behind the seal.
Water from the vacuum pump drains into a sump
that contains RTD2. The control monitors temperature with RTD2 and turns on S4 and S46 as required,
to cool waste water in the sump so waste water does
not exceed 140°F.
Steam temperature in the jacket is monitored by
RTD3 in the jacket drain line upstream of jacket
strainer ST3 and jacket trap TR2. Back flow into the
jacket is prevented by check valve CK3.
4-1
764330-117
4.2.2 U.K. (HTM 2010) Units
switch feeds unfiltered 120 VAC to J13 on the Connector Board.
These units are equipped with additional valving
required by HTM 2010 standards. Refer to the plumbing schematic for reference.
C. Line Filter
Feeds fused (F3), filtered 120 VAC to J14 on the
Connector Board. All components on the Century
sterilizer, except for the vacuum pump, use filtered
AC power.
At the air inlet piping, valves MV5 and FC3 are
added. These components are used for precise leak
tests. The MV5 valve is opened while the chamber is
in a vacuum and the FC3 is adjusted to achieve a
desired leak rate.
D. Connector Board
Interfaces incoming 120 V ac, Power Supply, CPU
board, I/O board, and all external components. The
Connector Board contains only traces and connectors. There are no fuses or serviceable components
on the board. Refer to schematic 141215-214.
In the chamber drain RTD5 and RTD6 are added.
RTD5 is used for the Air Detector. The control composes RTD5 with the chamber RTD1/RTD4 and is
for the redundant chart recorder used or HTM2010
units.
E. Power Supply (see Figure 4-1)
Receives filtered 120 V ac from J15A on the Connector Board at J3A on the Power Supply.
4.3 CENTURY CONTROL THEORY OF
OPERATION
• Outputs on J3B are - 15V, +12V, +15V, and +5V.
The Century series sterilizer uses a control made up
of the following sub-sections:
• Outputs on J2 and J4 are +24V. The J2 powers the
control box fan motor.
1. Main Control
• There are two fuses on the power supply, Fl and
F2. These fuses are on the incoming AC side of the
power supply. If either fuse fails, it is due to a
catastrophic internal failure of the power supply
(e.g., shorted transformer). The fuse does not
blow due to an output overload or short circuit. If
the fuse fails, the power supply is bad.
2. Display
Operating End
Non-Operating End
3. Analog Devices
• The power supply is a switching type. Should an
output overload occur (e.g., short circuit on the
output), the power supply automatically drops
voltage to prevent power supply and circuit damage. Recovery after a fault is automatic on power
up or power down.
4.4 MAIN CONTROL
The Main Control is mounted on the side of the
vessel. The Display Module is mounted on the front
panel. Analog devices are located in the piping.
Connections between these items are by quick disconnect cables. The only hard wiring involved in the
sterilizer is for the customer’s 120 V ac single-phase
and three-phase power connection.
4.4.1 CPU Board
The CPU board is made up of the following: CPU
8OC186EC high integration processor, Flash
Memory, A/D Converter Section, RAM Memory
and Battery Back-up. The board is in position #4 on
the far right slot of the control box.
Refer to schematic 141215-206, 146660-557,
146660-558, 146660-559, and 146660-560 throughout
the following:
Main Control Box has an access door fastened with
1/4 turn screws, and consists of the following:
The block layout of the CPU board is shown in
Figure 4-2. This design allows the unit to be connected to various computer devices, such as floppy
disk drives, modems, and desktop or portable personal computers. Unit can be programmed through
serial interface from a modem or personal computer.
A. Incoming Power Terminal Block
Three position block for connection of the 120 VAC
incoming power. Power is fed into the box through
a knock-out on the side or top of the control box.
Block is located in the upper left hand corner of the
control box.
A. CPU Chip
B. Power Switch
The CPU chip is soldered in and is not field replaceable.
ON/OFF switch to control power from terminal
block to line filter. A parallel tap off the power
4-2
764330-117
Description
Figure 4-1. Century Power Supply
4-3
764330-117
Figure 4-2. Block Diagram
P141215-202
D16
Boot Program
Analog Section
Analog Connector
NOTE:
1. Use chip extractor, P764326-559, to remove the Flash Memory from the socket.
2. Replacement CPU boards do not have an application program installed. Application program is ordered
separately.
Figure 4-3. Century CPU Board
4-4
764330-117
B. Flash Memory
B. Jumpers
The controller is designed with Flash memory and
Static RAM memory. Flash memory can be reprogrammed electrically from a remote location, floppy
disc, host computer or individually. The Flash
Memory consists of four removable chips: U12, U13,
U15, and U16. Location, identification and orientation are shown in Figure 4-3.
The CPU board utilizes a jumper board assembly
(P93921-211) that is plugged into J12. This jumper
board establishes the correct configuration for the
analog channels (RTD and Pressure Transducer).
No adjustments are necessary.
C. LED Display on CPU Board
Five LEDs are located on the CPU board.
C. Static RAM
The RAM on the board consists of up to two chips,
U3 and U11, and is soldered on the board. All RAM
memory functions are controlled by the CPU.
D. A/D Converter Section
The A/D converter section consists of eight input
channels. One channel is reserved for reference, one
for an on-board temperature sensor, and six are
brought out for RTDs and pressure transducers.
5V
indicates 5 Volt power to board
1 RES
indicates processor reset
12V
indicates 12 volt power to board
VIN
indicates -15 Volt power to board
A small LED, D16, (see Figure 4-3) is located on the
CPU board which blinks slowly on power up while
testing memory, and then turns off. The LED turns
on steady to indicate a flash memory or board failure. A fast blink indicates no application program or
the program is corrupted.
E. Battery Back-Up
The RAM is backed up by the battery chip U2. It
contains nickel cadmium batteries. Battery life is
eight years; with the control powered up 16 hours
per day. The battery's shelf life is 10 years. The
battery can be replaced without losing memory.
4.4.1.1 CPU Board Setup
The CPU board used is P141215-202. Replacement
CPU Boards are unprogrammed. It is necessary to
transfer the Flash chips from the original board and
install them in the new CPU board or install a new
programmed chip set.
A. Flash Chip Change
Use PLCC Puller P764326-559 (also available at Radio Shack) to extract the chips. Instructions are included with the PLCC Puller on its proper use. Use
static protection when replacing all chips.
The FLASH memory consists of four chips: U12,
U13, U15 & U16. The memory is split into high and
low bytes, U12 & U16 contain high and U13 & U15
contain the low bytes. The control does not work
correctly if these chips are not installed in the correct
order.
When installing the Flash chips into the socket, be
sure to pay attention to the orientation of the chip in
the socket. The dot on the chip must be aligned with
the arrow molded into the side of the socket. See
Figure 4-3.
4-5
764330-117
4.5 I/O BOARDS
4.5.1
P146659-005 (Switched Neutral)
DIP SWITCHES
SW
Setting
Function
S1
1,8 ON
I/O Board #1 Position Address ( Std 4 slot)
1,2,8 ON
I/O Board #1 Position Address ( SLH EXP)
1,8
I/O Board #1 Position Address ( SL EXP)
S2
ALL OFF
S3
1,2,3 ON
Switched neutral
NOTE: DIP #8 on S1 is off on units with a chamber pressure high switch. Check your original DIP switch configuration.
NOTE: Some -005 boards have had the S2 and S3 switches removed. These boards still function as a standard 005 boards.
Tech Info
Board LED’s
The -005 I/O board is typically used in I/O #1 slot in
standard four slot Century and EXP Century controls. The board has three mechanical relays in driver
1, 2, and 3 position used to provide a switched
neutral for valves that feed steam, air, or water to the
chamber and/or door seals.
5V = 5V dc directly from power supply
CF = Solid ON - Communications
established CPU card and normal. SEE
NOTE: Flashing - Intermittent
communications.
Not Lit - The 10 second I/O buss
communications time-out has occurred
and I/O will be turned off.
Communications will reset and try to
reestablish link
15V = Output from on board +12V dc
regulator for internal use by the board.
ISO = +12V dc isolated from power supply
for use by the optocouplers.
NOTE: Functions of “CF” LED could be reversed on
earlier versions of firmware
This board could be positioned in the I/O board #2
position (as a substitute for the -008 board) if the
control does not have any ac outputs wired to drivers 1, 2, or 3 of I/O board #2.
Figure 4-4. I/O Board
(P146659-005)
4-6
764330-117
4.5.2
P146659-008
DIP SWITCHES
SW
Setting
Function
S1
2,8 ON
I/O Board #2 Position Address ( Std 4 slot)
3,8 ON
I/O Board #2 Position Address ( SLH EXP)
2,8 ON
I/O Board #2 Position Address ( SL EXP)
1,3,8 ON
I/O Board #3 Position Address ( SLH, SL EXP)
S2
ALL OFF
S3
ALL OFF
NOTE: DIP #8 on S1 is off on units with a chamber pressure high switch. Check your original DIP switch configuration.
Tech Info
The -008 I/O board is used in I/O #2 in standard
Century 4 racks and I/O #2 and #3 in EXP Century
controls. The board has optoisolators for all the
outputs. This board cannot be used in I/O #1 slot as
there are no mechanical relays available for switched
neutral.
Board LED’s
5V = 5V dc directly from power supply
CF = Solid ON - Communications established
CPU card and normal. SEE NOTE
Flashing - Intermittent Communications
Not Lit - The 10 second I/O buss communications
time-out has occurred and I/O will be
turned off . Communications will reset
and try to reestablish link
15V = Output from on board +12V dc regulator for
internal use by the board.
ISO = +12V dc isolated from power supply for use
by the optocouplers.
NOTE: Functions of “CF” LED could be reversed on
earlier versions of firmware
Figure 4-5. I/O Board
(P146659-008)
4-7
764330-117
Table 4-1. I/O Slot 1 Board P146659-066
LED
Driven Component
Driver
Fuse
Reference Driver on Schematic
D16
Door A Close
DRV16
F16
ac 15
D15
S40
DRV15
F15
ac 14
D14
Door A Open
DRV14
F14
ac 13
D13
S37
DRV13
F13
ac 12
D12
S3
DRV12
F12
ac 11
D11
S7/VAC Pump SSR
DRV11
F11
ac 10
D10
S4
DRV10
F10
ac 9
D9
Not Used
D8
S9
DRV8
F8
ac 7
D7
S1
DRV7
F7
ac 6
D6
S36
DRV6
F6
ac 5
D5
S35
DRV5
F5
ac 4
D4
S2
DRV4
F4
ac 3
D3
Sw Neutral S36
DRV3
F3
ac 2
D2
Sw Neutral S35
DRV2
F2
ac 1
D1
Sw Neutral S2
DRV1
F1
ac 0
LED
Switch on Sterilizer
Limit Switch on Schematic
S16
Not Used
S15
Not Used
S14
Not Used
S13
Not Used
S12
LS6 Door B Pressure Lock (Hinge)
LS11
S11
LS5 Door A Pressure Lock (Hinge)
LS10
S10
Not Used
S9
Not Used
S8
LS4 Door B Hinge Closed #2/Slider Open
LS7
S7
LS3 Door A Hinge Closed #2/Slider Open
LS6
S6
LS2 Door B Closed SW
LS5
S5
LS1 Door A Closed SW
LS4
S4
PS3 VAC Pump Water Pressure SW
LS3
S3
PS2 Door B Seal Pressure SW
LS2
S2
PS1 Door A Seal Pressure SW
LS1
S1
CS1 Chamber Flood SW
LS0
4-8
764330-117
S38 NOE Seal Exhaust
DRV16
S8 Steam to Chamber (ISO) DRV15
F16
F15
AC15
AC14
4.5.3
I/O Board
output. It is possible for the LED to indicate that an
output is turned on even if the output circuit has
failed at the driver.
A. Overview
The Century I/O board processes all the inputs (LS
switches) and all outputs (triac drivers). All medium Century controls require two I/O boards. Board
P146659-066 is used in position #1, board P146659008 is used in position #2. See Figure 4-4. Each I/O
board contains 16 output drivers and 16 input circuits.
B. I/O Configuration
Dip switches are used to configure the board to the
correct serial address. Refer to Table 4-1 and 4-2 on
the following pages for connections:
146659-008
SW1 - 2 & 8 ON, 1,3,4,5,6, & 7 OFF.
On board P146659-066, two types of drivers are
used: a mechanical relay and a solid state driver. The
relays are used as individual switched neutrals. The
solid state drivers are triacs and are used to supply
power to the various valves and motors. Each of the
solid state drivers is protected by a 0.63 Amp fuse.
The solid state drivers and fuses are replaceable.
SW2, SW3 - All OFF or switch not loaded.
146659-066
SW1-1 ON, 2,3, & 4 OFF.
4.6 DISPLAY (MONOCHROME)
On board 146658-008, all drivers are solid state that
are protected by 0.8 Amp fuses, each of these are also
replaceable.
The Operating End (OE) and Non-operating End
(NOE) controls are similar, first discussed is the OE
control. It consists of the following items:
Fuses are used to prevent damage to the board in the
case of a shorted valve coil.
A. Touch Screen
This is a 1/8-inch thick clear plastic grid which has
64 switches, arranged in a 8 x 8 square. Pressing on
the grid actuates the switch in a way similar to a
membrane type key pad. Switch closure is not, however, like a mechanical switch. When the switch is
open, contact resistance is approx. 20 megOhms.
When the switch is closed, the resistance is a maximum of 20 KOhms. The control interprets the reduction in resistance as switch actuation.
See Tables 4-1 and 4-2.
LEDs on the edge of the I/O board indicate the
status of the outputs and inputs. LED and driver
designations changed between the old and current
board. When troubleshooting, make sure to identify
the board configuration. LEDs that indicate the status of the output circuit are actually wired in parallel and indicate that the driver has received a signal
to turn on. It does not indicate the actual status of the
Figure 4-6. Display Interface Board
(P141214-630)
4-10
764330-117
NOTE: SW1 is not present on later boards.
S1 Dip Switch
OE Display Position 1 & 8 ON
NOE Display Position 2 & 8 ON
JP-1, 2 & 3
Jumper Pins on 2 – 3
(Not Used)
Figure 4-7. Interface Board
(P146657-752)
Poisition 3, 5 & 8 ON
Figure 4-8. Printer Board
(P146656-182)
4-11
764330-117
The touch screen is held in place by double-sided
tape.
There is an LED for the 90 Volt output of the transformer. This LED is downstream of the fuse. Check
voltage supply to the board prior to replacing an
Interface Board because of loss of 90 volt LED.
NOTE: Although there are 64 individual switches with a
size of 0.4411 x 0.611, the control can display a larger
pushbutton by combining several switches together.
Pressing anywhere within the larger pushbutton activates one of the switches, causing the control to respond.
D. Printer Board Assembly
See Figure 4-5.
This is found only on the OE control. This board
handles the interface between the control and the
impact printer.
B. Display Module
This is a vacuum fluorescent device operating on
both 5 V dc and 90 V dc. It has two cable connectors,
C1 which carries the display signals, and C2 which
connects the power supply.
Serviceable components on this board include:
There are no serviceable components on the display
module. A fuse is present; it is, however, soldered
in, and failure of this fuse indicates a catastrophic
internal failure of the module.
2. SW1 dip switch – set 3, 4, 5, 8 to ON, rest OFF.
1. U8 relay – not used in the Century control application, this provides 120 VAC output to J43 pin.
3. W1 and W2 jumpers – W1 jumper pin 2 to pin 3;
and W2 jumper pin1 to pin 2.
There is also a limit switch, SW2, on the board. This
is used for paper take up control on other applications of this board; however, it is not used in the
Century control application. The Century control
automatically turns on the paper take up motor to
take up one line of printer tape for every line the
control prints.
Power is supplied to the Display Module from the
Interface Board. An overload condition of the Display Module (e.g., short) can cause Interface Board
failure.
C. Display Interface Board
See Figure 4-4.
4.6.1 Display – Color LCD
This device handles the communication link between the Main Control and the Display Module
and the Printer. This component includes a transformer which supplies the necessary power to the
Display Module.
Color Display assembly comes in two configurations, Operating End (OE) or Non-Operating End
(NOE). OE display has the capability of displaying
machine status, displaying up to 64 buttons on the
display coordinated with 64 hot spots on the touch
panel, accepting touch panel commands and passing them to the main controller and driving a printer.
NOE provides same display capabilities as operating end but does not provide printer support.
Serviceable components on the Display Interface
Board include:
1. U17 relay – controls the paper take up motor.
2. SW1 – voltage selector - set to 115 V (may or may
not be present).
The machine configurations may include either the
single OE display assembly or a dual OE/NOE combination.
3. S1 dip switch – set 1, 8 ON; the rest OFF.
4. JP1, JP2, JP3 jumpers – jumper pins 2 and 3 on all
three.
LCD Controller Board P/N 136812-823
Refer to the Century Control reference section for
proper setting of SW1, S1, and jumper pins.
A. Touch Screen
64 hot-spot buttons in an 8x8 matrix are defined on
the touch panel. Adjacent buttons are logically
combined by the Application Program in the Main
Control. Application Program sends commands to
display to draw a box around combined buttons
indicating active button area for a given key. In
addition, Application Program defines any hidden
buttons, typically the top right corner which provides Service Mode access from select screens.
Note that the interface board contains two fuses, F1
and F2. These fuses are on the output side of the
board mounted transformer. The transformer supplies power to the Display Module. Should a fault
occur in the Display Module, one or both of these
fuses could fail. These fuses are soldered-in and are
not field replaceable. If either fuse has failed, the
board itself must be replaced.
Touch panel hits are detected by LCD Controller
board and passed to Application Program via LCD
Interface Program.
4-12
764330-117
Top right button is detected by Application Program as a hidden key to permit entry to Service
Mode portion of Application Program. Service Mode
is currently accessed via top right corner on power
up, top right corner on certain screens, and by specific service mode pushbuttons in scientific programs.
transmitted to LCD controller board. If LCD controller board calculates a checksum that does not agree
with checksum value received, then LCD controller
board replies to indicate an error. In this case, LCD
controller board does not execute command, and
command is re-transmitted by display interface
board. If multiple transmissions of command do not
result in a positive acknowledgement from LCD
controller board, then display interface board generates an error condition.
B. Display
Only the backlight operates off of 12V dc from power
supply. This power is passed through LCD Display
Interface/Printer Board to LCD Controller Board
where voltage is varied and sent to backlight inverter to adjust brightness of display.
NOTE: ASCII commands do not use a checksum. All
commands used to operate the display are in binary.
ASCII commands are limited to service functions such
as version, temperature, and calibration.
Colors – normal operation; DIP switch SW1-5 OFF
during power up selects this color scheme.
For pushbutton presses sent from LCD controller
board to display interface board, a redundant message packet is used to detect errors in transmission.
Specifically, each button press is transmitted as a
push-button number followed by the complement
of button number. If button number and its complement do not agree, then a transmission error has
occurred. In this case, display interface board ignores pushbutton, and does not pass it back to the
control system.
Main Color Scheme is a blue background, white for
lines and rectangles, yellow for standard text and
cyan on black background for large digit text. Status
message ALARM! displayed in red text.
Standard buttons are displayed with YELLOW text,
button filled with BLUE. Text changes to BLUE
background with YELLOW fill on button press. See
touch panel section for details on operation.
NOTE: LCD controller board checks for command
syntax errors. If display interface board sends a command having an improper syntax, LCD controller board
replies indicating an syntax error, and command does
not execute.
Menu buttons labeled ABORT are displayed with
WHITE text, button filled in with RED. Text changes
to BLUE with YELLOW fill on press.
Menu button labeled ON on the main screen displayed with BLUE text, button filled in with YELLOW. Text changes to BLUE background with YELLOW fill on press.
Thus, LCD controller board responds to a command, with an ASCII character, in two possible
ways:
Large font – used only for countdown timer and
limited to five characters.
D. Outputs
C. Screen Transitions
• LCD Color Display Panel - 320x240 pixel graphic
display.
All entries in color lookup table on LCD Controller
Board are blue when brightness OFF command is
received from Application Program, hiding transition events such as button draws and deletions. All
entries in color lookup table on LCD Controller
Board are set to their proper colors when brightness
ON command is received from Application
Program. LCD Controller Board Communications
Details
• Paper take-up motor - 120VAC motor driving
paper take-up spool
• Speaker - Three volume levels digitally selected
plus off.
• Variable frequency tones.
Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s):
Display Interface/Printer Board communicates with
LCD Controller Board via a serial interface, using a
custom-designed protocol. In order to detect errors
in communication channel between these two boards,
several measures are taken.
• LED1, LED2, and LED3 are under program control.
For binary commands sent from display interface
board to LCD controller board, a checksum is used
to detect errors in transmission. Specifically, an 8-bit
checksum is appended to each command that is
• LED2 – ON indicates that the LCD Interface Board
has established communication with the main
control or another LCD Interface Board.
• LED1 – ON indicates that the LCD Interface Board
is functioning properly to communicate with the
main control.
4-13
764330-117
• LED3 – ON indicates that the LCD Interface Board
is communicating properly to the LCD Controller
Board.
Finally, one last press erases diagnostic window.
NOTE: This area is now blank, even normal screen text
that was formally there is now gone. In most cases,
screen number is the only text in this area. If you desire
to bring back all text in this area, temporarily change to
a different screen and then return.
E. Normal Operation
During normal operation, the backlight brightness
is set to maximum.
B. Pushbutton Test
F. Standby Operation
Pushbutton Test allows for both verification of
touchpad calibration and physical integrity of
touchpad.
After two hours with no button press, backlight
brightness changes to its minimum level in order to
lengthen life of back light. Minimum brightness
level does not darken screen completely. Image on
display is still visible.
Pushbutton Test is available in Service Mode. The
first screen entered in Service Mode is Service Mode
– Main Menu (Screen 331). From screen 331, press
ALARM/MAINTENANCE button to enter Alarm
and Maintenance Control (Screen 351), and then
press PUSHBUTTON TEST button to start test.
Pressing anywhere on screen restores brightness to
normal.
If a key is pressed while restoring brightness, that
key information is sent to Application Program as a
button press. Display is still bright enough for close
viewing to operate the machine.
Press each of the buttons on Pushbutton Test Screen
to confirm all buttons light up and respond
properly. Button pressed is the button that must
light up. If an adjacent button lights up instead, it
could indicate touchpad calibration needs to be redone. The last button pressed should be bottom
right corner, which exits the screen.
Top left corner button is also used for Display Diagnostics. See display diagnostics section.
Speed of response is same or faster than vacuum
fluorescent display system.
C. Power Up Screen Information
4.6.2 Diagnostic Functions
Additional helpful information now appears on
Power Up screen, making it easier to determine
display activity and “location settings.”
New diagnostic tools have been added to Color LCD
Display Assembly to enhance troubleshooting. These
tools identify display software and revisions; provide feedback status codes; test take-up motor and
verify display is functioning. Familiar Pushbutton
Test also works with this new display.
Power Up screen displays “PLEASE WAIT…” with
a blinking ellipsis. (The ellipsis is the “…” portion of
this text.) Blinking indicates display is functioning
while waiting for main control to complete memory
test.
A. Display Diagnostics Window
This new feature is simple to use and has multiple
functions. It works on all screens and does not affect
sterilizer functionality, even if in-cycle.
“OPERATING END”, “NON-OPERATING END”
or “REMOTE CONTROL” displays beneath “TESTING MEMORY” text. This indicates if SW1 – 1 & 2
have been properly set.
Press and hold top left corner of screen for 5-10
seconds until a small window appears in top right
corner. The first two lines of this window identify
display board program and revision level (i.e., 93919083 REV. 01). The third line identifies revision level
of display module software (i.e., 1.6.6tft). The final
two lines display hexadecimal codes which provide
status feedback for factory use.
D. DIP Switch Functions
SW1 is located on the 146665-376 (LCD/Serial Printer
Interface Board). This can be accessed by removing
the two allen head screws on display front panel and
swinging panel open. See Figure 4-9.
SW1 – 1 & 2 OE/NOE/Remote Selection
Momentarily press top left corner of screen again
and diagnostics window changes to TAKE-UP MOTOR (ON). When this window is displayed, paper
take-up motor should function continuously.
To Set OE: With power off, set 1 ON and 2 OFF.
Turn control power ON. “OPERATING END”
displays beneath “TESTING MEMORY” on Power
Up screen for easy verification. (Setting both 1 and 2
OFF also set display to OE.)
Momentarily, press top left corner of screen once
more. Diagnostics window text changes to TAKEUP MOTOR (OFF). When this window is displayed,
paper take-up motor should stop.
4-14
764330-117
To Set NOE: With power off, set 1 OFF and 2 ON.
Turn control power ON. “OPERATING END” displays beneath “TESTING MEMORY” on Power Up
screen for easy verification.
assembly (if applicable) or printer does not function
properly.
SW1 – 8 Printer Self Test
NORMAL MODE: With power off, set 8 OFF. Turn
control power ON. Printer is controlled by the program.
To Set Remote: With power off, set 1 ON and 2 ON.
Turn control power ON. “REMOTE CONTROL”
displays beneath “TESTING MEMORY” on Power
Up screen for easy verification. (This function is
only available on special orders. Switch must be set
to OE or NOE.)
PRINTER SELF TEST MODE: With power off, set 8
ON. Turn control power ON. Printer self test text
continuously prints until power is turned off.
SW1 – 3 Display Shift
E. LED Functions
SHIFT TEXT UP: With power off, set 3 OFF. Turn
control power ON. Top line of text starts at very top
of screen.
LED1 (Status 1) – on indicates Display Interface
Board functioning properly to communicate with
control.
SHIFT TEXT DOWN: With power off, set 3 ON.
Turn control power ON. This shifts top 6 lines of
display down for better viewing on Medium Century sterilizers. All LCD Display Assemblies ship
with this switch on.
LED2 (Status 2) – on indicates Display Interface
Board communication established with main control or another display assembly.
LED3 (Status 3) – on indicates proper communication between Display Interface Board and the display module.
SW1 – 4 Touch Screen Calibration
LED4 (Printer Reset) – Normally off. Normal operation is to be on at power up, then go off. Display
Interface Board should be changed if LED remains
on. Blinking indicates a loose U6 processor (if socketed) or board problem.
NORMAL MODE: With power off, set 4 OFF. Turn
control power ON. Touch screen is in normal operate mode.
CALIBRATE MODE: With power off, set 4 ON.
Turn control power ON and power up for touch
screen calibration.
NOTE: Some boards do not have a socketed U6.
LED5 (Display Reset) – Normally off. Normal
operation is to be on at power up, then go
off. Display Interface Board should be changed if
the LED remains on. Blinking indicates a loose U10
(if socketed) processor or board problem.
NOTE: Display calibration is provided primarily for factory use and is only to be used in the field as a last resort.
SW1 – 5 Color Modes
For Color LCD Operation: With power off, set 5 OFF.
Turn control power ON. This setting activates color
LCD mode (blue background, yellow text, white
boxes, and red ABORT).
NOTE: Some boards do not have a socketed U10.)
LED6 (Backlight 12VDC) – Normally on. 12V is
used for LCD backlight. If LED is off or display is
dim, check voltage from TP1 (12V) to TP5 (GND).
Check display assembly power supply and wiring if
voltage is not good. 12V power comes in on J18 pin
5, GND on J18 pins 3, 4, & 6. Replace display module
if power is not between 11 and 13 volts.
For Green Screen Operation: With power off, set 5
ON. Turn control power ON. The screen is the same
as original display colors.
NOTE: All special colors (red ABORT, etc.) are
disabled.
LED7 (Control 5VDC) –Normally on. A separate
(isolated) 5VDC ISO is delivered to Display Interface Board through P19 communications cable from
main control. Display Interface Board only uses
control 5V dc to power communications circuit for
communications between main control and interface board for both printer and display data. If LED
is off or if there appears to be communications
problems, check voltage from TP2 (+5 ISO) to TP6
(ISO GND). 5V main control power comes in on J19
pins 4 & 8 (+5 ISO) and J19 pins 3 & 7 (ISO GND) and
must be between 4.9 and 5.1V. Trace any power
problems through the wiring and signal cable to 5V
SW1 – 6 Display Diagnostics
NORMAL MODE: With power off, set 6 OFF. Turn
control power ON. display screen is in normal operating mode.
DISPLAY DIAGNOSTICS SCREEN: With power
off, set 6 ON. Detailed serial communication information, display module and -376 interface board
program revisions, and display module temperature are shown.
SW1 – 7 Printer Selections
Must be OFF on OE assembly and ON on the NOE
4-15
764330-117
saved with original display. All cables are to be tied off
and routed the same as in the original machine. Take
care to verify cables are routed to outside of panel
uprights, away from hot end frame on Medium Century
units.
power in main control, checking for loose connections and properly adjusted main control power
supply.
LED8 (Printer 5V dc) – Normally on. 5V dc printer
power is used to power printer mechanism only. If
LED is off or if printer is malfunctioning; check
voltage from TP3 (PVCC) to TP7 (PGND) and must
be between 4.9 and 5.1 V. 5V printer power comes in
on J18 pins 7 & 8 (PVCC) and J18 pins 9 & 10
(PGND). Trace any power problems to power supply in display assembly.
F. Troubleshooting
Follow steps in order, as consecutive steps assume
the previous step did not solve the problem. Call
Technical Support for help if available steps do not
solve the problem.
1. No display or print on power up:
NOTE: Display 5V power (LED9) is same 5V power
from display assembly power supply, only brought up to
interface board on different wires. If only Printer 5V dc
power or only display 5V dc power is low or intermittent,
then there is a wiring problem. Otherwise, check for a
short circuit or failed display power supply.
a. Verify AC power is connected to sterilizer and
is on. Verify ac Power Cable between main
control and display assembly is connected.
b. Verify at least some of main control LED’s are
lit. If not, troubleshoot ac power connections to
control including control power supply.
NOTE: Power supply is a switching power supply, which
may read above 5V if no load is attached.
NOTE: A faulty control power supply and a functioning
display power supply displays testing memory screen
(without boot information text near bottom of screen)
indefinitely. This is because all display functions (except
communications to control) are powered by display
power supply and testing memory screen power is
provided by display interface board (communications
from control not needed). Most other screens and
printing need communications with the control.
LED9 (Display 5VDC) – Normally on. Display 5VDC
power is used to power interface board including
printer electronics, speaker, and LCD display
module. If the LED is off or if display or printer is
malfunctioning; check voltage from TP4 (VCC) to
TP5 (GND). Display 5V power comes in on J18 pins
1 & 2 (VCC) and J18 pins 3, 4, & 6 (GND) and must
be between 4.9 and 5.1V. Trace any power problems
to power supply in display assembly.
c. Open display box. Verify main control power
(LED7) is on. See LED description for additional troubleshooting.
NOTE: Printer 5VDC power (LED8) is the same 5V
power from display assembly power supply, only brought
up to interface board on different wires. If only printer
5VDC power or only display 5V dc power is low or
intermittent, then there is a wiring problem. Otherwise,
check for a short circuit or failed power supply.
d. Verify display power (LED6) and printer power
(LED9) are on. See LED description for additional troubleshooting.
e. If LED1 and LED2 are on and LED3 is off,
verify continuity of display module cable
P17-3 (5V dc).
NOTE: Power supply is a switching power supply, which
may read above 5V if no load is attached.
LED10 Printer 5V Fuse F1 Status – Normally on,
indicating there is printer power and fuse F1 is
intact. If LED8 is on and LED10 is off, replace both
printer mechanism and 146665-376 interface board.
F1 fuse is not replaceable and indicates a non-repairable failure has occurred. Otherwise, troubleshoot
LED8 power problem.
f. Proceed to next section or if no display, but
prints on power up) to correct display fault,
then proceed to troubleshoot apparently unrelated printer fault.
2. No display, but prints on power up:
a. Open display box. Verify display power (LED9)
and backlight power (LED6) are on. See LED
description for additional troubleshooting.
NOTE: Display module is a single service part. It is not
to be opened up in the field in order to maintain
warranty and root cause failure analysis
information. LOCTITE has been applied to fasteners to
verify integrity of module. Please report any modules
found with missing or tampered fasteners to Technical
Support.
b. Verify display reset (LED5) is off. See LED
description for additional troubleshooting.
c) Verify continuity of display cable P19 pins 1 &
2 (ARCNet).
NOTE: When replacing a vacuum display or replacing
color LCD, signal cable comes attached to LCD display
box assembly. Original cable from vac display is to be
4-16
764330-117
3. Large STERIS HexAwave screen displays continuously:
install a new chip set if this is the case. Follow
troubleshooting steps in Step 5, Testing Memory
Screen Remains Indefinitely, but Boot Program
Message Appears, if new chip set does not solve
the problem.
a. If LED1, LED2 and LED 3 are off:
1. Verify U10 is properly installed.
2. Replace U10.
d. Double door machine: LED7 is on, LED 1 is on,
and LED2 is off. Display serial communication
is working properly, but control is not communicating.
3. Replace Display Interface Board.
b. If LED3 flashes on after power up then goes off
and LED1 and LED2 are on:
1. Verify SW1 - 1 & 2 are set properly on both
display assemblies. See DIP Switch description
for further information.
1. Verify continuity of display module cable
P17-4 (TXD). This pin is most likely open.
2. Replace Display Module.
2. If both displays are still failing, disconnect
them from control (J27 & J28) one at a time to
determine if one is causing failure, and continue troubleshooting the one display with the
other disconnected. If both are failing, unplug
boards in main control and power up with both
displays connected. If LED2 now comes on,
both display assemblies and cables are good.
Plug boards back into control one at a time,
making sure of proper programs and DIP switch
setting, to determine which board is bad and
must be replaced.
c. If LED1 and LED2 are on and LED3 is off.
1. Verify continuity of display module
cable P17-2 (RXD). This pin is most likely open.
2. Replace Display Module
4. Display works fine, but no printout:
a. Open display box. Verify printer reset (LED4),
printer 5V (LED8), and printer fuse (LED10).
See LED descriptions.
b. Verify continuity of display cable P19 pins
5 & 6 (Console).
e. Single door machine or one display connected:
LED7 is on, LED 1 is on, and LED2 is off.
Display serial communication is working properly, but control is not communicating.
c. Verify continuity of printer cable P44 to printer.
5. Testing memory screen remains indefinitely, but
boot program message appears:
NOTE: Boot program 93919-047 before revision 2 and
boot program 93919-071 before revision 1 does not
display the message. Application program must not be
running.
a. Main control problem, since display is communicating properly with control. Download latest main control program.
b. Enter SERVICE MODE and activate BATTERY
SAVER. Unplug SmartBattery from main control board with power off. Re-install after 15
seconds. This step erases RAM.
7. Paper take-up does not run:
a) Attempt to turn motor ON via Display Diagnostics Window. See Display Diagnostics section. If motor turns on in diagnostics, display
assembly is functioning properly and main
control application program is keeping motor
off.
c. Unplug SmartBattery from main control board
and replace main control program chips. Reinstall SmartBattery after program chips have
been installed.
b) Open display box. J16 is a special connector
marked TEST and is provided for troubleshooting paper take up problems. Plug in paper take up motor to J16 instead of J43, and turn
on power forcing 120VAC power through wiring to the motor. If motor still does not turn on,
there is a 120VAC power problem, wiring problem, or failed take up motor.
NOTE: Re-installing the SmartBattery before installing
the new program chips may not clear the RAM.
6. Testing memory screen remains indefinitely, and
boot program message does not appear:
a. Open display box.
b. LED7 is off. Insufficient 5 Volt power is coming from control power supply. LED1 and LED2
are also be off. See LED description for further
information.
c) Replace driver DRV1 on 146656-376 interface
board.
d) Replace 146656-376 interface board.
c. LED1 and LED2 are both on. Display is communicating normally with control. Order and
4-17
764330-117
8. Paper take-up runs constantly:
G. Power Supply
a. Attempt to turn motor OFF via Display Diagnostics Window. If motor turns off in diagnostics, display assembly is functioning properly
and main control application program is keeping the motor on.
A power supply is mounted to the back of the paper
take-up housing. Its purpose is to supply 5 Volt dc to
the display interface board. This power supply is
required because the Century control box is located
a significant enough distance from the display so
that the control box power supply suffers an unacceptable voltage drop. By having a power supply
adjacent to the display interface board, proper voltage is assured. Correct voltage in this application is
5.2 Volts, which allows for sufficient voltage when
the printer is operated.
b. Open display box. Verify take-up motor is connected to J43, not test connector J16.
c. Replace driver DRV1 on 146656-376 interface
board.
d. Replace 146656-376 interface board.
H. Speaker
9. “DISPLAY RESETTING …” message appears:
a. The 146657-376 board has had a power failure
or is malfunctioning. Verify U10 is properly
seated on board and J18 is fully seated.
Both OE and NOE displays have a speaker. Volume
is adjustable in Service Mode.
b. Replace J18 cable.
On OE only, printer is an impact type with replaceable ribbon cartridge. Printer itself is replaceable.
I. Printer
c. Replace 146657-376 board.
d. Replace power supply in display assembly.
Figure 4-9. Interface Board Dip Switch Functions
(P146665-376)
4-18
764330-117
Access
(3)
Cover Mounting Nuts
(Typical)
(4)
Hinge and Hidden
Access Hole
Figure 4-11.
Century Platform
MediumMedium
Century Platform
Figure 4-10. Small Century
Cover Mounting Nuts
Typical
(4)
Figure 4-12. Medium
Life Sciences
MediumCentury
Century
Life Sciences
4-19
764330-117
Figure 4-13. RTD Temperature Probe
4-20
764330-117
Figure 4-14. Pressure Transducer (50 PSIA) for Chamber Pressure
4-21
764330-117
135°F. S9 is intermittent while controlling to maintain jacket temperature (250° if running a 250°F
cycle, 270° if running a 270°F cycle). A vacuum pulls
for one minute after reaching 4 psig. S46 turns ON at
4 psig and turns OFF when 10" Hg is reached. Once
10" Hg is reached, the control progresses to the
pressure pulse. If not at 10" Hg after one minute, the
unit remains in the vacuum pulse until 10" Hg is
reached, after reaching 4 psig.
J. Paper Take-Up Mechanism
120 V ac motor is controlled by a replaceable relay
on the Interface Board. Motor operates by taking up
one line of printer tape for every line printed.
Paper take up spool is held in place by a magnetic
holder.
4.7 ANALOG DEVICES
E. Pressure Pulse
4.7.1 Pressure Transducer
S3, S7, and VP1 turn off. S2 and S9 turn on until
chamber pressure reaches 26 psig. S4 turns on if
RTD2 is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
130°F. S46 turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off
when RTD2 drops to 120°F.
One is used in the Century sterilizer. Transducer
output can be measured with a VOM between the
output leads. See test procedure later in this section.
See Figure 4-14.
Vacuum/Pressure pulses repeat in sequence for a
total of four pulses. The fourth Pressure pulse becomes Charge.
4.7.2 RTD
Three RTDs are used, one each in the chamber drain,
jacket, and waste line. The chamber RTD is a dual
element RTD.
F. Charge
S3, S7, and VP1 turn off. S2 turns on. S9 is on to a
pressure setting (15 psig for a 250°F cycle, 26 psig for
a 270°F cycle), then operates intermittently to 0.2°F
of setpoint at which point S9 stays on until 0.1°F
over setpoint, then continues to operate intermittently to control temperature. This process is used to
limit temperature overshoot. S4 turns on if RTD2 is
> 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46
turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2
drops to 120°F.
Resistance can be measured by disconnecting the
RTD plug and measuring with a Volt Ohm Meter
(VOM) between the two RTD leads. See Figure 4-13.
4.8 CYCLES AND PHASES
Refer to applicable cycle graph. See reference pages
for technical cycle graphs.
Note components shown in parentheses ( ) denote
components used only on double door sterilizers.
G. Sterilize
S9 is intermittent while controlling chamber temperature at control point. S4 turns on if RTD2 is >
135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46
turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2
drops to 120°F.
4.8.1 Prevacuum Cycle
A. Jacket Temperature - Out of Cycle
On Healthcare units, the jacket is maintained between 265 - 270°F by controlling S9 valve. Temperature is monitored from RTD3.
H. Fast Exhaust
B. Activate Seal(s)
S35 (S36) pulses during the seal phase. When the
pressure behind the seal reaches 5 psig and after a
five second delay, the cycle advances to the Purge
phase.
S2 turns off. S9 is intermittent while controlling
jacket temperature. S3, S4, S46, S7, and VP1are on
until chamber reaches 4 psig. S4 turns off unless
RTD2 reads > 135°F. Transitions to Dry phase at 4
psig.
C. Purge
I. Dry
S2 (Steam to Chamber), S3 (Fast Exhaust), S4 (Exhaust Cooling Water), S35 (S36), S7 (Vacuum Water), and VP1 (Vacuum Pump) are on for 60 seconds.
S46 is also on if temperature measured by sump
RTD2 is > 110°F. S1 is on and remains on until Air
Break phase. (S1 is a normally open valve.)
S46 remains on for two minutes after 4 psig is reached
regardless of RTD2 temperature. S4 turns on if RTD2
is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F.
After two minutes into dry, S46 turns ON if RTD2 is
> 125°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 120°F.
Phase continues for the Dry phase set time. The
chamber vacuum level reaches the limit of the
vacuum system; no minimum setpoint must be
achieved.
D. Vacuum Pulse
S2 turns off. At 4 psig S4 turns off unless RTD2 is >
4-22
764330-117
J. Air Break
E. Sterilize
When the dry timer times out, S3, S7, and VP1 turn
off. S1 turns off. S4 turns on if RTD2 is > 135°F and
turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46 turns on if
RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
120°F. Transitions to Retract Seal phase at 2" Hg.
S9 is intermittent while controlling chamber temperature at control point. S4 turns on if RTD2 is >
135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46
turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2
drops to 120°F.
K. Retract Seals
F. Fast Exhaust
S1 remains off, S35 (S36) turns off, S37 (S38), S7, and
VP1 turn on. After the seal pressure switch opens,
the vacuum pulls for an additional 18 seconds. Transitions to Complete phase.
S2 turns off. S9 is intermittent while controlling
jacket temperature. S3, S4, S46, S7, and VP1 are on
until chamber reaches 4 psig. S4 turns off unless
RTD2 reads > 135°F. Transitions to Dry phase at 4
psig.
L. Complete
G. Dry
S1 remains off, S7, and VP1 turn off. S4 turns on if
RTD2 is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
130°F. S46 turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off
when RTD2 drops to 120°F. S9 is intermittent to
maintain jacket temperature at 265° to 270°F.
S46 remains on for two minutes after 4 psig is reached
regardless of RTD2 temperature. S4 turns on if RTD2
is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F.
After two minutes into dry, S46 turns on if RTD2 is
> 125°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 120°F.
Phase continues for the Dry phase set time. The
chamber vacuum level reaches the limit of the
vacuum system; no minimum setpoint must be
achieved.
4.8.2 Gravity Cycle
A. Jacket Temperature - Out of Cycle
On healthcare units, the jacket is maintained between 265 - 270°F by controlling S9 valve. Temperature is monitored from RTD3. When a 250°F cycle is
selected, jacket is maintained at 245 - 250°F.
H. Air Break
When the dry timer times out, S3, S7, and VP1 turn
off. S1 turns off. S4 turns on if RTD2 is > 135°F and
turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46 turns on if
RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
120°F. Transitions to Retract Seal phase at 2" Hg.
B. Activate Seal(s)
S35 (S36) pulses during the seal phase. When the
pressure behind the seal reaches 5 psig and after a
five-second delay, the cycle advances to the Purge
phase.
I. Retract Seals
S1 remains off, S35 (S36) turns off, S37 (S38), S7, and
VP1 turn on. After the seal pressure switch opens,
the vacuum pulls for an additional 18 seconds. Transitions to Complete phase.
C. Purge
S2 (Steam to Chamber), S3 (Fast Exhaust), S4 (Exhaust Cooling Water), S35 (S36), S7 (Vacuum Water), and VP1 (Vacuum Pump) are on for 60 seconds.
S46 is also on if temperature measured by sump
RTD2 is > 110°F. S9 shuts off if chamber pressure
exceeds 10 psig for a 250°F cycle. S1 is on and
remains on until Air Break phase. (S1 is a normally
open valve.)
J. Complete
S1 remains off, S7, and VP1 turn off. S4 turns on if
RTD2 is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
130°F. S46 turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off
when RTD2 drops to 120°F. S9 is intermittent to
maintain jacket temperature at 265-270°F once door
is opened.
D. Charge
S3, S7, and VP1 turn off. S2 turns on. S9 is on to a
pressure setting (15 psig for a 250°F cycle, 26 psig for
a 270°F cycle), then operates intermittently to 0.2°F
of setpoint at which point S9 stays on until 0.1°F
over setpoint, then continues to operate intermittently to control temperature. This process is used to
limit temperature overshoot. S4 turns on if RTD2 is
> 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46
turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2
drops to 120°F.
4.8.3 HTM Application Cycle
A. Pulses – Vacuum Purge Phase
S01, S03, S07, S35 (S36 NOE), and S40 are on. S09 is
intermittent while controlling to maintain jacket
temperature (270°F cycle). A vacuum is pulled to a
default value of 27.0 inHg. S03 turns off. S46 controls to maintain waste temperature (if waste temperature is > 125°F, turn on S46; if waste temperature is < 120°F, turn off S46. S04 controls to maintain
waste temperature (if the waste temperature is >
4-23
764330-117
135°F, turn on S04; if the waste temperature is <
130°F, turn off S04. S02 is on. The pressure increases
to a default value of 1.0 inHg. This process continues
in sequence for a total of four pulses (default is 4). At
the end of the fourth pulse, the pressure pulse phase
begins.
4.8.4 SFPP Cycles
B. Pressure Pulse Phase
B. Activate Seal(s)
S02 is on. During the first positive-pressure pulse
only, the following occurs: the pressure increases to
a default value of 16.0 psig. If an air detector wait
time is selected (default to 0 seconds), S02 turns off
for the air detector wait time, then S02 turns on. If
the air detector temperature is < 167°F for more than
two seconds, then an air detector alarm occurs and
the cycle aborts. For the remainder of the pulses, the
following occurs: S02 is on until the pressure increases to 16.0 psig (default). S02 is off, S03 and S04
are on. The chamber exhausts to 1.5 psig. S03 and
S04 are off and S02 is on. This process continues in
sequence for a total of four pulses. At the end of the
fourth pulse (the default value is four), the charge
phase begins.
S35 (S36) pulse during the Seal phase. When the
pressure behind the seal reaches 5 psig and after a
five-second delay, the cycle advances to the Purge
phase.
C. Charge Phase
S2 turns off. At 4 psig, S4 turns off unless RTD2 is >
135°F. S9 is intermittent while controlling to maintain jacket temperature (270 if running a 270°F cycle).
S46 turns on at 4 psig. At 0.5 psig above atmosphere,
the cycle transitions to the Purge Flush phase.
A. Jacket Temperature - Out of Cycle
On healthcare units, the jacket is maintained between 265 - 270°F by controlling S9 valve. Temperature is monitored from RTD3.
C. Purge
S2 (Steam to Chamber), S3 (Fast Exhaust), S4 (Exhaust Cooling Water), S35 (S36), S7 (Vacuum Water), and VP1 (Vacuum Pump) are on for 120 seconds
after 0.5 psig is reached. S46 is on if temperature
measured by sump RTD2 is > 110°F. S9 shuts off if
chamber pressure exceeds 10 psig for a 270°F cycle.
S1 is on and remains on until Air Break phase. (S1 is
a normally open valve.)
D. Exhaust Pulse after Purge
S03 and S04 are off. S02 is on. S09 is on to a target
pressure (8.0 psig for a 270°F cycle), then the pressure increments as follows (S09 is on to the target
pressure and then it is off); the target pressure is
incremented by 0.03 psig every 500 ms. If the chamber temperature is within one degree of 270°F, the
target pressure is incremented by 0.01 psig every
500 ms until the chamber temperature is > 270.0°F
and S02 does not turn off unless the current chamber temperature is equal to or greater than the previous chamber temperature. Once the chamber temperature is greater than or equal to the sterilize
temperature, the charge phase ends and the sterilize
phase begins.
E. Steam Flush after Purge
S2 and S3 cycle on/off to maintain a pressure in the
chamber in the range of 0.5 and 1.0 psig. S2 turns off
if pressure exceeds 1.0 psig and S3 turns off if
pressure drops below 0.5 psig. S4 and S7 remain on
for entire flush. This steam flush continues for 45
seconds and then the cycle transitions to the Pressure Pulse phase.
F. Pressure Pulse
D. Sterilize
S3, S7, and VP1 turn off. S2 and S9 turn on until
chamber temperature reaches 270°F. S4 turns on if
RTD2 is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
130°F. S46 turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off
when RTD2 drops to 120°F.
S09 is on at 270°F and the target pressure is set to the
chamber pressure. The target pressure is incremented
by 0.01 psig every 500 ms until the chamber temperature is > 271.4°F. The S09 valve continues to
operate intermittently to control temperature overshoot.
G. Exhaust Pulse
S2 turns off. At 4 psig, S4 turns off unless RTD2 is >
135°F. S9 is intermittent while controlling to maintain jacket temperature (270 if running a 270°F cycle).
S46 turns on at 4 psig. At 0.5 psig above atmosphere,
the cycle transitions to the Purge Flush phase.
E. Vacuum Dry
The Dry Phase begins at 4 psi. However, the dry
phase timer does not begin until the vacuum reaches
a pre-determined, user settable value. The default
value is 15 inHg. The cycle completes by returning to
atmosphere after 30 minutes in the Dry phase.
4-24
764330-117
H. Pressure Pulse Steam Flush
L. Dry
S2 and S3 cycle on/off to maintain a pressure in the
chamber in the range of 1.5 and 2.0 psig. S2 turns off
if pressure exceeds 2.0 psig and S3 turns off if
pressure drops below 1.5 psig, S4 and S7 remain on
for entire flush. This steam flush continues for 45
seconds.
S46 remains on for two minutes after 4 psig is reached
regardless of RTD2 temperature. S4 turns on if RTD2
is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F.
After two minutes into dry, S46 turns on if RTD2 is
> 125°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 120°F.
Phase continues for the Dry Phase set time. The
chamber vacuum level reaches the limit of the
vacuum system; no minimum setpoint must be
achieved.
The Pressure Pulse, Exhaust Pulse, and Steam Flush
Pressure Pulse repeats, so that for a Wrappid/SFPP
there are a total of two pulses and for the SFPP cycle
there are three pulses.
M. Air Break
When the dry timer times out, S3, S7, and VP1 turn
off. S1 turns off. S4 turns on if RTD2 is > 135°F and
turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46 turns on if
RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
120°F. Transitions to Retract Seal phase at 2" Hg.
I. Charge
At the end of the last flush, S3, S7, and VP1 turn off.
S2 turns on. S9 is on to a pressure setting (15 psig for
a 250°F cycle, 26 psig for a 270°F cycle), then operates intermittently to 0.2°F of setpoint at which point
S9 stays on until 0.1°F over setpoint, then continues
to operate intermittently to control temperature.
This process is used to limit temperature overshoot.
S4 turns on if RTD2 is > 135°F and turns off when
RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46 turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F
and turns off when RTD2 drops to 120°F.
N. Retract Seals
S1 remains off, S35 (S36) turns off, S37 (S38), S7, and
VP1 turn on. After the seal pressure switch opens,
the vacuum pulls for an additional 18 seconds. Transitions to Complete phase.
O. Complete
J. Sterilize
S1 remains off, S7, and VP1 turn off. S4 turns on if
RTD2 is > 135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to
130°F. S46 turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off
when RTD2 drops to 120°F. S9 is intermittent to
maintain jacket temperature at 265 to 270°F.
S9 is intermittent while controlling chamber temperature at control point. S4 turns on if RTD2 is >
135°F and turns off when RTD2 drops to 130°F. S46
turns on if RTD2 is > 125°F and turns off when RTD2
drops to 120°F.
K. Fast Exhaust
S2 turns off. S9 is intermittent while controlling
jacket temperature. S3, S4, S46, S7, and VP1 are on
until chamber reaches 4 psig. S4 turns off unless
RTD2 reads > 135°F. Transitions to Dry phase at 4
psig.
4-25
764330-117
Section 5: Service Mode
The Amsco®Century® Medium Steam Sterilizer is provided with a Service Mode to direct all service-related
adjustments through the control system. From this
mode, a qualified service technician may:
2. Press OPTIONS on screen #1.
1
STERIS SCIENTIFIC
• calibrate temperature probes and chamber pressure
• troubleshoot piping and electrical components
STERILIZER PREPARED FOR:
• change cycle values and sterilizer operating parameters
STERIS SCIENTIFIC
CUSTOMER
See Figure 5-3 for Service Mode program tree.
MAIN MENU
IMPORTANT: Service Mode should be accessed and
used only by qualified service personnel.
This section outlines each of the service functions
which can be performed from the Service Mode. Service
Mode programming across Life Science and healthcare
sterilizers is virtually identical; differing only in the
method of access. Both methods of access are shown on
the following pages. Configuration screens differ between the two types of units, due to scientific options
not available to Healthcare units.
CYCLE
SELECT
OPTIONS
Pressing CYCLE SELECT advances display to the first
Cycle Select menu (screen #2).
3. Press NEXT on screen #13.
13
OUT OF CYCLE OPTIONS
5.1 ACCESS SERVICE MODE
5.1.1 Life Sciences Sterilizers
STATUS
PRINT
CHANGE
VALUES
DUPLICATE
PRINT
DISPLAY
VALUES
PAPER
FEED
PRINT
VALUES
To access the Service Mode main menu (screen #331),
1. Press STERIS Hexawave on screen #0.
MAIN
MENU
NEXT
0
STERIS SCIENTIFIC
Pressing MAIN MENU returns display to screen #1.
4. Press SERVICE MODE on screen #87.
PREPARED FOR:
87
OUT OF CYCLE OPTIONS
STERIS
SCIENTIFIC
CUSTOMER
STERILIZER ID:
STANDBY
SUPERVISORY
DISPLAY
SENSORS
SERVICE
MODE
VACO1
PREVIOUS
MAIN
MENU
Pressing PREVIOUS returns display to screen #13.
Pressing MAIN MENU returns display to screen #1.
5-1
764330-117
5. Enter four-digit service access code using numeric
keypad. Service access code is year currently programmed in control (e.g., 2002). Service access code
automatically updates to correspond with programmed date; service access code cannot be customized.
SERVICE MODE
EAGLE CENTURY SERIES
Revision 0
Mar 17 2002
3/21/94
Once code is correctly entered, press ENTER.
Figure 5-1. Sample Printout
7. To exit Service mode, press RETURN on screen
#331. Control saves all adjustments made and display returns to screen #87.
332
ACCESS CODE
0000
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
←
0
→
5.2 ACCESS SERVICE MODE
5.2.1 Healthcare Sterilizers
To access Service Mode main menu (screen #331).
STATUS
TIME
DATE
ENTER
CANCEL
8:25:45 AM
RUN TIME = 0.2 hr
CYCLE CNT = 0
NOTE: If incorrect code is entered, pressing ENTER denies access to the Service Mode and
returns display to screen #1.
A SERVICE MODE ACCESS
CODE IS REQUIRED.
18:04:47
STANDBY
00:00 AM
00-00-00
0
Pressing CANCEL returns display to screen #1.
6. Display advances to Service Mode main menu
(screen #331) and printer records revision level,
date, and time when Service Mode was programmed
and current date, time, run time, and cycle count
when Service mode was accessed (see Figure 5-1).
ON
Screen #331 lists all functions that can be performed from Service Mode. To perform a specific
function, refer to description, included in this section, titled same as button on screen #331.
1. Press ON button on screen #0.
2. Press MENU on screen #1.
331
331
STATUS
TEMP
PRESS
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
RETURN
1
PREVAC
270F
S=04M
D=05M
MAIN
MENU
DOOR OPEN
000F
00 PSIG
2
PREVAC
270F
S=04M
D=20M
1
3
GRAVITY
270F
S=30M
D=15M
00:00 AM
PAPER
FEED
Pressing MAIN MENU returns display to screen #1.
5-2
764330-117
4
LIQUID
250F
S=45M
D=00M
00-00-00
MENU
MORE
CYCLES
STANDBY
3. Press 2 in upper right hand corner of screen #2.
4. Enter four-digit service access code using numeric
STATUS
TEMP
PRESS
CHANGE
TIME
&
DATE
MENU
000 F
00 PSIG
CHANGE
CYCLE
VALUES
2
CHANGE
MACHINE
SETUP
DUPLICATE
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
EXIT
Figure 5-2. Sample Printout
5. Display advances to Service Mode main menu
(screen #331) and printer records revision level,
date, and time when Service Mode was programmed
and current date, time, run time, and cycle count
when Service Mode was accessed (See Figure 5-2).
keypad. Service access code is year currently programmed in control (e.g., 2001). Service access code
automatically updates to correspond with programmed date; service access code cannot be customized.
Screen #331 lists all functions that can be performed from the Service Mode. To perform a specific
function, refer to description, included in this section, titled same as button on screen #331.
Once code is correctly entered, press ENTER.
332
ACCESS CODE
ENTER SERVICE ACCESS
CODE, OR PRESS CANCEL TO
RETURN TO MENU.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
←
0
→
6. To exit Service Mode, press RETURN on screen
#331. Control saves all adjustments made and display returns to screen #2.
5.3 CALIBRATION
0000
Calibration option allows service technician to:
• review different methods of calibration
• calibrate temperature and pressure probes
CANCEL
ENTER
• change temperature and pressure units
• display current temperature readings for verification
NOTE: If incorrect code is entered, pressing ENTER
denies access to the Service mode and returns display
to screen #1.
• display record of the last five times the calibration
routine was performed
331
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
331
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
RETURN
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
MAIN
MENU
RETURN
5-3
764330-117
MAIN
MENU
764330-117
5-4
Definitions of
Calibration
Methods
Calibration
Overview
5.3.1
Steam 5.3.2.1
Oil Bath 5.3.2.2
Load Values 5.3.2.3
I/O Test
Steam 5.3.3.1
External 5.3.3.2
Load Values 5.3.3.3
Calibrate
Pressure
5.3.3
°C or °F 5.3.4.2
psig/inHg,
psia or Bar 5.3.4.1
Temp/Press
Units
5.3.4
Displays Current
Sensor Readings
Alarm List 5.7.1
Alarm Log 5.7.2
Show Screens 5.7.3
Pushbutton Test 5.7.4
Battery Saver 5.7.5
Configure Machine 5.7.6
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
5.7
Cycle Count &
Run Time
Values
• Cycles
• Time/Date
• Too Long In
Phase
• Setup
CHANGE VALUES
5.8
NOTE: Case numbers for corresponding
paragraphs within this section of the manual
are shown below on the chart.
Log of Past 5
Calibrations
Calibration
History
5.3.6
Valve Service 5.6.1
View Valve Actuation
History 5.6.2
View Valve Cycle
Count History 5.6.3
Temp/Press
Verification
5.3.5
Safety Valve Test/
Regulator Setting 5.5.1
Door Sensor Adjustments 5.5.2
Door Pressure Setting 5.5.3
Leak Test 5.5.4
VALVE HISTORY
5.6
CHANGE
VALUES
ADJUSTMENTS
ADJUSTMENTS
5.5
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
RETURN
VALVE HISTORY
331
CALIBRATION
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
Amsco® Centur
y® Medium Steam Sterilizer 2
6 x 37.5"
Century
26
Ser
vice Mode Pr
ogram T
Service
Program
Trree
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
5.4
Calibrate
Temperature
5.3.2
CALIBRATION
5.3
Figure 5-3. Service Mode
Program Tree
1. Press CALIBRATION on screen #331.
2. Screen #356 briefly explains three different methods of calibrating pressure probes.
Pressing MAIN MENU returns display to screen #1.
Press NEXT to view temperature calibration methods.
2. Screen #352 lists available calibration functions.
To perform a specific function, refer to following
description titled same as button on screen #352.
CALIBRATION OVERVIEW
356
PRESSURE CALIBRATION METHODS
STEAM - The low point (atmospheric)
is obtained by opening the door.
With the use of a calibrated
pressure and vacuum gauge, the
high point is obtained by
pressurizing the chamber and the
vacuum point by evacuation.
EXTERNAL - With the use of a
calibrated gauge, pressure and vacuum
are applied externally to transducer.
LOAD VALUES - Past calibration
values may be entered to obtain
those past calibrated settings.
352
CALIBRATION
OVERVIEW
TEMP/PRESS
UNITS
CALIBRATE
TEMPERATURE
TEMP/PRESS
VERIFICATION
CALIBRATE
PRESSURE
HISTORY
RETURN
NEXT
MAIN
MENU
RETURN
Pressing RETURN returns display to screen #352.
3. Screen #357 briefly explains three different methods of calibrating temperature.
Pressing MAIN MENU returns display to screen #1.
After viewing calibration methods, press RETURN.
Display returns to screen #352.
3. To exit Calibration option, press RETURN on screen
#352. Display returns to Service Mode main menu
(screen #331).
5.3.1 Calibration Overview
CALIBRATION OVERVIEW
TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION METHODS
This calibration function allows service technician to
view brief explanations of pressure and temperature
calibration methods.
STEAM - Using thermocouples and
a calibrated device, the low point
is obtained at ambient. The
high point is obtained by putting
the respective probe in the chamber
drain and pressurizing the chamber.
OIL BATH - Using a calibrated device
and a temperature regulated oil bath,
the low and high points are obtained
for each probe.
LOAD VALUES - Past calibration values
may be entered to obtain those past
calibration settings.
1. Press CALIBRATION OVERVIEW on screen #352.
352
CALIBRATION
OVERVIEW
TEMP/PRESS
UNITS
CALIBRATE
TEMPERATURE
TEMP/PRESS
VERIFICATION
CALIBRATE
PRESSURE
HISTORY
PREVIOUS
357
RETURN
Pressing PREVIOUS returns display to screen #356.
5.3.2 Calibrate Temperature
RETURN
The temperature can be calibrated one of three ways,
either using the sterilizer’s own steam source, a
calibrated oil bath (typically for factory setup or
scientific accounts) or by loading in previously set
calibration values. The third method should only be
used after replacing the program chips on the CPU
board.
MAIN
MENU
Pressing RETURN returns display to screen #331.
Pressing MAIN MENU returns display to screen #1.
5-5
764330-117
A1. Calibrate Chamber Recorder Temperature
Control then advances to screen #319; this screen
shows three RTDs that can be calibrated. Only one
RTD can be calibrated at any time, select appropriate
RTD. Chamber RTD and recorder RTD are automatically calibrated together.
301
WARNING
TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION
WILL BE CHANGED!
STEAM
Control advances to screen #364. This screen displays
OIL BATH
LOAD VALUES
302
STEAM CALIBRATION
SELECT SENSOR
MAIN
MENU
CANCEL
CHAMBER TEMP.
WASTE TEMP.
Select CALIBRATE TEMPERATURE at screen #352.
Control advances to screen #301.
JACKET TEMP.
Select calibration method at screen #301 by pressing
appropriate touch-screen button.
CANCEL
A. Steam Method of Calibration
Press STEAM METHOD. Control advances to screen
#306 for entry of calibrator’s name. Use keypad to
enter your name, then press ENTER.
RETURN
extremely important steps to be taken before beginning any of the three RTD calibrations. Always read
these instructions carefully and follow all instructions before continuing with calibration.
306
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
CHAMBER DRAIN TEMPERATURE
CALIBRATION
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
CALIBRATION STEPS:
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
1.
Y
Z
SPACE
→
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
---------
←
2.
3.
ENTER
4.
364
VERIFY CHAMBER GAUGE READS
0 PRESSURE.
MOVE THE CHAMBER RTD IN AN AMBIENT
MEDIA. DO NOT REMOVE THE WIRING FROM
THE RTD.
PLACE THERMOCOUPLE INTO THE
AMBIENT MEDIA.
TO BEGIN THE LOW POINT CALIBRATION
AT AMBIENT, PRESS CONTINUE.
CANCEL
CONTINUE
NOTE: If the low temperature point is calibrated while
chamber is greater > 200°F, inaccuracies in overall
calibration may occur.
NOTE: Upon entering the calibration procedure, the
previous calibration settings are printed.
5-6
764330-117
4. Sterilizer continues with calibration cycle by charging to a minimum of 26 psig (1.8 Pbar) until
chamber temperature stabilizes. Once chamber
pressure is stable, control advances to screen #326
to allow entry of high temperature point. Enter high
temperature value from calibrated device, then press
ENTER.
1. Control advances to screen #324, and calibration
cycle begins. Sterilizer stabilizes chamber RTD at
low temperature point.
Use keypad to right of screen to enter low temperature point from calibrated device, then press
ENTER.
326
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
324
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
LOW VALUE
000.0 F
Enter the low
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
HIGH VALUE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
000.0 F
Enter the high
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
CANCEL
CANCEL
MOVE THE RTD LOCATED IN THE AMBIENT
MEDIA TO THE CHAMBER DRAIN.
PLACE THERMOCOUPLE INTO THE CHAMBER
DRAIN.
TO BEGIN THE HIGH POINT CALIBRATION,
PRESS CONTINUE.
THE CHAMBER WILL CHARGE WITH STEAM.
CANCEL
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
ENTER
5. Sterilizer completes calibration cycle. When complete, control advances to screen #366. Press CONTINUE to return to screen #319, where another RTD
can be selected for calibration.
CALIBRATION STEPS:
3.
3
NOTE: The pressure reading during the high temperature segment of this calibration procedure must
reach a minimum of 26 psig (1.8 Pbar).
371
HIGH POINT CALIBRATION
2.
2
ENTER
3. Control advances to calibration cycle again, unless
door(s) is open, then control advances to screen
#365, prompting door to be closed. Close (and lock)
door if it is presently open. Once door is closed (or
if it was already closed), control advances to screen
#371. Follow instructions on screen.
1.
1
CONTINUE
5-7
764330-117
2. When calibration procedure begins, jacket is automatically exhausted of steam. Once exhaust is
complete, and chamber temperature is stabilized,
control advances to screen #362. Read steps on
this screen carefully and follow all instructions
before continuing. Once all instructions on screen
#362 have been carried out, press CONTINUE to
proceed with calibration.
366
CALIBRATION COMPLETE
PLACE THE PROBE(S) BACK TO
THEIR PROPER LOCATION.
MAKE SURE THE STERILIZER IS
IN OPERATING CONDITION BEFORE
CONTINUING.
CONTINUE
1.
A2. Calibrate Jacket Temperature
When selecting JACKET TEMP, it is necessary to
remove jacket RTD from its location and place it in
chamber drain, next to location of calibrated device’s
thermocouple. Pipe where RTD was originally located must be plugged before beginning this procedure.
!
362
362
JACKET TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION STEPS:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
VERIFY CHAMBER AND JACKET GAUGES
READ 0 PRESSURE.
REMOVE THE RTD LOCATED IN THE
CHAMBER DRAIN.
MOVE THE JACKET RTD TO THE
CHAMBER DRAIN. DO NOT REMOVE
THE WIRING FROM THE RTD.
PLACE THERMOCOUPLES INTO THE
CHAMBER DRAIN.
PLUG THE PIPE WHERE THE JACKET
RTD WAS LOCATED.
TO BEGIN THE LOW POINT CALIBRATION
AT AMBIENT, PRESS CONTINUE.
CANCEL
WARNING – BURN HAZARD: Do not remove
the jacket RTD for jacket calibration until the
chamber and jacket gauges read 0 psig.
NOTE: $MDFNHWH[KDXVWF\FOHLVUXQLIWKHMDFNHWSUREHLV
VHOHFWHGIRUFDOLEUDWLRQLQHLWKHUDVWHDPRURLOEDWKFDOLEUDWLRQ
7KHLQWHQWLVWKDWLIWKHMDFNHWSUREHLVQRWFDOLEUDWHGFRUUHFWO\LWVKRXOG
QRWEHUHOLHGXSRQWRH[KXDVWWKHMDFNHW7KHMDFNHWLVDOZD\V H[KDXVWHGLIVHOHFWHGIRUFDOLEUDWLRQ
1. If door is not closed, control advances to screen
#365 before allowing jacket calibration. Close (and
lock) door(s), if necessary. Once closed, control
advances to screen #313, press CONTINUE to
begin calibration procedure.
CONTINUE
Press CANCEL to return to the main service mode
menu.
3. Control advances to calibration cycle, once jacket
RTD is stabilized, control advances to screen #324
to enter low temperature value from calibrated
indicator. Press ENTER to advance to high-point
calibration cycle. Once chamber reaches 26 psig
(1.8 Pbar), jacket RTD is stabilized at peak charge
point, control advances to screen #326 for entry of
high temperature value. Enter high temperature
value and press CONTINUE.
324
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
365
LOW VALUE
CLOSE THE DOOR(S)
000.0 F
CLOSE THE DOOR(S)
Enter the low
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
BEFORE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
STARTING CYCLE.
CANCEL
CANCEL
5-8
764330-117
ENTER
326
1.
HIGH VALUE
000.0 F
Enter the high
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
1
2
3
2.
4
5
6
3.
7
8
9
4.
0
->
5.
<-
6.
CANCEL
363
WASTE TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION STEPS:
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
VERIFY THE CHAMBER GAUGE READS
0 PRESSURE.
REMOVE THE RTD LOCATED IN THE
CHAMBER DRAIN.
MOVE THE WASTE RTD TO THE
CHAMBER DRAIN. DO NOT REMOVE
THE WIRING FROM THE RTD.
PLACE THERMOCOUPLES INTO THE
CHAMBER DRAIN.
PLUG THE PIPE WHERE THE WASTE
RTD WAS LOCATED.
TO BEGIN THE LOW POINT CALIBRATION
AT AMBIENT, PRESS CONTINUE.
ENTER
CANCEL
CONTINUE
Press CANCEL to return to the main service mode
menu.
4. Sterilizer completes calibration cycle. When complete, control advances to screen #366.
2. Control advances to calibration cycle, unless door(s)
is open. If door is open, control advances to screen
#365, prompting door to be closed. Close (and lock)
door, if necessary. Once door is closed (or if it was
already closed), control advances to calibration
cycle.
366
CALIBRATION COMPLETE
PLACE THE PROBE(S) BACK TO
THEIR PROPER LOCATION.
3. Once waste RTD is stabilized, control advances to
screen #324 to enter low temperature value from
calibrated indicator. Press ENTER to proceed to
high-point calibration cycle.
MAKE SURE THE STERILIZER IS
IN OPERATING CONDITION BEFORE
CONTINUING.
CONTINUE
324
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
!
LOW VALUE
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Pressure in jacket
must be at 0 psig before reinstalling jacket
probe.
000.0 F
Enter the low
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
5. Press CONTINUE to return to screen #319, where
another RTD can be selected for calibration.
NOTE: Return the jacket and chamber RTDs to
their proper locations.
CANCEL
A3. Calibrate Waste Temperature
When selecting this procedure, note that it is necessary to remove waste RTD from its location and place
it in chamber drain, next to location of calibrated
indicator’s thermocouple. Pipe where RTD was originally located must be plugged before beginning this
procedure.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
ENTER
4. Chamber pressure must reach 26 psig (1.8 Pbar).
Once waste RTD is stabilized at peak charge point,
control advances to screen #326 for entry of high
temperature value. Once this value is entered, press
ENTER to proceed.
5. Control completes calibration cycle. When complete, control advances to screen #366. Press CONTINUE to return to main service mode menu.
1. Control advances to screen #363. Read steps on this
screen carefully and follow all instructions before
continuing. Once all instructions on screen #363
have been carried out, press CONTINUE to proceed with waste temperature calibration.
5-9
764330-117
One, two, or all three RTDs can be selected for
calibration at one time. Note chamber and recorder
RTDs are calibrated simultaneously during Chamber Temperature calibration. Select RTDs to be calibrated by pressing appropriate touch-screen pad
on display. Selected RTD names are shown followed by YES; when deselected, RTD name is followed by NO. Press CONTINUE once RTDs are
selected.
326
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
HIGH VALUE
000.0 F
Enter the high
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
3. Control advances to calibration cycle, unless door(s)
is open. If door is open, control advances to screen
#365, prompting door to be closed. Close (and lock)
door, if necessary.
ENTER
NOTE: Return the waste and chamber RTDs to their
proper locations.
302
SELECT PROBES TO CALIBRATE
PROBE(S) SELECTED:
B. Oil Bath Method of Calibration
This method is used when calibrating RTDs in the
factory, or when qualifying scientific units in the field.
366
CHAMBER TEMPERATURE
=
YES
JACKET TEMPERATURE
=
YES
WASTE TEMPERATURE
=
YES
CALIBRATION COMPLETE
PLACE THE PROBE(S) BACK TO
THEIR PROPER LOCATION.
CANCEL
MAKE SURE THE STERILIZER IS
IN OPERATING CONDITION BEFORE
CONTINUING.
CONTINUE
MAIN
MENU
4. Once door is closed (or if it was already closed),
control advances to calibration cycle.
365
CLOSE THE DOOR(S)
CONTINUE
The oil bath method is not normally used for field
calibration of healthcare sterilizers.
CLOSE THE DOOR(S)
BEFORE
1. When any method of calibration is selected, control
advances to screen #306 for entry of calibrator’s
name. Use keypad to enter your name, then press
ENTER.
STARTING CYCLE.
2. Control advances to screen #302. This screen shows
three RTDs that can be selected for calibration.
CANCEL
306
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
SPACE
←
→
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
---------
ENTER
5-10
764330-117
313
324
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
LOW VALUE
START CALIBRATION.
000.0 F
THE CHAMBER WILL PRESSURIZE
WITH STEAM.
Enter the low
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
CANCEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CONTINUE
CANCEL
to enter low temperature value from oil bath display, then press ENTER.
NOTE: Jacket purges steam prior to oil bath calibration
for two minutes for safety when jacket RTD is selected.
!
ENTER
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Do not remove
the jacket RTD for jacket calibration until the
chamber and jacket gauges read zero.
305
HIGH POINT CALIBRATION
5. Sterilizer depressurizes chamber jacket and piping and advances to screen #303. Verify chamber
and jacket are at zero pressure by observing gauges.
Once pressure is at zero, remove RTDs to be calibrated from piping. Place selected RTDs in low
temperature oil bath and press CONTINUE.
PLACE THE PROBE(S)
IN A HIGH TEMPERATURE
OIL BATH.
CONTINUE
303
TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION
7. Control advances to screen #305. Remove RTDs
from low temperature bath and place in high temperature bath, then press CONTINUE.
VERIFY CHAMBER AND JACKET
GAUGES READ 0 PRESSURE.
8. Control advances into calibration cycle, until RTDs
are stabilized at high temperature point, then advances to screen #326. Enter high temperature value
from oil bath display, and press ENTER.
PLACE PROBE(S) SELECTED IN
LOW TEMPERATURE OIL BATH.
CANCEL
326
CONTINUE
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
6. Sterilizer advances into calibration cycle and stabilizes RTDs at low temperature point. Once stabilized, control advances to screen #324. Use keypad
HIGH VALUE
000.0 F
Enter the high
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
CANCEL
5-11
764330-117
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
ENTER
9. At screen #366, you are instructed to return all
RTDs to their original locations. Replace all RTDs,
and press CONTINUE.
319
LOAD VALUES CALIBRATION
SELECT SENSOR
366
CALIBRATION COMPLETE
PLACE THE PROBE(S) BACK TO
THEIR PROPER LOCATION.
CHAMBER TEMP.
WASTE TEMP.
RECORDER TEMP.
JACKET TEMP.
MAKE SURE THE STERILIZER IS
IN OPERATING CONDITION BEFORE
CONTINUING.
RETURN
CANCEL
3. Control advances directly to screen #324 (i.e., no
calibration cycle); enter low temperature value and
press ENTER.
CONTINUE
10. Display then returns to main service mode menu.
324
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
C.
Load Values Method of Temperature
Calibration
This calibration method is used to load previously
set values into control memory. This method only
needs be used as a correction following replacement
of program chips on CPU board.
LOW VALUE
000.0 F
Enter the low
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
IMPORTANT: All previously set calibration values are
printed when entering this procedure.
1. When any method of calibration is selected, control advances to screen #306 for entry of
calibrator’s name. Use keypad to enter your name,
then press ENTER.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
ENTER
4. Control then advances directly to screen #325 for
raw data entry. Raw data is a hexadecimal value;
enter this value from printout and press ENTER.
306
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
325
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
LOW RAW VALUE
+00000
Y
←
Z
→
SPACE
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
---------
Enter the raw
data value from the previous
chamber
temp. calibration.
ENTER
CANCEL
+
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
<-
0
->
ENTER
2. Control advances to screen #319, press touch- screen
button for appropriate RTD to be calibrated.
5. Following entry of low value raw data, control
advances to screen #326 for entry of high temperature value. Enter value from printout and press
ENTER.
5-12
764330-117
5.3.3 Pressure Calibration
326
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
HIGH VALUE
000.0 F
Enter the high
temperature value
from the previous chamber
temperature calibration.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
Pressure calibration can be accomplished either using the sterilizer’s own steam source, using an external vacuum/pressure device or by loading in previously set values. Field calibration is typically accomplished using the steam method. The external method
is used for scientific accounts. Loading previously
set values is only used when replacing the program
chips on the CPU board.
This procedure requires the use of a calibrated device
(e.g., compound gauge or Heise gauge). Either device
must be connected to the fitting adjacent to the pressure transducer. Calibration values entered into the
control must be observed on the calibrated device.
ENTER
6. Control advances directly to screen #327 of entry
of high temperature raw data. Raw data is a
hexadecimal value; enter this value from printout and press ENTER.
1. At screen #352, press CALIBRATE PRESSURE.
352
CALIBRATION
327
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
HIGH RAW VALUE
000
Enter the raw
data value from the previous
chamber
temp. calibration.
CANCEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
OVERVIEW
TEMP/PRESS
UNITS
CALIBRATE
TEMPERATURE
TEMP/PRESS
VERIFICATION
CALIBRATE
PRESSURE
HISTORY
MAIN
MENU
ENTER
7. Control advances to screen #320. Compare displayed values with those on printout. Verify they
match. If values do not match printout, press value
that does not match and enter value again. If values
match printout, press RETURN to advance to screen
#319.
2. Control advances to screen #312. At this screen,
select Steam, External, or Load Values method of
calibration.
320
312
WARNING
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
WILL BE CHANGED!
STEAM
LOAD VALUES – CHAMBER TEMP.
EXTERNAL
LOAD VALUES
LOW VALUE = 000.0 F
LOW RAW DATA = 000
HIGH VALUE = 000.0 F
CANCEL
HIGH RAW DATA = 000
RETURN
5-13
764330-117
MAIN
MENU
3. When any method of calibration is selected, control
advances to screen #306 for entry of calibrator’s
name. Use keypad to enter your name, then press
ENTER.
306
A. Steam Method of Pressure Calibration
1. Open door (if it is not already open). Control
automatically advances to calibration cycle.
2. Once atmospheric reference point has been established, control advances to screen #365.
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
365
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
CLOSE THE DOOR(S)
CLOSE THE DOOR(S)
SPACE
BEFORE
STARTING CYCLE.
←
→
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
---------
ENTER
4. Chamber door must be open to initiate pressure
calibration procedure. This establishes a low pressure reference point. If door is not open, screen #367
appears on display.
CANCEL
3. Close door. Control advances to screen #313. Press
CONTINUE and control advances to calibration
cycle (screen #304).
367
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE CALIBRATION
313
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
OPEN THE CHAMBER DOOR
TO BEGIN THE PRESSURE
CALIBRATION OF THE ATMOSPHERIC
PRESSURE POINT.
START CALIBRATION.
THE CHAMBER WILL PRESSURIZE
WITH STEAM.
CANCEL
CANCEL
NOTE: Machine zeros itself each time door is opened to
compensate for minor changes in atmospheric pressure
from day to day.
5-14
764330-117
CONTINUE
4. Control advances to screen #304 while chamber
charges with steam to achieve a peak pressure
point. Chamber must reach a minimum of 26 psig
(1.8 Pbar) before pressure transducer becomes stabilized.
5. Once chamber pressure is stabilized, control advances to screen #338. Enter pressure value shown
on calibrated gauge (compound or Heise) and press
ENTER.
B.
External Method of Pressure Calibration
This method of calibration requires pressure transducer be removed from its location and be placed in an
external vacuum/pressure pump. This pump is used
to set pressure and vacuum levels required for calibration.
1. When any method of calibration is selected, control
advances to screen #306 for entry of calibrator’s
name. Use keypad to enter your name, then press
ENTER.
338
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
306
HIGH VALUE
00.00 psig
Enter the high
pressure value
from the previous
chamber pressure
calibration.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
SPACE
←
→
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
---------
ENTER
6. Sterilizer then advances to screen #304 while
chamber evacuates to a vacuum point of at least 20
inHg. Once vacuum is achieved, control advances
to screen #340. Enter vacuum point from calibrated gauge (compound or Heise) and press
ENTER.
ENTER
2. Control advances to screen #361. Set external device to atmospheric, then press CONTINUE.
361
340
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
VACUUM VALUE
00.00 inHg
Enter the vacuum
value from the
calibrated gauge.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
USING AN EXTERNAL DEVICE
SET THE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
TO THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE.
CANCEL
CANCEL
7.
ENTER
Control advances to screen #304, and completes
calibration cycle. When complete, control advances to main service mode menu.
5-15
764330-117
CONTINUE
3. Control advances to calibration cycle and stabilizes pressure transducer.
4. Once stabilized, control advances to screen #336.
Enter low pressure value from external device and
press ENTER.
7. Control advances to calibration cycle, stabilizing
transducer at vacuum point. control requires a
minimum of 30 seconds to stabilize transducer to a
tolerance to ±2 inHg. Once stabilized, control advances to screen #340. Enter vacuum point values
from calibrated external device and press ENTER.
336
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
LOW VALUE
00.00 psig
340
1
2
3
4
5
6
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
VACUUM VALUE
00.00 inHg
Enter the low
pressure value
from the calibrated
device.
7
<-
8
9
0
->
Enter the vacuum
value from the
calibrated gauge.
CANCEL
5. Control advances to calibration cycle to stabilize
pressure transducer at the high pressure point.
Control requires a minimum of 26 psig and of 30
seconds to stabilize transducer to a tolerance to ±1
psig.
338
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
Enter the high
pressure value
from the calibrated
device.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
ENTER
8. Control then completes calibration. Replace pressure transducer in its proper location.
6. Once stabilized, control advances to screen #338
for entry of high pressure value. Enter value from
calibrated external device and press ENTER.
00.00 psig
2
ENTER
CANCEL
HIGH VALUE
1
ENTER
5-16
764330-117
C.
Load Values Method of Pressure Calibration
This method is used to load previously set values into
control memory. This method only needs be used as a
correction following replacement of program chips on
CPU board.
337
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
LOW RAW DATA
000
IMPORTANT: All previously set calibration values are
printed when entering this procedure.
Enter the raw
data value from the previous
chamber
press. calibration.
1. When any method of calibration is selected, control
advances to screen #306 for entry of calibrator’s
name. Use keypad to enter your name, then press
ENTER.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
ENTER
2. Control advances to screen #336. Enter low
temperature value and press ENTER.
5. Control advances directly to screen #339 for entry
of high temperature raw data. Raw data is a hexadecimal value; enter this value and press ENTER.
306
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
6. Following entry of high value raw data, control
338
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
SPACE
HIGH VALUE
00.00 psig
←
→
CALIBRATOR'S NAME
---------
ENTER
3. Control then advances directly to screen #337 for
raw data entry. Raw data is a hexadecimal value;
enter this value and press ENTER.
Enter the high
pressure value
from the previous
chamber pressure
calibration.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
ENTER
336
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
LOW VALUE
00.00 psig
Enter the low
pressure value
from the previous
chamber pressure
calibration.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
advances to screen #341 for entry of vacuum multiplier. Enter value from printout and press
ENTER.
339
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
HIGH RAW DATA
CANCEL
000
ENTER
Enter the raw
data value from the previous
chamber
press. calibration.
4. Following entry of the low value raw data, control
advances to screen #338 for entry of high temperature value. Enter value from printout and press
ENTER.
CANCEL
5-17
764330-117
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
ENTER
7. Control advances to screen #323. Compare displayed values with those on printout. Verify they
match. If values do not match printout, press value
that does not match and enter value again. If values
match printout, press RETURN to advance to screen
#319.
349
TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE UNITS
PRESSURE
341
TEMPERATURE
CALIBRATION - VALUE ENTRY
VACUUM MULTIPLIER
0.00
Enter the vacuum
multiplier from the previous
pressure
calibration.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
CANCEL
MAIN
MENU
bar gauge – This is a Life Science measurement. Bar
Gauge is used for both positive and negative pressure.
psia – Pounds per square inch, absolute pressure
measurement. Psia values are more constant than
psig/inHg values, since they reference a constant
value of 0 pressure (29.9 inHg); whereas, psig/inHg
ENTER
5.3.4 Temperature/Pressure Units
To select temperature and pressure units used for
display and printouts by sterilizer, select CALIBRATION at screen #331, control advances to screen #352.
Press TEMP/PRESS UNITS, control advances to
screen #349.
311
PRESSURE UNITS
BAR ABSOLUTE
323
PSIG/INHG
PSIA
BAR GAUGE
BAR ABSOLUTE
LOAD VALUES - PRESSURE
LOW VALUE
=
00.0 psig
LOW RAW DATA
=
000
HIGH VALUE
=
00.0 psig
HIGH RAW DATA
=
OOO
VAC MUL
=
0.00
CANCEL
values reference an ever changing value; that is, 0 psig
(atmospheric pressure). Since psia values are constant, some scientific customers prefer them over psig/
inHg values.
RETURN
At screen #349, press PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE,
as appropriate. If PRESSURE is selected, control advances to screen #311. If TEMPERATURE is selected,
control advances to screen #300.
A. Pressure Units
Currently selected unit is shown at top of screen #311,
just beneath screen title. Press appropriate pressure
unit and screen returns to screen #352.
bar absolute – This is a Life Science measurement. It
is always referenced to absolute vacuum. Bar Gauge
is used for both positive and negative pressure.
B.
Temperature Units
Currently selected unit is shown at top of screen #300,
just beneath screen title. Press appropriate temperature unit and screen returns to screen #352.
Fahrenheit – Typically used for healthcare accounts.
psig/inHg – Pounds per square inch, gauge is used for
positive pressure and in of mercury is used for vacuum.
5-18
764330-117
Celsius – Typically used for Life Sciences accounts,
or accounts outside the U.S.A.
sterilizer display should read within 1/2°.
Recalibrate sterilizer, if necessary.
2. Press CAL. DATA PRINT to create a printout of all
calibration values. This data is calibrated hex data
which may be used when using LOAD DATA
method of calibration.
5.3.5 Temperature/Pressure Verification
300
TEMPERATURE UNITS
FAHRENHEIT
3. Press STATUS PRINT to get a current reading of
temperature and pressure sensors.
5.3.6 Calibration History
CELSIUS
To access this screen, press HISTORY at screen #352,
control advances to screen #348.
FAHRENHEIT
Last five calibration routines are shown on this screen.
Name of person performing calibration is shown (if
this information was input to control memory), as well
as which component was calibrated.
CANCEL
Calibration history list can be printed by pressing
HISTORY PRINT.
To access this screen, press TEMP/PRESS VERIFICATION at screen #352, control advances to screen #310.
Screen #310 is used to determine if currently set calibration values are accurate. Using this screen effectively requires that a calibrated device be used for
reference. A calibrated pressure gauge (compound or
Heise) must be connected to chamber port adjacent to
pressure transducer. A calibrated device, such as a
Trendicator or Pyrometer, must also be used to reference temperature.
348
CALIBRATION HISTORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
310
VERIFY CALIBRATION
SENSORS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------CHAMBER PRESSURE
=
0.0 inHg
CHAMBER CONTROL TEMP
=
200.0 F
CHAMBER RECORD TEMP
=
200.0 F
JACKET TEMPERATURE
=
269.0 F
WASTE TEMPERATURE
=
92.6 F
HISTORY
PRINT
VERIFY THESE SENSOR READINGS WITH THE CALIBRATED REFERENCE
CAL. DATA
PRINT
!
STAUS
PRINT
PRESSURE
12/23/93
PRESSURE
12/23/93
PRESSURE
12/23/93
PRESSURE
12/23/93
PRESSURE
12/23/93
RETURN
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Depressurize
jacket before removing jacket RTD. Always
verify that chamber and jacket pressure is at
0 psig by observing the jacket and pressure
gauges behind the front access door.
1. To verify RTD calibration, remove RTD from its
normal location and place in a hot water bath,
along with thermocouple from calibrated device.
Temperature readings from calibrated device and
5-19
764330-117
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
RETURN
MAIN
MENU
5.4 INPUT/OUTPUT TESTS
Indicators on display are defined as follows:
Input/Output tests are accessed from main service
mode menu, screen #331, by pressing INPUT/OUTPUT TESTS. These tests are used to verify operation
of solenoid valves and limit switches through sterilizer control. All activations can be verified by observing LEDs on I/O board, and indicators on display.
NOTE: 1) The steam-to-chamber valve cannot be activated unless the door seal is pressurized. The steam-toseal valve (for pressurizing the door seal) cannot be
activated unless the door is closed*. 2) The limit switches
instantly to switch activation, expect an approximate 1/2
second delay.
LL1 = Chamber float switch. Normally closed; opens
during flooded condition.
PS1 = Operating end door seal pressure switch. Open
when unsealed, closed when sealed.
PS2 = Non-operating end door seal pressure switch.
Open when unsealed, closed when sealed.
PS3 = Vacuum pump pressure switch.
LS1 = Door A closed. Upper switch.
LS2 = Door B closed. Upper switch.
LS3 = Door A closed #2 – hinge doors (lower).
Door A open – sliding doors.
LS4 = Door B closed #2 – hinge doors (lower).
Door B open – sliding doors.
331
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
MAIN
MENU
RETURN
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
INPUT/OUTPUT STATUS
CHAMBER PRESSURE
CHAMBER CONTROL TEMP
CHAMBER RECORD TEMP
JACKET TEMPERATURE
WASTE TEMPERATURE
LL1
PS1
PS2
PS3 LS1
LS2
O
O
C
O
C
C
C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
S01
OFF
S07
OFF
S35
OFF
S40
OFF
S02
OFF
S43
OFF
S03
OFF
S09
OFF
S37
OFF
S46
OFF
LS5 = Door A lock cylinder.
LS6 = Door B lock cylinder.
Solenoid Valves:
330
00:00:00 AM
=
=
=
=
=
LS3 LS4
S04
OFF
Limit Switches:
0.0 inHg
200.0 F
200.0 F
269.0 F
92.6 F
LS5 LS6
S01 =
S02 =
S03 =
S04 =
S07 =
S08 =
S09 =
S35 =
S36 =
O
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
DOOR
STATUS
PRINT
SERVICE
MAIN MENU
NOTE: Screen shows double power door unit equipped
with all possible standard scientific options.
Current chamber and jacket temperatures, and chamber pressure are shown to aid in evaluating sterilizer’s
performance.
• OPEN DOOR/CLOSE DOOR can be used to control
door (on power door sterilizers).
• STATUS PRINT can be used to printout current
temperature and pressure conditions in chamber
and jacket.
Air Break
Steam to Chamber*
Chamber Drain Valve
Cooling Water Valve (high flow)
Vacuum Water Valve
Steam to Chamber (Isothermal Only)
Steam to Jacket
Steam to Operating End Door Seal*
Steam to Non-operating End Door Seal (Double
Door Only)*
S37 = Operating End Seal Exhaust
S38 = Non-operating End Seal Exhaust (Double Door
Only)
S40 = Dual Exhaust (Liquids Cooling)
S43 = Vacuum pump drain valve
S46 = Cooling water valve (low flow)
*These valves will show activation on the display and on
the I/O board LEDs, but because of the switched neutral
design, the valves do not actuate.
NOTE: Units that do not have options (e.g., MR1, VR1,
etc.), do not show them on the display.
• Press RETURN to exit this test.
5-20
764330-117
5.5 ADJUSTMENTS
This part of the service mode is used to make maintenance adjustments to the sterilizer. These tests are
intended to be used when verifying the sterilizer’s
operation. It may be necessary to use these adjustments after replacing a component.
Access adjustments by pressing ADJUSTMENTS at
screen #331, control advances to screen #321.
331
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
PS1 (PS2) SETTING
SET DOOR SEAL PRESSURE SWITCH:
1. Install pressure gauge at plugged
tee adjacent to door seal pressure
switch you are adjusting (DD units
have two switches).
2. Close doors.
3. Press start test.
4. Automatically S35 (and S36 if DD) pulse on/off.
5. Adjust switch so that switch actuates at psig.
6. If double door unit, move gauge
to NOE end and adjust switch in
the same manner.
START
TEST
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
CALIBRATION
368
RETURN
VALVE HISTORY
5.5.3 Door Pressure Settings
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
This procedure is used to verify adjustments of door
pressure switches (PS1 and PS2).
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
Access this adjustment by pressing DOOR PRESSURE SETTING at screen #321. Control advances to
screen #368. Read instructions on screen before attempting test.
RETURN
MAIN
MENU
Press RETURN to end this test.
5.5.4 Leak Test
5.5.1 Safety Valve Tests
This adjustment is used to verify pressure adjustment and to verify operation of safety valve. Begin
this test by pressing SAFETY VALVE TEST/
REGULATOR SET at screen #321.
!
WARNING–Burn Hazard: Depressurize the
sterilizer’s jacket before removing the jacket
gauge. Verify the jacket pressure is at 0 psig
before removing the jacket pressure gauge.
This is a standard leak test, and is used to verify
integrity of sterilizer piping.
5.5.5 Altitude Setting
This adjustment is used to change the slow exhaust
points 4.2 psig and 5.0 inHg to compensate for altitude variations. Change compensation values by
pressing button which best represents machine elevation. This is not typically required for most areas.
Control advances to screen #317. Read instructions
on screen carefully, and follow them closely in order
shown.
Press RETURN to end this test.
5.5.2 Door Sensor Adjustments
This procedure is used to adjust proximity switch
for door closed sensor.
Access this adjustment by pressing DOOR SENSOR ADJUSTMENTS at screen #321. Control advances to screen #316. Read instructions on screen
before attempting test.
NOTE: The control sounds a pulsing tone whenever the
door limit switch is actuated during this test.
Press RETURN to end this test.
5-21
764330-117
19
CONTROL NOT CALIBRATED
THE CONTROL HAS NOT BEEN FULLY
CALIBRATED AFTER A MEMORY LOSS
CONDITION. PLEASE CONTACT A
QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN TO
HAVE THE UNIT CALIBRATED.
OVERRIDE
AND
BEGIN
CYCLE
CANCEL
CYCLE
SELECT
Access test by pressing LEAK TEST at screen #321.
346
VALVE SERVICE
STATUS
REBUILD
REPLACE
S01
S02
S03
S04
RbPm RbPm RbPm RbPm
331
S07
S08
S09
S16
RbPm RbPm RbPm RbPm
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
REASON
PREVENT.
MAINT.
FAILURE
S35
S36
S37
S38
RbPm RbPm RbPm RbPm
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
S40
S43
S46
RbPm RbPm RbPm
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
RETURN
SEAL SEAL
A
B
RbPm RbPm
Rb = REBUILD
Pm = MAINT.
Rp = REPLACE
Fa = FAILURE
RETURN
Access these screens by pressing VALVE HISTORY
at screen #331. Control advances to screen #350.
MAIN
MENU
5.6.1 Valve Service
This screen is used by technician to log in service
history. Access this screen by pressing VALVE SERVICE at Screen #350, control advances to screen #346.
350
VALVE HISTORY
Each of the touch-screen buttons to the left of the
screen represent a solenoid valve or a door seal. When
component has been serviced (and service procedure
logged in), one or more codes are displayed within
button. If component has never been serviced, button
should be blank, aside from its designation (e.g., S02).
VIEW VALVE
ACTUATION
HISTORY
VALVE SERVICE
VIEW VALVE
CYCLE COUNT
HISTORY
Status:
RETURN
Rb = Rebuild
MAIN
MENU
Rp = Replace
Reason:
Control advances to standard Leak Test. Once complete, control returns to screen #321.
Pm = Activity due to standard preventive
maintenance
If control is not properly calibrated, screen #19 appears on display.
Fa = Activity due to a valve or seal failure
5.6 VALVE HISTORY
These screens and procedures are used to maintain a
service history for sterilizer and its components. This
history is primarily intended to track usage and servicing of door seals and solenoid valves in piping
manifolds.
To use screen #346, press touch-screen button on left
with appropriate valve designation (e.g., for Steam to
Chamber Valve, press S02). Selected screen button is
then highlighted.
353
VIEW VALVE ACTUATION HISTORY
VALVE
TURN ON STATUS
REASON
DATE
S01
S02
S03
S04
S07
S09
S35
S37
MORE
VALVES
5-22
764330-117
PRINT
LOG
RETURN
Once selected, enter appropriate procedure by pressing one of the touch-screen buttons on the right of the
screen.
Press RETURN to exit this screen.
Valve = Valve designation.
Count = The number of cycles the valve or seal has
been activated since it was last serviced.
Status = The last service procedure performed on the
valve or seal (i.e., Rebuild or Replace).
5.6.2 View Valve Actuation History
This screen displays the total number of times valves
and door seals have been turned on since last serviced.
Reason = The reason the valve or seal was last serviced (i.e., Preventive Maintenance or Failure).
Date = Date of last service procedure.
Access this screen by pressing VIEW VALVE ACTUATION HISTORY at screen #350. Display advances to screen #353.
331
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
Valve = Valve designation.
Turn On = The number of times the valve or seal has
been turned on since it was last serviced.
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
Status = The last service procedure performed on
the valve or seal (i.e., Rebuild or Replace).
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTMENTS
CHANGE
VALUES
Reason = The reason the valve or seal was last
serviced (i.e., Preventive Maintenance or Failure).
Date = Date of last service procedure.
MAIN
MENU
RETURN
353
VIEW VALVE ACTUATION HISTORY
VALVE
TURN ON STATUS
REASON
351
DATE
ALARM AND MAINTENANCE CONTROL
S01
S02
S03
S04
S07
S09
S35
S37
MORE
VALVES
PRINT
LOG
ALARM LIST
PUSHBUTTON
TEST
ALARM LOG
BATTERY
SAVER
SHOW SCREENS
CONFIGURE
MACHINE
RETURN
RETURN
MAIN
MENU
Press MORE VALUES to show any valves not
currently displayed.
Press PRINT LOG to create a printout of valve
actuation history.
Press MORE VALVES to show any valves not currently displayed.
5.6.3 View Valve Cycle Count History
Press PRINT LOG to create a printout of valve cycle
count history.
This screen displays total number of cycles on valves
and door seals since last serviced.
5.7 ALARM MAINTENANCE
Access this screen by pressing VIEW VALVE COUNT
HISTORY at screen #350. Display advances to screen
#353.
These screens are used to review the alarm history of
the sterilizer. The last four cycles are retained in the
sterilizer’s memory. The entire library of alarm screens
can also be accessed and viewed under this function.
5-23
764330-117
• If a printout of any of the four available cycles is
required, press CYCLE # PRINT with appropriate
cycle number.
342
LIST ALARMS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ALARM
CHAMBER TEMP. FAILURE
DOOR SWITCH FAILURE
DOOR UNSEALED
EXHAUST RATE TOO FAST
EXHAUST RATE TOO SLOW
JACKET TEMP. FAILURE
OVER STERILIZE TEMP.
PRESSURE IN CHAMBER
SCREEN
#211 (2)
#237 (2)
#207 (2)
#241 (2)
#243 (2)
#213 (2)
#235 (2)
#221 (2)
ALARM
PRINT
MORE
ALARMS
Press RETURN to return to screen #351.
5.7.3 Show Screens
The text of each alarm screen can be displayed on the
control.
RETURN
345
SCREENS TO VIEW
SCREEN NUMBER
To access this screen, press ALARM MAINTENANCE
at screen #331. Control advances to screen #351.
000
The screen number
may be obtained from
the list alarms
section. However,
any valid screen
number may be entered. Press
anywhere on the screen to return.
5.7.1 Alarm List
Access this list by pressing ALARM LIST at screen
#351. Control advances to screen #342 displaying
alarms 1 through 8. Press MORE ALARMS to display
alarms 9 through 16. Then press MORE ALARMS to
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
<-
CANCEL
ENTER
358
ALARM LOG
To call up a specific screen, first reference screen
number and title on screen #342, #343, or #344. Return
to screen #351 and press SHOW SCREENS. Control
advances to screen #345. Enter alarm screen number
using keypad to left of screen, then press ENTER.
1. PREVAC
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
2. PREVAC
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
CYCLE 1
PRINT
NOTE: Any screen number known can be entered here,
not just alarm screens.
CYCLE 2
PRINT
MORE
CYCLES
Once called-up screen appears on display, press anywhere on display screen to return to screen #351.
RETURN
display alarms 17 through 23. Press PREVIOUS to
back up one screen. Press RETURN to return to screen
#351.
NOTE: If screen is a two part screen (as are most alarm
screens) touching the screen anywhere once advances
to the second screen in the set. Pressing the display a
second time returns the control to screen #351.
Refer to Operating Instructions for an explanation of
individual alarms.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5.7.2 Alarm Log
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
This screen is used to view any alarms that occurred
in the last four cycles run.
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Access this screen by pressing ALARM LOG at screen
#351. Screen advances to screen #358. Last two cycles
and their alarms are shown on this screen. To view
previous two cycles, press MORE CYCLES.
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
• The name and date of each cycle is shown.
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
EXIT
• The type and time is shown for each alarm
occurrence.
5-24
764330-117
5.7.4 Pushbutton Test
329
CONFIGURE MACHINE
This screen is used to verify touch screen is working
correctly.
To access this screen, press PUSHBUTTON TEST at
screen #351. Control advances to push button test.
This test screen has no screen number.
SET CONFIGURATION
Pushbutton test functions by touching any numbered
squares shown. If screen pushbutton is working correctly, area of display should become highlighted as
long as pressure is applied to it.
RETURN
Press EXIT to return to screen #351.
5.7.5 Battery Saver
This screen can be used to shut off control system RAM
battery when sterilizer is placed in extended storage.
359
5.7.6 Configure Machine
These screens are used to setup machine, designating
chamber size, door type, presence of a generator, other
optional equipment and serial number.
BATTERY SAVER
THE BATTERY SAVER WILL TURN
THE BATTERY OFF. THE CHANGE
VALUES PARAMETERS WILL BE LOST
WHEN THE POWER IS TURNED OFF.
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
STERILIZER CONFIGURATION
ARE YOU SURE YOU WISH
TO TURN THE BATTERY OFF?
SELECT
SIZE
SELECT
DOOR
26X37X36
SINGLE
HINGE DOOR
DOUBLE
HINGE DOOR
SINGLE
SLIDING DOOR
DOUBLE
SLIDING DOOR
26X37X48
26X37X60
YES
NO
NOTE: If the battery has been saved, the clock turns off
whenever the sterilizer is turned off. It is necessary to
reset the clock (time and date) if the battery has been
saved then restored to operation.
500
CONTINUE
Access this screen by pressing CONFIGURE MACHINE at screen #351. Control advances to screen
#329. At screen #329, select whether you wish to
change the control system configuration or download
a new program into the system.
To access this screen, press BATTERY SAVER at
screen #351. Control advances to screen #359. Read
screen carefully before proceeding.
• Press YES to save battery. Control returns to screen
#351.
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
STERILIZER CONFIGURATION
• Press NO to return to screen #351 without saving
battery.
506
OE DOOR OPEN DIRECTION
LEFT
RIGHT
CONTINUE
5-25
764330-117
• Press SET CONFIGURATION to change system
configuration.
5.7.6.1 Set Configurations
Screen #506 is used to select door direction for a
sliding door machine. If OE door opens to left, select
LEFT. If OE door opens to right, select RIGHT. Press
CONTINUE.
To set configuration, press CONFIGURE MACHINE
Control advances to screen #507.
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
STERILIZER CONFIGURATION
507
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
STERILIZER CONFIGURATION
STERILIZER TYPE SELECTION
ENTER SERIAL NUMBER
503
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
->
0000000-00
PREVAC
STERILIZER
SFPP
STERILIZER
<CONTINUE
RETURN
at screen #351. Control advances to screen #500. At
screen #500, set sterilizer size and sterilizer door
arrangement.
Once options on screen #500 have been selected, press
CONTINUE. If a hinge door arrangement has been
selected, control advances to screen #507. If a sliding
door arrangement has been selected, control advances
to screen #506.
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
STERILIZER CONFIGURATION
510
Screen #507 is used to select a PREVAC sterilizer or an
SFPP sterilizer. Press PREVAC STERILIZER if machine is a vacamatic sterilizer or press SFPP STERILIZER if machine is a steam flush pressure pulse sterilizer. Press CONTINUE.
Control advances to screen #510.
Screen #510 is used to select if sterilizer is connected
to an RDS* data acquisition system. Press NO RDS
CONNECTION (or NO PC CONNECTION) if sterilizer is not connected to RDS. Press UNIT CONNECTED TO RDS (or UNIT CONNECTED TO PC)
if sterilizer is connected to RDS.
* RDS = Reprocessing Documentation System. Contact
STERIS for information.
NO RDS
CONNECTION
Control advances to screen #503.
Screen #503 is used to enter serial number of sterilizer.
Enter number using key pad to right of screen.
UNIT CONNECTED
TO RDS
331
SERVICE MODE - MAIN MENU
STERIS SERVICE MODE:
STERILIZER CONFIGURATION
510
NO PC
CONNECTION
CALIBRATION
VALVE HISTORY
INPUT/OUTPUT
TESTS
ALARM/
MAINTENANCE
CHANGE
VALUES
ADJUSTMENTS
RETURN
UNIT CONNECTED
TO PC
MAIN
MENU
Once number is complete and correct, press ENTER,
control returns to main service mode menu.
5-26
764330-117
614
SERVICE MODE CHANGE VALUES
PRINT
SERVICE VALUES
TOO LONG
IN PHASE
DEFAULT VALUES
(BURN-IN)
CLEAR
ACCESS CODE
EUROPEAN
DEFAULT VALUES
RS-232
INTERFACE
CYCLE
SETINGS
5.8 CHANGE VALUES
The CHANGE VALUES selector in the service mode is
common to both healthcare and Life Science sterilizers. Note that many cycle set up values for scientific
units are not found in the Service Mode, rather they are
available under the different menu selections found
only on Life Science units.
The healthcare version sterilizer limits the ability to
adjust cycle parameters since the unit is a medical
device.
To access CHANGE VALUES, press appropriate touch
pad on screen #331.
Screen #355 is displayed, allowing adjustment of
Cycle Count and Run Time. When adjustments have
been made, screen #614 is displayed.
• Select PRINT SERVICE VALUES and printer prints:
• too long in phase values
• purge time settings
• Select DEFAULT VALUES (burn-in) and control
restores factory default values.
NOTE: Some programs do not have European
default values section.
• Select CYCLE SETTINGS and control allows adjustment of purge time (early revision software
does not have this selection available).
• Select TOO LONG IN PHASE and control allows
adjustment of too long in step alarms.
• Select STEAM ACCESS CODE and control removes any customer selected access codes.
• Select RS-232 INTERFACE and control allows
printer to be interfaced with either a computer or
and external printer.
• CHANGE VALUES is locked if in supervisory
mode.
5-27
764330-117
Section 6: Inspection and Maintenance
6.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULE
quality, usage, etc.) may require more frequent maintenance than indicated. Refer to SECTION 10, ILLUSTRATED
PARTS BREAKDOWN for replacement parts.
!
WARNING– PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD: Regularly scheduled preventive maintenance is required for safe
and reliable operation of this equipment. Contact
STERIS to schedule preventive maintenance.
Customer should maintain a record of all maintenance procedures performed on the sterilizer.
If a problem occurs, refer to SECTION 8, TROUBLESHOOTING.
NOTE: Never permit unqualified persons to service the
sterilizer.
Maintenance procedures described in S ECTIONS 6, IN SPECTION AND MAINTENANCE AND SECTION 9, COMPONENT REPAIR AND R EPLACEMENT, must be performed regularly at
the indicated intervals, using the maintenance schedule in Table 6-1 as a guide. Local conditions (water
Table 6-1. Preventive Maintenance Schedule for Amsco®Century® Medium Steam Sterilizer
Service Required
Minimum Frequency
1.0
1.1
1.2
PREPARATION FOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Discuss equipment with operators and check printouts.
Follow appropriate safety procedures; prepare unit for preventive maintenance.
6x per year
6x per year
2.0
2.1
DOOR ASSEMBLY (EACH DOOR ON A DOUBLE DOOR UNIT)
Verify proper door and door proximity switch operation. Adjust switch(es),
if needed.
Check condition of door gasket for wear and tear. Replace, as needed.
Verify proper tension on power door cable (sliding door units, only).
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
VALVES
Verify each hand valve operates smoothly, check valve packing for leaks, rebuild
or replace as needed.
• Steam supply valve.
• Water supply valve.
• Emergency exhaust valves.
Rebuild all solenoid valves.
Verify operation of all check valves. Replace, if necessary.
Verify operation of PRV. Rebuild, if necessary.
Verify safety valve is not leaking. Replace, if necessary.
Verify operation of safety valve.
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
6x per year
1x per year
2.2
2.3
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
6-1
764330-117
Table 6-1. Preventive Maintenance Schedule for Century Medium Steam Sterilizer
Service Required
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Minimum Frequency
MISC. PIPING COMPONENTS
Inspect steam strainer for debris. Clean, as needed.
Inspect water strainer for debris. Clean, as needed.
Inspect jacket strainer for debris. Clean, as needed.
Inspect chamber drain strainer for debris. Clean, as needed.
Replace air filter cartridge.
Chamber and jacket gauge(s) - verify proper operation. Replace, if needed.
Rebuild chamber and jacket traps.
Verify there are no leaks.
Verify door lock piston operates correctly (hinged door models only).
CONTROL
Verify printer and paper take-up operate properly.
Check printout for darkness, missing dots, etc.
5.2 Verify all touch panels function properly (OE and NOE).
5.3 Verify date and time are correct. If not, correct.
5.4 Verify operation of battery-backed RAM. Replace, as needed.
5.5 Verify buzzer is working.
5.6 Verify water level sensor operates properly.
5.7 Verify cooling fan operates properly.
5.8 Clean fan filter.
5.9 Check all service-settable values in Service Test Mode for factory
recommended settings. Verify functional operation of each valve using
Service Test Mode.
5.10 Verify temperature displays/printouts with a calibrated temperature measuring
device.
5.11 Verify pressure settings as described in Maintenance Manual.
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
6x per year
1x per year
6x per year
1x per year
6x per year
6x per year
5.0
5.1
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
SAFETY TESTING
Inspect ground bond.
Inspect steam connection to sterilizer.
Inspect water connection to sterilizer.
Inspect drain connection to sterilizer.
7.0
7.1
FINAL CHECKOUT AND TEST
Clean dirt and lint from components. Check all wiring, terminals, and
socket connections for damage or fraying.
Verify unit has proper labels (caution, warning).
Run machine through each cycle to verify proper operation. Check all
displays and printouts. Note on tape: TEST CYCLE.
Verify shelves slide easily in and out of chamber, if equipped.
Reinstall any panel or cover removed. Carefully check area around sterilizer,
and remove all materials used during inspection.
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
1x per year
6-2
764330-117
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
6x per year
6.2 CLEAN CHAMBER DRAIN
STRAINER
6.4 FLUSH CHAMBER DRAIN –
PERFORM WEEKLY
!
!
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Allow sterilizer to
cool to room temperature before performing any
cleaning or maintenance procedures.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Allow sterilizer
and accessories to cool to room temperature
before performing any cleaning or maintenance
procedures.
IMPORTANT: The chamber drain strainer must be
cleaned at least once a day, preferably in the morning
before running the first cycle.
Flush chamber drain as follows, weekly or whenever
the line becomes clogged:
1. Remove drain strainer from drain in bottom of
chamber as shown in Figure 6-1.
1. Turn OFF steam supply valve. Wait until jacket
pressure is zero. Wait until chamber has cooled to
room temperature.
2. Remove any obvious debris from strainer. If necessary, clear screen in strainer using a brush, wire, or
similar tool.
2. Remove chamber drain strainer (Figure 6-1). Clean
strainer using procedures given above, if necessary.
3. Once it has been cleared of obvious debris, reverse
flush the strainer under running water.
3. Pour a solution of ~1/4 cup (60 mL) of STERIS
Liqui-Jet 2 (Contact STERIS) and ~1 pint (500 mL)
of hot water into drain. Solution may puddle in
bottom of the chamber.
4. Replace strainer in chamber drain.
6.3 CLEAN CHAMBER
4. Should detergents in Step 3 be unavailable, a hot
solution of 15mL (~1 tablespoon) of trisodium
phosphate to 500 mL (~1 pint) of hot water may be
used.
!
WARNING–SLIPPING HAZARD: To avoid slippery floor conditions, immediately wipe up any
spilled liquids or condensation in sterilizer loading and unloading areas(s).
5. Open door and place strainer back in drain.
!
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Allow sterilizer to
cool to room temperature before performing any
cleaning or maintenance procedures.
IMPORTANT: The entire chamber should be wiped down
and rinsed following any spills or other soiling.
IMPORTANT: Chamber must be at room temperature,
sterilizer off all night, before washing.
1. Wash inside of chamber and shelf assembly (plus
any other loading equipment) with a mild detergent solution such as STERIS Liqui-Jet 2 or current
STERIS equivalent. (Contact STERIS.)
!
CAUTION: Never use a wire brush, abrasives,
or steel wool on door and chamber assembly. Do
not use cleaners containing chloride on stainlesssteel surfaces. Chloride-based cleaners will deteriorate stainless steel, eventually leading to failure of the vessel.
2. Professional cleaning of chamber on a yearly basis
(or as required due to local conditions) is suggested
to maintain appearance of chamber interior. Contact STERIS for information regarding this service.
FIGURE 6-1. Flush Chamber Drain
6-3
764330-117
6.5 CHANGE PRINTER PAPER ROLL
The printer paper roll should be changed whenever a
colored stripe is visible on one or both edges of the
printout paper.
2. Remove take-up spool from drive by inserting fingers in cavity as shown and pushing spool to right.
1. Tear paper between take-up spool and printer.
3. Pull off right end of spool and remove used paper
roll from spindle.
4. Open access door and remove old paper roll, gently
pulling any remaining tape up and out of printer.
5. Insert new paper roll.
6-4
764330-117
6. Insert end of paper into printer slot just behind ink
cartridge.
8. Continue pressing PAPER FEED (or pull paper
gently) until about 18" (46cm) of paper hangs out
of printer. Insert end of paper into slot of take-up
spool, then replace right end of spool.
7. Press PAPER FEED touch-screen pad on display
until paper advances through printer and ink cartridge, exiting the front.
6-5
764330-117
9. Rotate spool in direction shown until paper is
secure.
10. Reinstall take-up spool on magnetic idler. Manually roll up slack paper.
6.5.1 Change Printer Ink Cartridge
The printer ink cartridge should be changed as soon
as the type on printouts is light or faded, and before
printouts become difficult to read.
1. Tear paper between take-up spool and printer.
2. Open access door, then press on right end of ink
cartridge, until left end of cartridge pops out of the
printer.
6-6
764330-117
3. Slip cartridge off end of paper , slip new cartridge
over paper in the same way as before, making
sure paper slides between ink cartridge housing
and ink ribbon.
4. Install left end of cartridge first, then push right
end in as shown, snapping it into place.
5. Retighten ribbon by rotating wheel on left side of
cartridge 1/4 turn. Then see Changing Paper Roll,
Steps 8 through 10 to reinstall take-up spool.
6-7
764330-117
Section 7: Field Test Procedures
7.1 GENERAL
3. Connect 100 psig. pressure gauge to steam supply
strainer. Verify dynamic steam pressure.
These procedures are to be used to verify operation
of the sterilizer per factory specifications. If the
equipment operates within theses specifications, it
is considered to be operating properly. Conversely if
the unit operates outside these specifications, it is
considered to be operating improperly and repairs
should be performed.
4. Adjust jacket and chamber pressure gauges to
zero, if required.
5. Measure single phase power connected to control
box assembly, verify voltage.
6. Measure three phase power connected to vacuum
pump, verify voltage.
7. Measure current draw on vacuum pump during
operation, verify correct overload setting.
7.2 TEST INSTRUMENTATION
REQUIRED
8. Verify correct vacuum pump rotation. Refer to
cooling fan at end of pump. Note arrow indicating
direction of rotation. Momentarily energize
vacuum pump, either using I/O screen in Service
Mode or with jumper wire on vacuum pump
contactor. Check pump shaft for correct rotation.
1. Calibrated test gauge (0-100 psig. +/-.5% full scale
accuracy). One required.
2. Calibrated compound test gauge (30 inHg vacuum
and 60 psig. +/-.5% full scale accuracy).
3. Stopwatch.
9. Verify drain line connection is sealed and slope of
draw line allows flow without backup.
4. Digital voltmeter.
5. Amp meter.
7.5 CONTROL SETUP
7.3 INSTALLATION DATA
Plumbing Connections
Pipe Size
Pressure
Steam Supply
1" NPT
50-80 psig. (1)
Cold Water Supply
1" NPT
20-50 psig (1)
Waste
2" ODT
Electrical
This section is used to verify the configuration of the
sterilizer. Enter the Service Mode, select Alarm/
Maintenance, and select SET CONFIGURATION.
Verify the chamber size and door configuration. If
these are not set correctly, alarms may occur.
7.5.1 Loss of Power Test
Volts
Frequency
Phase
Control
120 VAC
60 Hz
1
Vacuum Pump
208 VAC
240 VAC
480 VAC
60 Hz
3
1. Turn OFF main power supply to unit.
2. Wait 10 seconds, then turn main power supply
switch ON.
3. Verify a FLASH VALUES RESTORED message is
NOT printed.
4. If FLASH VALUES RESTORED did print, battery
on Control Board must be replaced. Battery is
STERIS P093915-047.
NOTE: Pressure readings are dynamic (in operation).
7.4 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION
7.5.2 Control Input and Wiring Check
1. Place a level on bottom surface of end frame
opening to level sterilizer side-to-side. Next, place
a level on the face surface of end frame to level
sterilizer front-to-back. Level sterilizer by adjusting leveling feet. Be sure any water in chamber
flows toward drain by pouring a cup of water in
chamber.
1. Enter Service Mode and press Input/Output Tests.
Check each input, one at a time. Also, check for
the proper ON and OFF operation being shown on
display. If any of inputs do not change state, check
wire connections, switches, and power supply
before checking harness.
2. Connect 100 psig. pressure gauge to water supply
strainer. Verify dynamic water pressure.
7-1
764330-117
2. Check following inputs:
S4 – Cooling water valve
CS1 – Chamber flooded switch
S8 – Vacuum water valve/vacuum pump
PS1 – OE door seal pressure switch
S9 – Steam to jacket valve
PS2 – NOE door seal pressure switch
S35 – OE seal steam valve
PS3 – Vacuum pump water pressure switch
S36 – NOE seal steam valve (double door only)
LS1 – OE door closed switch (sliding door)
S37 – OE seal exhaust valve
OE door A locked switch (hinge door)
S38 – NOE seal exhaust valve (double door only)
LS2 – NOE door closed switch (sliding door)
S40 – Dual exhaust valve
NOE door A Locked switch (hinge door)
S43 – Vacuum pump drain valve
LS3 – OE door open switch (sliding door)
S46 – Water cooling water valve
OE door B locked switch (hinge door)
Also, check for proper ON and OFF operation
being shown on display. If any outputs do not
receive signal, check wire connections, switches,
and power supply before checking harness.
LS4 – NOE door open switch (sliding door)
NOE door B Locked switch (hinge door)
LS5 – OE door lock engaged switch (hinge door
only)
4. SWITCHED NEUTRAL 1 TEST: After verifying
S2 actuation, turn ON S2. Remove the jumper
across pressure switch PS1. Verify that S2 closed
(de-energizes).
LS6 – NOE door lock engaged switch (hinge door
only)
5. SWITCHED NEUTRAL 2 (3) TEST: After verifying S35 (36) actuation, turn ON S35. Open door to
break door switch. Verify S35 (36) closes (deenergizes).
NOTE: Actuate CS1 by lifting the float on the switch.
PS1, PS2 and PS3 can be actuated by placing a
jumper wire across the switch.
LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5 and LS6 are normally
open inputs. They may be actuated by placing a
piece of ferrous metal in front of the sensing
element.
6. Exit Service Mode when all outputs have been
tested. Remove any jumpers used during this
section.
7.5.3 Control Output and Wiring Check
7.6 TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION
1. Enter Service Mode and press Input/Output Tests.
REFER to SECTION 5, SERVICE MODE for calibration procedures. For healthcare equipment, use Steam Calibration method. For Life Science equipment, use Oil
Bath calibration method.
2. OPEN sterilizer water supply at this time. DO
NOT OPEN the steam supply valve at this time.
3. Check each output, one at a time, by pressing
corresponding button on display. Verify DIN connector lights up for each valve, or pump turns on.
7.7 PRESSURE CALIBRATION
NOTE: Add a jumper to pressure switch(es) PS1
(PS2) to actuate S2.
REFER to S ECTION 5, SERVICE MODE for calibration
procedures. For healthcare equipment, use Steam
Calibration method. For Life Science equipment,
use either Steam or External Calibration method.
S35 (S36) does not actuate unless door(s) is closed.
S7 and the vacuum pump are controlled by same
output. Prior to checking S7 and the vacuum
pump, open sterilizer water supply. Turn output
ON only long enough to verify correct operation
of S7 and correct pump shaft rotation.
Check following outputs:
S1 – Air break valve
S2 – Steam to chamber valve
S3 – Chamber drain valve
7-2
764330-117
7.8
7.8.1
DOOR ADJUSTMENT VERIFICATION
Hinge Door
lock plate are activated. Adjust sensor target so
gap is 3/16" when door is fully locked.
1. Door Motion
With door unlocked, slowly and fully open and
close it several times and verify door motion is
smooth. Door should remain in any position from
closed to fully open. Relevel machine, if required
per 7.4.1
3. Lock Plate Lock Operation
During a cycle, lower swing-down panel under
chamber door to view door lock cylinder. Verify
diaphragm cylinder and associated rod extends
and retracts smoothly at start and end of cycle.
Verify gap between rod and lock plate is between
1/32" and 1/8" when cylinder and rod are actuated. Adjust sensor so gap is 1/16" when cylinder
is fully extended. See Figure 7-9.
2. Door Lock Operation
With door closed and unlocked, lock and unlock
it several times and verify motion and force are
smooth. With a force gauge at end of and at right
angles to the door lock lever, measure force to
slowly lock and unlock the door. Verify it is between four and nine pounds.
NOTE: Never manually force cylinder to extend as
this damages the diaphram. Always use steam to
move the cylinder.
Verify when door is fully locked and the respective door stitches LS1, LS3, (LS2/LS4) on each
Door Switch
Thumb Screw/
Hex Nut
Lock Plate Assembly
Flange Lock
Screw
RIG
Flange Lock Screw
TH
IS
E
SID
OU
Plate
Retainer
Ring
Flange
Lock
Screw
Flange Lock Screw
HT
T
Retainer
Lock Lever
Bracket
Lock Plate
Assembly
Lock Plate Coupler
Door Switch
Door Lock Cylinder
Figure 7-1. Hinge Door
7-3
764330-117
7.8.2
Hinge Door Adjusting Procedure
C. Hinge Set Screw Adjustment – See Figure 7-8
Perform the following adjustment for each door
hinge.
A. Upper Hinge Spring Adjustment – See Figure 7-6.
1. When spring components are loosely assembled
(See assembly drawing), turn tension screw or
nut so springs are just snug. Turn tension nut
an additional four turns.
1. Verify tip of set screw in center bar of hinge is
recessed into bar prior to this adjustment.
2. Push and hold door inward so it fully contacts
end frame.
This compresses spring elements 1/4".
3. With door in this position, advance set screw
until it just contacts end frame hinge leaf.
2. Install and tighten the lock nut while verifying
tension screw and nut do not rotate.
Tension Nut
4. When both hinge set screws are adjusted, open
door and close it. When fully closed, door
should stay fully closed - not springing back
slightly - and stay flat against end frame all
around.
Lock Nut
4 Turns (1/4" Ref.)
If door does spring open slightly, it is likely
due to edge of door engaging the end frame
slightly at inner edge just before door fully
closes (see “*” in Figure 7-8 designating point
of contact). It may also be noticeable hinge
barrels move slightly simultaneously. If this is
the case, further set screw adjustment is needed.
Tension
Screw
Springs Just Snug
Springs Compressed
Figure 7-2. Upper Hinge Spring Adjustment
(Top View)
5. First, determine which hinge set screw (possibly both), requires further adjustment. If door
pre-engages primarily at top, adjust top hinge
screw; if it pre-engages at bottom, adjust bottom hinge screw.
B. Lower Hinge Spring Adjustment – See Figure 7-7.
a. Advance screw to be adjusted an additional
1/16 turn.
1. With spring components loosely assembled (See
assembly drawing), turn tension screw or nut
so springs are just snug. Turn tension nut an
additional four turns.
b. Repeat this subsection.
6. While ensuring the set screw does not rotate
further, tighten the set screw lock nut.
This compresses spring elements 3/32".
2. Install and tighten lock nut while verifying
tension screw and nut do not rotate.
D. Final Check of Door/Hinge Adjustment
1. Fully open and close the door several times.
2. Check that a minimum clearance of 1/8" exists
between the bottom of the door and the top of
the bottom hook.
Tension Nut
Lock Nut
Set Screw Tip Just Contacting Hinge Leaf
1-1/2 Turns (3/32" Ref.)
Door Against End Frame
Tension
Screw
End Frame
Hinge Leaf
Springs Just Snug
Springs Compressed
Figure 7-3. Lower Hinge Spring Adjustment
(Top View)
Lock Nut
Set Screw
Figure 7-4. Hinge Set Screw Adjustment
(Top View)
7-4
764330-117
3. Check that the door, when fully closed, stays
flat against the end frame and does not move
slightly in the open direction.
F. Torque Settings
Hinge to door bolts – 34 foot pounds
Hinge to shell end frame – 34 foot pounds
4. Check that the door “feel” is smooth with no
tight spots or unusual motions.
Door plate pivot bolts * – 17 foot pounds
Cam follower/roller bolts – 20 foot pounds
E. Pressure Lock Adjustments – See Figure 7-9
Center bolt * – 40 foot pounds
Do not manually extend or rotate the
cylinder rod.
* NOTE: On some units, these bolts use a setscrew to prevent the bolt from loosening. If setscrews are used, loosen setscrews proir to
torqueing bolts.
1. Sensor positioning - Prior to installing the pressure lock assembly to the end frame, adjust the
1/16
Lock Plate Edge
Lock Pin
1/16
Taget Pin
Sensing Face
Target
Cylinder Rod
Do Not Extend
Figure 7-5. Pressure Lock Adjustments
sensor so the sensing face is 1/16" from the
target periphery.
2. Pressure lock assembly positioning - With the
door lock plate in its fully locked position,
install the pressure lock assembly to the end
frame such that the gap between the extended
lock rod and the lock plate edge is 1/16". Extend the lock rod manually by pushing upward
on the target pins (against the spring). Push
sufficiently to raise the lock rod adjacent to the
lock plate edge — once adjacent, make the
measurement.
7-5
764330-117
7.8.3
Sliding Door
7.8.3.2 Upper Rail Assembly and Adjustment
This instruction is to be performed prior to door
installation.
7.8.3.1 General
1. Refer to assembly drawing 146660-438/449 for
component configuration and part numbers.
Drawings in this document are for reference only
to illustrate these adjustments.
1. Install upper rail elevation fasteners. See Figure
7-10.
A. On closing side, fully turn in stud and tighten
stud lock nut. Loosely assemble jam nut and elevation nut so distance from top of hook to top of
elevation nut is about 1-3/4".
2. Refer to assembly drawings 146660-438/449 for
any fastener torque and lubrication specifications
related to these adjustments.
B. On opening side, tighten elevation screw with
its locking nut loosely installed.
3. Drawings in this document are of left hand door
units but are applicable to both right and left
hand doors.
2. Tighten two assembly rail positioning screws with
assembly rail spacer blocks in recessed pads of
end frame above chamber opening.
4. Other than Pressure Lock Sensor Adjustment, it is
suggested the order of these adjustments be in the
order in which they are presented here.
NOTE: The blocks hang freely from the screws.
See Figure 7-11.
5. Auxiliary assembly components required for these
adjustments are:
Component
Quantity
Rail Spacer Block TN-45368
2
Rail Positioning Screw –
3/8-16 x 3-1/4 SHCS
(ex. 129359-896)
2
6. In this document, right and left sides of the sterilizer are referred to as closing and opening sides.
Closing side is the side of the sterilizer that the
door moves toward as it closes. Using this
termnology, text is applicable to right and left
hand units.
7-6
764330-117
Figure 7-10. Upper Rail Elevation Hardware
Figure 7-7. Upper Rail Positioning
Hardware
Figure 7-8. Upper Rail in position
3. Loosely assemble door rail to door rail support
using all screws.
6. Adjust elevation fasteners.
A. Closing side
4. Loosely assemble door rail support assembly to
face of upper hook using all screws. Adjust as
necessary elevation stud nut and lock nut to verify
they do not contact rail support.
1. Advance elevation nut up until it firmly
contacts rail support.
2. Advance and tighten elevation lock nut while
verifying elevation nut does not rotate.
5. Push rail support assembly upward so rail contacts two assembly screws. See Figure 7-12.
3. Install and tighten top nut. See Figure 7-13.
B. Opening side
A. Tighten rail support screws into upper hook
while in this condition. Push rail toward end
frame until it contacts both assembly spacers.
1. Rotate elevation screw upward until it firmly
contacts rail support.
B. Tighten rail screws to rail support while in this
condition.
2. Tighten lock nut against upper hook while
verifying the elevation screw does not rotate.
See Figure 7-13.
7-7
764330-117
Figure 7-9. Elevation Fastener Adjustment and Securing
7. Verify rail is in contact with two assembly screws
and two assembly spacers. If there is a gap at any
of these four points, reposition rail support and
rail, as required.
A. Position door about one inch from being fully
closed.
B. Verify there is approximately a 1/4" gap between tip of set screw of each suspension arm and
rail support.
8. Remove two assembly rail positioning screws
and assembly rail spacers.
C. Verify door is hanging such that its top edge is
resting inward against end frame and its lower
edge is resting outward against lower hook.
Rail is now secured parallel to and at correct
horizontal distance from end frame face and parallel to and at correct elevation from end frame
horizontal centerline.
2. Upper Followers Adjustment
7.8.3.3 Door Fore/Aft Follower Assemblies
Adjustment
A. Advance fore/aft set screw of each suspension
arm until they just contact rail support without
disturbing door.
For this instruction, the following shall have been
assembled in accordance with the referenced
assembly drawing:
B. Advance each screw an additional 5/8 turns.
This draws top edge of door outward, away from
end frame approximately .078". See Figure 7-15.
• Door assembly (Door weldment with suspension
arms and roller hardware)
C. Loosely attach two upper preloaded follower
assemblies to door channels. See Figure 7-15.
• Lower door guide bracket
• Door open and door closed hard stops
1. Setting Door Position Prior to Adjustments – See
Figure 7-14.
Figure 7-10. Fore/Aft Adjustment Preparation
7-8
764330-117
B. Install and advance two spring plungers until
they just contact lower rail without disturbing
door.
C. Advance plungers an additional 7/8 turns.
This pushes door's lower edge inward, away from
lower hook approximately .078". See Figure 7-17.
Figure 7-11. Upper Follower Assembly in
Place
D. For each upper follower assembly – position
it inward until roller just contacts rail support.
Keeping rollers square to rail support and maintaining roller contact, tighten follower assembly
attachment screws.
E. Check there is no gap between rollers and rail
support and set screw and guide rail. If any gaps
exist, reposition follower assemblies, as required.
Figure 7-13. Lower Follower Adjustment
F. Finally, turn out fore/aft set screw of each
suspension arm until tip is flush with inner edge
of suspension arm.
D. Install and tighten lock nuts while verifying
plungers do not rotate.
3. Lower Follower Nose Plunger Assembly and Adjustment.
Door is now centered fore/aft between the hooks
and end frame.
A. Secure lower follower bracket to door. See
Figure 7-16.
7.8.3.4 Door Adjustment and Function Check
This section is to be done prior to door drive cable
installation.
1. Verify door open and door closed hard stops are
installed.
2. Install door lock components to lower hook in
accordance with referenced assembly drawing.
3. Looking down upper and lower edge of door
while pushing door from closed to open, verify
spacings between door and end frame and door
and hooks are reasonably uniform — both in-andout and up-and-down — throughout door
traverse.
4. Manually roll door open and closed several times
and verify:
Figure 7-12. Lower Follower Hardware
A. Suspension arm rollers roll smoothly.
B. Upper follower rollers roll smoothly.
7-9
764330-117
Figure 7-14. Door Drive Hardware
C. Lower follower nose plunger slides smoothly.
D. Spring loaded lower follower nose plunger
nose does not retract into body when door is at
rest or while traversing.
E. No part of door lock components come in
contact with door when door is at rest or while
traversing.
7.8.3.5 Door Drive Cable Tension Adjustment
For this adjustment, door drive cable is tensioned to
attain a specified door close stall force.
Figure 7-15. Door Drive Cable Adjustment
Hardware
1. Tension Adjustment
A. Verify unit is level and door motor power and
door control is available.
B. Adjust door drive cable tension nut so there is
moderate cable tension. Lock nut may be kept
loose. See Figures 7-18 and 7-19.
C. Measure and set stall force - With door about
half way open, position a force gauge horizontally at an elevation of approximately horizontal
centerline of door such that ground end of gauge
bears on end frame opening and sensing end of
gauge in plane of door. See Figure 7-20. Verify
door is open enough that there is at least four
inches between closing edge of door and sensing
end of gauge. Power door in closing direction and
let it engage the gauge while keeping power applied. After about one second, the gauge has a
constant reading - this is stall force. Cable tension
is properly adjusted when stall force is between
four and six pounds. If force is not in this range,
decrease or increase cable tension and repeat this
paragraph.
Figure 7-16. Measuring Stall Force
7-10
764330-117
D. Tighten cable tension lock nut while verifying
cable tension nut does not rotate.
2. Extending Adjustment Range
If there is not enough adjustment available in
threaded cable end fitting to attain required cable
stall force, it is necessary to relocate idler pulley to
increase available adjustment threads.
A. Remove drive cable from idler pulley.
B. Remove idler pulley pivot screw, pulley, and
spacer washer under pulley and appropriately
reposition them in one of the alternate tapped
holes (see Figure 7-18) in pulley bracket to attain
cable adjustability needed.
Figure 7-18. Shock Absorber Adjustment
A. Adjust the shock absorber dial to 4 and tighten
dial set screw using Allen key supplied with
shock absorber.
C. Adjust door drive cable tension nut so there is
moderate cable tension.
B. Place Allen key in the 3/16" diameter hole at
top of motor mount plate for storage. See Figure
7-23.
D. Repeat above Tension Adjustment.
7.8.3.6 Door Open Sensor Adjustment
1. Position door in fully open position (suspension
arm against door open hard stop).
2. Secure sensor to pulley bracket such that sensing
end of sensor is 1/16" from cable bracket. See
Figure 7-21.
Figure 7-19. Shock Absorber Keys Stowage
C. Thread each shock absorber and locknut (keeping locknut away from suspension arm) into suspension arm such that when shock absorber’s
piston is fully retracted (bottomed out), it is flush
with surface of the arm.
Figure 7-17. Door Open Sensor Adjustment
7.8.3.7 Door Shock Absorber Adjustment
D. Back out shock absorber turn so when its piston is fully retracted, it is recessed into suspension arm approx .025".
1. Perform the following for door open and closed
shock absorbers. See Figure 7-22.
E. Tighten lock nut while verifying shock absorber does not rotate.
2. Secure two Allen keys in motor mount plate hole
with a piece of tape. See Figure 7-23.
7-11
764330-117
7.8.3.8 Final Door Operation Check
7.11 LEAK TEST
1. Power door fully in both directions five times and
verify:
1. With display showing Main Menu, press LEAK
TEST, button.
A. Door operation is smooth and uniform, there is
no contact of the moving door to the door hooks,
door lock lever, or any other components.
2. Connect absolute gauge to chamber. Keep ball
valve closed at this time. Close door(s), if necessary.
B. Door deceleration at full open and closed is
reasonably smooth. If needed, shock absorbers
may be re-adjusted.
3. Jacket Charge — S9 pulses until jacket has charged
and stabilized. CHARGING JACKET is displayed.
4. Active Seal(s) — S35 (S36) pulses to energize
door seal. When pressure behind seal activates
seal pressure switch(es) and after a 10- second
delay,
cycle advances to Purge phase.
C. Door stall force is within the specified range
(See SECTION 8.3.5, D OOR D RIVE CABLE T ENSION AD JUSTMENT ). If it is not within specified range, set
stall force as prescribed above and all subsequent
steps of that section.
5. Purge — S1, S2, S3, S4, S7, S9 and S40 turn on.
6. Vacuum Pulse — S2 turns off. S4 remains on until
chamber pressure drops below 4 psig. S9 is intermittent while controlling jacket temperature. A
vacuum is pulled on chamber for one minute (and
10 inHg is reached).
7.9 SAFETY VALVE TEST AND
REGULATOR VALVE SETTING
Refer to SECTION 5, SERVICE MODE, for procedures.
7. Pressure Pulse — S3 and S7 turn off. S2 and S9
turn on. Chamber charges until pressure
reaches
26 psig. Vacuum pulse repeats.
7.10 VACUUM PUMP TEST
7.10.1 Vacuum Pump Water Flow Rate
8. Charge — S3 and S7 turn off. S2 and S9 turn on.
Verify chamber is charging with steam and
charges until 270.1°F is reached.
A 1.5 gpm flow resistor FR1 is fitted between S7 and
vacuum pump. To verify proper flow rate, disconnect flexible line downstream of FR1 at the vacuum
pump. Divert line to a suitable container (two gallon
bucket). Access Service Mode and actuate S7. Allow
S7 valve to operate for one minute. This should be
1.5 gallons of water +/-.25 gallons.
9. Leak Test Evacuating — S2 turns off. S3 and S7
turn on. S4 remains on until chamber pressure
drops below 4 psig. S9 is intermittent while controlling 4 jacket temperature. Vacuum is pulled in
chamber for 10 minutes.
7.10.2 Vacuum Pump Performance Test
NOTE: If a minimum of 20 inHg is not reached in 10
minutes, the Leak Test is aborted because of insufficient vacuum. The leak must be fixed and Leak Test
repeated.
If there is a question as to the ability of vacuum
pump to pull a sufficient depth of vacuum, first
confirm water flow rate, water temperature (70°F
maximum), proper rotation direction, and proper
voltage. If within specification, actual dead-head
vacuum level should be measured prior to pump
replacement.
After 10 minutes, open ball valve to absolute
gauge. Chamber must be at 60 mmHg or deeper.
If this value is not reached, correct leaks and
rerun test.
To measure dead-head vacuum level, install vacuum
gauge at 1/8" plugged port at bottom of S3 Drain
Valve. Then using Service Mode, actuate S7 and
vacuum pump. Gauge reads dead-head vacuum
level pump can provide. Vacuum level is to be 50-60
mmHg absolute. If pump can provide this vacuum
level, it does not require replacement.
10. Leak Test Stabilizing — S3 and S7 turn off.
Chamber stabilizes for two minutes before starting leak test count down.
11. Leak Test — S9 is intermittent while controlling
jacket temperature. Sterilizer times for 10 minutes.
7-12
764330-117
12. Air Break — At the end of 10 minutes, S1 turns
off. Chamber pressure returns to atmospheric.
Maximum leak rate allowed is 1.0 mmHg per minute.
If leak rate is greater, leak must be fixed and Leak
Test repeated.
13. Retract Seal(s) — When 2 inHg is reached in
chamber, S35 (36) turn off. S7 and S37 (38) turn
on. After seal pressure switch(es) opens, vacuum
is pulled for an additional 15 seconds.
7.12 PERFORMANCE TEST
The following section shows approximate cycle times
for a 270°F Prevac cycle.
14. Complete — S7 turns off. S37 (38) remain on. S3
turns on. S9 maintains jacket temperature at
approximately 270°F. A summary of values attained during cycle are printed. Open door(s)
and remove absolute gauge from chamber piping.
Prevac Cycle
Sterilize Temp = 270°F
Sterize Time = 4 min
Verify a similar printout for entire cycle.
Dry Time = 4 min
=========================
=== L E A K T E S T ===
=========================
CYCLE START AT 6:53:25P
ON 1/29/01
26 X 37.5 X 36
SINGLE HINGE DOOR
VACAMATIC
NBN 069838
CYCLE COUNT 1
OPERATOR
STERILIZER VAC 00
V=INHG
TIME T=F
P=psig
C
6:53:38P
130.4 0.3P
C
6:54:39P
249.1 16.6P
C
6:56:03P
180.9 18.0V
C
6:57:01P
272.3 26.1P
C
6:58:33P
183.0 17.9V
L
7:02:21P
270.1 28.8P
L
7:12:57P
148.6 28.8B
L
7:14:58P
138.0 28.7V
L
7:24:58P
117.4 28.7V
LEAK RATE IS:
0.1 mmHg/min
L
7:24:58P
117.4 28.7V
E
7:24:58P
117.4 28.7V
Z
7:26:09P
119.1 1.9V
LOAD 012902
TOTAL CYCLE = 32:30
PRINTOUT CHECKED BY:
Phase
Pressure
Valves Energized
Times
Active Seal
0 psig
*S7, S9, *S35 (36), S37 (38)
0:05-0:30
Purge
5-20 psig
S2, S3, S4, *S7, S9, S35 (36)
0:55-1:05
Vacuum #1
10 inHg min
S3, **S4, S7, *S9, S35(36)
1:00-2:05
Pulse #1
26-28 psig
S2, *S7, S9, S35(36)
1:00 max
Vacuum #2
20 inHg min
S3, **S4, S7, *S9, S35(36)
1:00-2:05
Charge
27-33 psig
S2, *S7, S9, S35(36)
4:00 max
Sterilize (4)
27-33 psig
S2, *S7, *S9, S35(36)
4:00-4:05
Fast Exhaust
4 psig
S3, S4, *S7, S9, S359360
3:00 max
Dry
20 inHg min
S3, S7, *S9, S35(36)
5:00-5:05
Air Break
2 inHg - 0 psig
S1, *S7, *S9, S35(36)
1:00 max
Retract Seat
0 psig
S7, S37(38)
0:18-0:28
Complete
0 psig
*S7, S37(38)
—
* Valves are pulsing during this phase. S7 pulses
anytime the drain line temperature approaches
140°F.
** S4 is on until 4 psig.
=============================
Figure 7-20. Sample Printout —
Leak Test Cycle
7-13
764330-117
Section 8: Troubleshooting
8.1 GENERAL
8.1.1 Typical Alarm Screen
When an alarm condition occurs, the alarm tone
sounds and the touch screen automatically displays
the corresponding alarm screen. Typically, each
alarm screen indicates the alarm name, current chamber status, current sterilizer activity, and operator
instructions (see Figure 8-1).
WARNING–PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD: Repairs and adjustments to this equipment must be made only
by fully qualified service personnel. Maintenance
performed by inexperienced, unqualified persons
or installation of unauthorized parts could cause
personal injury or result in costly equipment damage.
Touch-screen pads, located along bottom of alarm
screen, are used to perform the following functions:
• Pressing SILENCE ALARM turns off the alarm
tone.
WARNING–SHOCK HAZARD: Disconnect all
utilities to sterilizer before servicing. See Section
1 for expanded warning.
• Pressing STATUS PRINT generates a printout of
the current temperature and pressure in the sterilizer chamber at the time the touch pad was
pressed.
WARNING–BURN HAZARD: Allow sterilizer
to cool to room temperature before performing
any cleaning or maintenance procedures.
• Pressing PAPER FEED advances the printer paper up by one line.
This section pictorially lists and describes all the
possible alarm conditions which may occur when
operating the Amsco ® Century® Medium Steam Sterilizer 26"x 37.5."
• Pressing SERVICE HELP advances display to the
corresponding service information screen. This
screen provides the qualified service technician
with possible causes and advanced corrective actions for that alarm condition.
If a problem occurs that is not described in this
section, please call STERIS. A trained service technician will promptly place the sterilizer in proper
working condition.
Important: In the event of an alarm condition, the
operator should always follow the instructions indicated on the alarm screen.
NOTE: Never permit unqualified persons to service the
sterilizer.
Screen Reference Number
Alarm Name
Current Chamber
Status
STATUS..
ALARM!
TOO LONG IN CHARGE
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
205
00 psig
Sterilizer Response to
Condition
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
Operator Instructions
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CHECK STEAM SUPPLY VALVE
→ IF CLOSED, OPEN VALVE
3. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
Touch-Screen Pads
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
Figure 8-1. Typical Alarm Screen
8-1
764330-117
SERVICE
HELP
8.1.2 Typical Alarm Printout
When an alarm occurs the printer automatically
generates a printout, typically listing alarm name,
time alarm occurred, current chamber status, and
any associated sensor temperature. See Figure 8-2.
* ALARM
PRESSURE IN CHAMBER
F 10:07:23A
61.7C
2.34P
Full Print Format Shown
Figure 8-2. Typical Alarm Printout
8.2 IN-CYCLE ALARMS
The following alarm screens appear only during cycle
operation:
Alarm
Description
8.2.1 Too Long In Charge
Occurs if chamber
does not reach the set
temperature within the
allotted time.
* ALARM
Screen with Operator Instructions
TOO LONG IN CHARGE
F
10:34:54P
222.9
3P
STATUS..
ALARM!
TOO LONG IN CHARGE
CHAMBER:
70.0 F
205
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CHECK STEAM SUPPLY VALVE
→ IF CLOSED, OPEN VALVE
3. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
ABORT
STATUS
PAPER
PRINT
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG IN CHARGE
206
→ CHAMBER DID NOT REACH STERILIZE
TEMPERATURE WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. STEAM PRESSURE LESS THAN 50 psig
→ CHECK STEAM SUPPLY PIPING
2. STEAM REGULATOR MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S09
→ REPAIR S02
4. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
SERVICE
MODE
8-2
764330-117
ABORT
EXIT
Alarm
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.2 Too Long In Exhaust Occurs if chamber
* ALARM
TOO LONG IN EXHAUST
F
10:34:54P
222.9
STATUS..
ALARM!
TOO LONG IN EXHAUST
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
00 psig
does not exhaust to
4 psig (0.28 bar) within
the allotted time.
200
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
• EXTEND EXHAUST TIME
3P
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
SERVICE
HELP
PAPER
FEED
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG IN EXHAUST
201
CHAMBER DID NOT EXHAUST TO
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE WITHIN ALLOTTED
TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. CHAMBER DRAIN STRAINER PLUGGED
→ CLEAN
2. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S03
3. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.3 Too Long In
Evacuation
Occurs if chamber does
not reach the set
evacuation level within
the allotted time.
STATUS..
ALARM!
TOO LONG IN EVACUATION
CHAMBER:
200.0 F
202
9.1 inHg
* ALARM
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
TOO LONG IN EVACUATION
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CHECK WATER SUPPLY VALVE
→ IF CLOSED, OPEN VALVE
3. IF ALARM RECURS, ABORT CYCLE
AND CALL SERVICE
F
10:34:54P
222.9
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
8-3
764330-117
ABORT
STATUS
PAPER
PRINT
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screens with Service Instructions
NOTE: This alarm has
two service help
screens.
Too Long In Evacuation
(Continued)
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG IN EVACUATION
203
CHAMBER DID NOT REACH REQUIRED
VACUUM LEVEL WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. WATER PRESSURE LESS THAN 30 psig
→ CHECK WATER SUPPLY PIPING
2. CHAMBER DRAIN STRAINER PLUGGED
→ CLEAN
3. CHECK VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
4. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
5. DOOR SEAL NOT ACTIVATED
→ CHECK SEAL
→ CHECK SEAL STEAM AND EXHAUST
STATUS
PRINT
EXIT
STATUS..
→
PAPER
FEED
MORE
HELP
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG IN EVACUATION
204
CHAMBER DID NOT REACH REQUIRED
VACUUM LEVEL WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
6. LEAK IN PLUMBING
→ REPAIR
→ RUN A LEAK TEST
7. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE CONTROL (CONTACT
QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.4 Too Long In Air
Break
Occurs if chamber
does not air break the
vacuum to 2 inHg (0.07
Vbar) within the allotted
time.
* ALARM
TOO LONG IN AIR BREAK
F
10:34:54P
222.9
3P
STATUS..
ALARM!
TOO LONG IN AIR BREAK
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
225
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
• EXTEND AIR BREAK TIME
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-4
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
Too Long In Air Break
(Continued)
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG IN AIR BREAK
226
CHAMBER DID NOT AIR BREAK VACUUM
TO 2 inHG WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. AIR INLET FILTER PLUGGED
→ REPLACE
2. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S01
3. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.5 Under Sterilize
Temperature
Occurs if chamber
temperature drops
below sterilize
temperature.
* UNDERTEMP
F
7:53:51A
247.8
TEMP MIN=265.6F
30P
STATUS..
ALARM!
UNDER STERILIZE TEMPERATURE
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
223
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY RESTART STERILIZE TIMER
AND CONTINUE CYCLE AFTER SET
TEMP. IS REACHED
NOTE: Due to the time
between the sample
being taken and the
printout, the under
temperature value
may not be printed,
even though temperature dropped .1° below setpoint.
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
UNDER STERILIZE TEMPERATURE
224
CHAMBER TEMPERATURE DROPPED BELOW
STERILIZE TEMPERATURE BY UNDERTEMP
TEMPERATURE VALUE
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. STEAM PRESSURE LESS THAN 50 PSIG
→ CHECK STEAM SUPPLY PIPING
2. CHAMBER STEAM TRAP MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S09
→ REPAIR S02
4. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
8-5
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
8.2.6 Over Sterilize
Temperature
* OVERTEMP
F
7:53:51A
247.8
TEMP MAX=279.4F
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
Occurs if chamber
temperature exceeds
the maximum sterilize
temperature (Control
30P temp. + over temp.
value). The overtemp
value is 20°F.
NOTE: The control temperature
is the value the sterilizer maintains during the sterilize phase.
This value is 2°F above the cycle
sterilize temperature set point.
The over temperature value is
added to the control temperature value to arrive at the temperature which causes this cycle
alarm.
ALARM!
OVER STERILIZE TEMPERATURE
CHAMBER:
290.0 F
235
50.1 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, ABORT CYCLE
AND CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
ABORT
STATUS
PAPER
PRINT
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
OVER STERILIZE TEMPERATURE
STERILIZE TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE
SETPOINT BY MORE THAN PRESCRIBED
AMOUNT
236
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. STEAM PRESSURE MORE THAN 50 psig
→ CHECK STEAM SUPPLY PIPING
2. CHAMBER STEAM TRAP MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S09
→ REPAIR S02
4. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
SERVICE
MODE
8-6
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
EXIT
Alarm
Description
8.2.7 Door Unsealed
Occurs if steam pressure in door seal drops
below 5 psig (0.34
Pbar).
* ALARM
DOOR UNSEALED
F
10:34:54P
222.9
Screen with Operator Instructions
3P
STATUS..
ALARM!
DOOR UNSEALED
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
207
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
• EXHAUST OR AIR BREAK CHAMBER TO
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DOOR UNSEALED
208
STEAM PRESSURE IN DOOR SEAL BELOW
5 psig (0.34 BAR)
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SEAL PRESSURE SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK PS1(PS2) CONNECTIONS
→ READJUST PS1(PS2)
→ REPAIR PS1(PS2)
2. SEAL NOT ACTIVATED
→ CHECK SEAL STEAM
→ CHECK SEAL EXHAUST
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S35(S36)
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if chamber
8.2.8 Chamber Pressure/
Temperature Failure pressure or temperature
readings are outside the
normal steam range
during sterilize phase.
* ALARM
FAILURE READING TEMP/PRS
10:34:54P
ALARM! CHAMBER
219
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE FAILURE
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
JACKET - 260.1
F
STATUS..
222.9
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
8-7
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
Chamber Pressure/
Temperature Failure
(Continued)
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFO: CHAMBER
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE FAILURE
PRESSURE OR TEMPERATURE OUTSIDE
NORMAL STEAM RANGE
220
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
2. TRANSDUCER, CP, MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
3. RTD PROBE, RTD1, MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
4. MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.9 No Pump Water
Occurs if water
pressure supplied to
the vacuum pump is
less than the pressure
switch PS3 setting of
5 psi.
STATUS..
ALARM!
NO PUMP WATER
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
282
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
NO PUMP WATER
283
PS3 WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE
SWITCH NOT CLOSED
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1.
WATER PRESSURE LESS THAN 20 PSIG
DYNAMIC
→ CHECK WATER SUPPLY PIPING
2.
PS3 PRESSURE SWITCH OPEN
→ CHECK SWITCH AND WIRING TO SWITCH
PAPER
FEED
8-8
764330-117
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Alarm
8.2.10 Exhaust Rate Too
Fast
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if liquid cycle
fast exhaust rate is too
fast.
STATUS..
ALARM!
EXHAUST RATE TOO FAST
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
241
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
• TRY TO EXHAUST CHAMBER ACCORDING
TO OPTIMAL COOLING RATE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
EXHAUST RATE TOO FAST
242
CHAMBER EXHAUSTED FASTER
THAN THE EXPECTED RATE.
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S40
2. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S03
3. CHAMBER STEAM TRAP MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
4. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.11 Exhaust Rate Too
Slow
Occurs if liquid cycle
slow exhaust rate is too
slow.
STATUS..
ALARM!
EXHAUST RATE TOO SLOW
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
243
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
• TRY TO EXHAUST CHAMBER ACCORDING
TO OPTIMAL COOLING RATE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-9
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
Exhaust Rate Too Slow
(Continued)
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
EXHAUST RATE TOO SLOW
244
CHAMBER EXHAUSTED SLOWER
THAN THE EXPECTED RATE.
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S40
2. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S03
3. CHAMBER STEAM TRAP MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
4. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.2.12 Recorder
Deviation Alarm
Occurs if the two temperature sensing elements in the chamber
drain probe read more
than 1°F apart.
STATUS..
ALARM!
RECORDER DEVIATION
CHAMBER:
00.0 F
RECORDER:
140.0 F
281
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• PREVENT NEW CYCLE FROM BEING
STARTED UNTIL ALARM IS CLEARED
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-10
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
8.2.13 Door Lock Switch
Malfunction
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if door lock
cylinder is sensed disengaged while in cycle.
(Hinged Door Models
Only)
STATUS..
ALARM!
284
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION
CHAMBER:
00.0 F
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
• EXHAUST OR AIR BREAK CHAMBER TO
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION:
STEAM PRESSURE IN DOOR SEAL BELOW
5 psig (0.34 BAR)
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. DOOR LOCK CYLINDER DL-1 (2)
NOT EXTENDED
→ CHECK FUNCTION OF DL-1 (2)
→ CHECK THAT LS5 (6) IS "ON" WHEN
DL-1 (2) IS EXTENDED
2. DOOR LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK LS5 (LS6) CONNECTIONS
→ READJUST LS5 (LS6)
3. SEAL NOT ACTIVATED
→ CHECK SEAL STEAM
→ CHECK SEAL EXHAUST
4. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S35 (S36)
PAPER
FEED
8-11
764330-117
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
285
8.3 OUT-OF-CYCLE ALARMS
The following alarm screens appear only when the
sterilizer is not processing a cycle.
Alarm
Description
8.3.1 Too Long To Close
Door
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if door switch
does not make contact
within allotted time.
239
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CHECK DOOR FOR OBSTRUCTION
→ REMOVE OBSTRUCTION AND
CLOSE DOOR
3. IF DOOR WILL NOT CLOSE, CALL
SERVICE
TOO LONG TO CLOSE
10:34:54P
ALARM!
TOO LONG TO CLOSE DOOR
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• REMAIN IN ALARM CONDITION
UNTIL DOOR IS CLOSED
* ALARM
F
STATUS..
222.9
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG TO CLOSE DOOR
240
DOOR SWITCH DID NOT MAKE IN
ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. DOOR SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK LS1(LS2) CONNECTIONS
→ READJUST LS1(LS2)
→ REPAIR LS1(LS2)
2. POWER DOOR MECHANISM FAILURE
→ REPAIR MECHANISM
→ REPLACE MOTOR
PAPER
FEED
8-12
764330-117
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Alarm
Description
8.3.2 Too Long To Open
Door
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if door switch
does not open within
the allotted time.
TOO LONG TO OPEN
10:34:54P
ALARM!
TOO LONG TO OPEN DOOR
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
245
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• REMAIN IN ALARM CONDITION
UNTIL DOOR IS OPENED
* ALARM
F
STATUS..
222.9
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG TO OPEN DOOR
246
DOOR SWITCH DID NOT OPEN IN
ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. DOOR SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK LS1(LS2) CONNECTIONS
→ READJUST LS1(LS2)
2. POWER DOOR MECHANISM FAILURE
→ REPAIR MECHANISM
→ REPLACE MOTOR
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.3 Pressure In
Chamber
Occurs if 2 psig
(0.14 Pbar) pressure is
sensed in the chamber.
PRESSURE IN CHAMBER
10:34:54P
222.9
ALARM!
PRESSURE IN CHAMBER
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
221
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY EXHAUST CHAMBER TO
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
* ALARM
F
STATUS..
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
8-13
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
Pressure In Chamber
(Continued)
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
PRESSURE IN CHAMBER
2 psig PRESSURE SENSED IN CHAMBER
WHEN NOT IN CYCLE
222
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S02
2. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
3. TRANSDUCER, CP, MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
→ RECALIBRATE
4. MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.4 Waste Temperature
Probe Failure
Occurs if waste line
temperature reading is
outside the normal
range.
FAILURE READING WASTE T
CHAMBER:
WASTE:
000.0 F
000.0 F
215
00 psig
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
WASTE = 298.8
10:34:54P
ALARM!
WASTE
TEMPERATURE PROBE FAILURE
STERILIZER WILL:
• PREVENT NEW CYCLE FROM BEING
STARTED UNTIL ALARM IS CLEARED
* ALARM
F
STATUS..
222.9
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
WASTE TEMP PROBE FAILURE
RTD PROBE, RTD2, OUTPUT IS OUTSIDE
NORMAL RANGE
216
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1.
LOOSE CONNECTIONS IN PROBE WIRING
→ REPAIR
2.
PROBE FAILED
→ REPLACE
→ RECALIBRATE
3.
CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
4.
MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
8-14
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
8.3.5 Display Error
Description
Occurs if the control
cannot communicate
with the display.
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
ALARM!
DISPLAY ERROR
CHAMBER:
263
000.0 F
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY TRY TO COMPLETE CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DISPLAY ERROR
→ FAILURE TO COMMUNICATE
TO THE DISPLAY
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1.
2.
3.
4.
264
LOOSE DISPLAY CABLE CONNECTION
P1A TO DOOR 'A' AND/OR
P1B TO DOOR 'B'
→ REPAIR
→ REPLACE CABLE
FAULTY DISPLAY BOARD ON DOOR 'A'
AND/OR DOOR 'B' SIDE
→ REPLACE
FAULTY CONNECTION IN DISPLAY BOX
→ REPLACE
FAULTY CONNECTION IN CONTROL BOX
→ REPLACE
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.6 Atmospheric
Pressure Alarm
Occurs if atmospheric
pressure is greater than
1 psig from the calibrated atmospheric
pressure.
STATUS..
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
ALTITUDE SETTING:
8-15
269
00 psig
0 TO 1000 FEET
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
764330-117
ALARM!
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
Atmospheric Pressure
Alarm, Continued
SERVICE INFORMATION:
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE ALARM
270
→
THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE IS
GREATER THAN 1 PSI FROM THE
CALIBRATED ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1.
THE STERILIZER IS AT A HIGHER
ALTITUDE THAN WHERE IT WAS
ORIGINALLY CALIBRATED (FACTORY)
→ SET ALTITUDE
2.
CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
3.
LOOSE CONNECTION IN TRANSDUCER
WIRING
→ REPAIR
4.
TRANSDUCER FAILED
→ REPLACE
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.7 Relay #1 Failure
Occurs if the switched
neutral relay associated
with Door Seal A, Door
Seal B and the Chamber
Float Switch fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
RELAY #1 FAILURE
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
273
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
•
AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-16
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
8.3.8 Relay #2 Failure
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if the switched
neutral relay associated
with Door A closed
switch fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
RELAY #2 FAILURE
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
274
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
•
AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.9 Relay #3 Failure
Occurs if the switched
neutral relay associated
with Door B closed
switch fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
275
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
STATUS
PAPER
SERVICE
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.10 RTC Failure
Occurs if the real time
clock timer chip on the
main control circuit
board fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
RTC FAILURE
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
276
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-17
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
8.3.11 ROM Failure
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if the Read Only
memory on the main
control circuit board
fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
ROM FAILURE
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
277
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.12 RAM Failure
Occurs if the Random
Access memory on the
main control circuit
board fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
RAM FAILURE
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
278
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.13 ADC Failure
Occurs if the Analog to
Digital Board on the
main control circuit
board fails.
STATUS..
ALARM!
ADC FAILURE
CHAMBER:
140.0 F
279
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-18
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
8.3.14 Door A (B) Seal
Switch Malfunction
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if PS1 (PS2) fails
closed while out of
cycle.
STATUS..
ALARM!
286
DOOR A SEAL SWITCH MALFUNCTION
CHAMBER:
140.3 F
5.4 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DOOR A SEAL SWITCH MALFUNCTION
SEAL SWITCH CLOSED OUT OF CYCLE
287
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SEAL SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK PS1 (PS2) FOR FAILED CLOSED
2. SHORTED CABLE
→ CHECK CABLE AT P19 FOR SHORT
CIRCUIT
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.3.15 Door A (B) Lock
Switch Malfunction
Occurs if door lock
switch closes out of
cycle.
STATUS..
ALARM!
288
DOOR A LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION
CHAMBER:
104.3 F
5.4 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-19
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Door A (B) Lock
Switch Malfunction
(Continued)
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
Occurs if door lock
switch closes out of
cycle.
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DOOR A LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION
DOOR A LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION
289
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. DOOR LOCK CYLINDER DL-1 (2) EXTENDED
→ CHECK FUNCTION OF DL-1 (2)
→ CHECK THAT LS5 (6) IS "OFF" WHEN
DL-1(2) IS NOT EXTENDED
2. DOOR LOCK SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK LS5 (6) CONNECTIONS
→ READJUST LS5 (6)
→ REPAIR LS5 (6)
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
8.4 SENSOR ALARMS
The following alarm screens appear anytime the sterilizer
is energized. The sensors are continually monitored
whenever the sterilizer is in or out of cycle.
Alarm
Description
8.4.1 Water In Chamber
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
Occurs if excess
water is sensed in
the chamber.
* ALARM
CHAMBER:
10:34:54P
222.9
000.0 F
209
00 psig
WARNING - BURN HAZARD!
CHAMBER MAY BE FILLED WITH STEAM
CONDENSATE
WATER IN CHAMBER
F
ALARM!
WATER IN CHAMBER
3P
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. DO NOT OPEN DOOR
2. SILENCE ALARM
3. CALL SERVICE IMMEDIATELY
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
WATER IN CHAMBER
210
EXCESS WATER SENSED IN CHAMBER,
WARNING! BURN HAZARD
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. JACKET STRAINER PLUGGED
→ CLEAN
2. JACKET TRAP FAILED CLOSED
→ REPAIR
3. CHAMBER TRAP FAILED CLOSED
→ REPAIR
4. WATER ENTERED CHAMBER THROUGH STEAM
PIPING
→ CHECK BOILER OR STEAM GENERATOR
→ REPAIR PIPING
5. WATER FLOAT SENSOR MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
PAPER
FEED
8-20
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
ALARM!
TOO LONG IN JACKET CHARGE
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
00 psig
JACKET:
000.0 F
Occurs if jacket does
not reach set temperature within allotted time.
8.4.2 Too Long In Jacket
Charge
STERILIZER WILL:
• REMAIN IN ALARM CONDITION UNTIL
JACKET TEMP. IS REACHED
* ALARM
TOO LONG IN JACKET CHARGE
F
10:34:54P
222.9
231
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CHECK STEAM SUPPLY VALVE
→ IF CLOSED, OPEN VALVE
3. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG IN JACKET CHARGE
232
JACKET DID NOT REACH REQUIRED
TEMPERATURE WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. STEAM PRESSURE LESS THAN 50 PSIG
→ CHECK STEAM SUPPLY PIPING
2. STEAM REGULATOR MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S09
4. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
PAPER
FEED
8.4.3 Too Long To Seal
Door
STATUS..
10:34:54P
222.9
ALARM!
TOO LONG TO SEAL DOOR
CHAMBER:
70.0 F
227
0.0 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• REMAIN IN ALARM CONDITION UNTIL
DOOR IS SEALED
TOO LONG TO SEAL
F
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if door seal
does not reach
5 psig (0.34 Pbar)
within allotted time.
* ALARM
SERVICE
MODE
3P
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CHECK STEAM SUPPLY VALVE
→ IF CLOSED, OPEN VALVE
3. IF ALARM RECURS, CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-21
764330-117
ABORT
STATUS
PAPER
PRINT
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
Too Long To Seal
Door (Continued)
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG TO SEAL DOOR
228
DOOR SEAL DID NOT REACH 5 psig
WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SEAL PRESSURE SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ READJUST PS1(PS2)
→ REPAIR PS1(PS2)
2. SEAL NOT ACTIVATING
→ CHECK SEAL STEAM
→ CHECK SEAL EXHAUST
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S35(S36)
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.4.4 Too Long To Unseal
Door
Occurs if door seal
pressure does not drop
below 5 psig (0.35 Pbar)
within allotted time.
* ALARM
10:34:54P
222.9
ALARM!
TOO LONG TO UNSEAL DOOR
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
229
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• REMAIN IN ALARM CONDITION UNTIL
DOOR IS UNSEALED
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
3. If load must be removed, refer to
emergency door operation procedure
in operating manual.
TOO LONG TO UNSEAL
F
STATUS..
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
TOO LONG TO UNSEAL DOOR
DOOR SEAL PRESSURE NOT BELOW 5 psig
WITHIN ALLOTTED TIME
230
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. SEAL PRESSURE SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ READJUST PS1(PS2)
→ REPAIR PS1(PS2)
2. SEAL NOT RETRACTING
→ CHECK SEAL STEAM
→ CHECK SEAL EXHAUST
3. SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
→ REPAIR S37(S38)
→ REPAIR S35(S36)
PAPER
FEED
8-22
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
8.4.5 Chamber Pressure
Transducer Failure
ALARM! CHAMBER
217
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FAILURE
CHAMBER:
Occurs if chamber
pressure reading is
outside the normal
range.
000.0 F
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
* ALARM
FAILURE READING
PRESSURE
F
10:34:54P
222.9
SILENCE
ALARM
3P
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFO: CHAMBER
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FAILURE
TRANSDUCER, CP, OUTPUT VOLTAGE IS
OUTSIDE NORMAL RANGE
218
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. LOOSE CONNECTION IN TRANSDUCER
WIRING
→ REPAIR
2. TRANSDUCER FAILED
→ REPAIR
→ RECALIBRATE
3. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
4. MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
8-23
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
8.4.6 Chamber
Temperature Probe
Failure
Occurs if chamber
temperature reading is
outside the normal
range.
ALARM! CHAMBER
TEMPERATURE PROBE FAILURE
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
211
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
* ALARM
FAILURE READING CHAMBER T
F
10:34:54P
222.9
SILENCE
ALARM
3P
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
CHAMBER TEMP PROBE FAILURE
212
RTD PROBE, RTD1, OUTPUT IS OUTSIDE
NORMAL RANGE
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. LOOSE CONNECTION IN PROBE WIRING
→ REPAIR
2. PROBE FAILED
→ REPLACE
→ RECALIBRATE
3. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
4. MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
8-24
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
Description
8.4.7 Jacket Temperature
Probe Failure
Screen with Operator Instructions
Occurs if jacket temperature reading is
outside the normal
range.
STATUS..
ALARM! JACKET
TEMPERATURE PROBE FAILURE
CHAMBER:
JACKET:
000.0 F
000.0 F
00 psig
* ALARM
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
FAILURE READING JACKET T
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
F
10:34:54P
222.9
3P
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
213
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
JACKET TEMP PROBE FAILURE
214
RTD PROBE, RTD3, OUTPUT IS OUTSIDE
NORMAL RANGE
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. LOOSE CONNECTION IN PROBE WIRING
→ REPAIR
2. PROBE FAILED
→ REPLACE
→ RECALIBRATE
3. CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
4. MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.4.8 Door Switch Failure Occurs if door seal
switch contact is made
but door switch is still
open.
* ALARM
DOOR SWITCH FAILURE
F
10:34:54P
222.9
3P
STATUS..
ALARM!
DOOR SWITCH FAILURE (LS1)
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
237
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
• EXHAUST CHAMBER TO ATMOSPHERIC
PRESSURE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8-25
764330-117
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Alarm
Description
Screen with Service Instructions
Door Switch Failure
(Continued)
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DOOR SWITCH FAILURE
238
DOOR SWITCH OPEN WHILE SEAL SWITCH
CLOSED
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. DOOR SWITCH MALFUNCTION
→ CHECK LS1(LS2) CONNECTIONS
→ READJUST LS1(LS2)
→ REPAIR LS1(LS2)
PAPER
FEED
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
Screen with Operator Instructions
8.4.9 Recorder Temperature Occurs if the chamber
recorder temperature
Probe Failure
STATUS..
is outside the normal
range.
ALARM! RECORDER
TEMPERATURE PROBE FAILURE
CHAMBER:
000.0 F
RECORDER:
271
00 psig
140.0 F
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
RECORDER TEMP PROBE FAILURE
RTD PROBE, RTD4, OUTPUT IS OUTSIDE
NORMAL RANGE
272
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1.
LOOSE CONNECTION IN PROBE WIRING
→ REPAIR
2.
PROBE FAILED
→ REPLACE
→ RECALIBRATE
3.
CONTROL OUT OF CALIBRATION
→ RECALIBRATE (CONTACT QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSON)
4.
MAIN CONTROL FAILURE
→ CHECK CONTROL BOARD POWER STATUS
LEDs
→ REPLACE CONTROL BOARD
→ RECALIBRATE
PAPER
FEED
8-26
764330-117
SERVICE
MODE
EXIT
Alarm
8.4.10 Board Overtemp
Failure
Description
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
Occurs if the temperature of the main control
circuit board exceeds
acceptable environmental conditions.
ALARM!
BOARD OVERTEMP FAILURE
CHAMBER:
00 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
8.4.11 Door A (B)
Switches
Malfunction
140.0 F
280
Occurs if both door
switches on a sliding
door unit are not in the
correct state for the
given door position.
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Operator Instructions
STATUS..
ALARM!
DOOR A SWITCHES MALFUNCTION
CHAMBER:
104.3 F
292
5.4 psig
STERILIZER WILL:
• AUTOMATICALLY ABORT CYCLE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1. SILENCE ALARM
2. CALL SERVICE
SILENCE
ALARM
STATUS
PRINT
PAPER
FEED
SERVICE
HELP
Screen with Service Instructions
STATUS..
→
SERVICE INFORMATION:
DOOR A SWITCHES MALFUNCTION
DOOR CANNOT BE IN THE OPEN AND CLOSED
POSITION AT THE SAME TIME
CAUSES AND CORRECTION:
1. BOTH SWITCHES ARE CLOSED
→ CHECK LS1 (LS3) FOR DOOR A OR
LS2 (LS4) FOR DOOR B
→ READJUST DOOR SWITCHES
→ REPAIR DOOR SWITCHES
PAPER
FEED
8-27
764330-117
CLEAR
ALARM
EXIT
293
Section 9: Component Repair and Replacement
9.1 AIR FILTER
4. Remove the diaphragm from the cap.
The purpose of the bacterial air filter is to prevent
microorganisms from entering the system with incoming air. The system is exposed to contamination
whenever the filter or air lines are opened. Keep
these components as clean as possible when servicing. Never operate the sterilizer without the air
filter. Replace the filter as follows:
5. Using a suitable tool, remove the seat from the
body of the trap.
6. Clean body and cap of any foreign material.
7. Install new seat in trap body.
8. Install new diaphragm in cap.
9. Install cap/diaphragm onto body using new
gasket.
1. Allow chamber to be at 0 psig.
2. Locate filter on the air inlet piping. Remove filter
by unthreading from the piping.
10. Turn steam ON and check for leaks.
3. Apply tape sealant to air inlet piping and install
new filter. Hand tighten only.
9.5 STEAM PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE
!
9.2 SOLENOID VALVES
Solenoid valves can generally be rebuilt many times.
Replacement of the entire valve is necessary when
the seat of the valve has been eroded. Erosion may
cause leak. To rebuild a solenoid valve, follow the
instructions included in the repair kit.
CAUTION: Handle sylphon and bellows assembly gently to avoid damage.
9.5.1 Disassembly
!
WARNING – Turn off steam and vent jacket
to 0 psig prior to performing this procedure.
See Figure 9-1 for valve assembly.
9.3 CHECK VALVES
1. Remove pilot line fitting at top of valve. Turn
adjusting screw (#18) counterclockwise until
spring is completely free of compression. Remove
screw (#12) and turn entire top assembly to align
lugs on bonnet and sylphon assembly (#19) with
notches on bottom plate. Lift off top assembly.
Check valve CK4 (Constant Bleed Check Valve) can
be rebuilt using P764329-776. Follow the instructions supplied with the repair kit. The remaining
check valves can only be cleaned or replaced. When
a valve becomes defective, the entire valve must be
replaced.
9.4 STEAM TRAPS
2. Remove four screws (#3) fastening cover to bottom plate (#13), lower spring plate (#8), spring
(#7) and upper spring plate (#6).
Three steam traps are used: steam supply piping,
chamber drain, and jacket drain.
3. Remove two screws (#2), reinforcement (#4) and
bellows assembly (#5).
The steam supply trap is a thermodynamic trap and
can be placed back into service after cleaning. Replacement is necessary only if the seat or disc is
damaged.
4. Remove cotter pin (#11). Pull out fork pivot pin
(#10) and remove fork (#9).
5. Unscrew and remove sylphon and bonnet assembly from valve body. Also, unscrew and remove
valve seat (#21).
The chamber and jacket traps are thermostatic bellows which can be rebuilt in the following manner:
6. Pull stem and disc assembly (#20) from sylphon.
Carefully clean valve components. Carefully examine the bellows assembly and the sylphon and
bonnet assembly for cracks. Check valve seat and
valve stem assembly for etching, scratches, or
other evidence of damage or leakage. Replace if
worn or marred. Examine all parts for wear or
damage. Replace, as necessary.
1. Allow steam pressure to drop to 0 psig.
2. Allow trap to cool to room temperature before
disassembly.
3. Using a suitable wrench, unscrew and remove the
cap and diaphragm.
9-1
764330-117
2
3
4
5
19
6
20
7
21
8
11
10
9
12
18
13
Figure 9-1. Steam Control Valve
6. Replace cover and bellows, and secure cover with
four screw (#3).
9.5.2 Reassembly
1. Screw valve seat (#21) into body, hex side down.
7. Lower this entire assembly into position over
sylphon, aligning notches in bottom plate with
lugs on bonnet to allow bottom plate to seat on
bonnet. Replace screw (#2).
2. Replace stem and disc (#20) in sylphon (#19) and
screw bonnet onto body.
3. Position fork on bottom plate. Insert pivot pin
and cotter pins.
8. Turn adjusting screw (#18) fully counterclockwise to remove all tension from spring. Turn stem
protruding from bellows to establish a clearance
of 1/16" between seat and disc (Figure 9-2). If
valve was not removed from sterilizer, open side
connection to see disc and seat.
4. Screw reinforcement (#4) onto bellows and fasten
to cover with two screws (#2).
5. Set lower spring plate, spring, and top spring
plate in place. Make sure lugs on spring set are
properly positioned in fork bearings.
9-2
764330-117
9.8 HEAT EXCHANGER
The heat exchanger can be removed by loosening
four union fittings. Once removed from the sterilizer, the remaining plumbing can be removed from
the heat exchanger and transferred to the replacement heat exchanger. Note that de-soldering/resoldering of one plumbing line is necessary.
9.9 VACUUM PUMP
Removal of the vacuum pump involves the following steps:
1. Disconnect single phase and three phase voltage
and follow lockout-tagout procedures.
2. Remove safety valve outlet piping.
3. Remove heat exchanger.
4. Remove S4 plumbing line.
5. Remove S43 plumbing line.
6. Remove electrical connection.
7. Remove vacuum pump.
Figure 9-2. Adjusting HI-LO Valve
8. Reinstallation is in reverse order. Note after installation verification of pump rotation is necessary. If rotation is in wrong direction, reverse one
of the legs of the three phase power at the pump.
9. Turn steam ON and adjust steam control valves.
In Service Mode, select Input/output Tests, close
door and actuate S25. Turn adjusting screw (#18)
until jacket pressure, as indicated on the jacket
pressure gauge, is 38 psig +/-1. Lock in place.
9.10 CPU BOARD
9.6 SAFETY VALVE
!
Replacement of the safety valve is a basically
straightforward process; however, there are two
points to consider: As with all pipe fittings, the pipe
sealer used must not be excessively applied, otherwise the valve mechanism may malfunction. Also,
the outlet piping from the safety valve, if other than
factory supplied, must not be reduced in pipe size.
A reduction in pipe size would cause a restriction in
flow and be in violation of A.S.M.E. codes.
CAUTION: Whenever handling electronic
components, use of a grounding wrist strap
is mandatory to prevent static discharge
damage.
NOTE: Some plug connectors fit very tight. It may be
necessary to use a small flat blade screwdriver to assist
in prying the connectors apart. As long as power is off,
the screwdriver blade cannot cause electronic damage
by shoring across the connector pins.
SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED: P764326-559 PLC chip
remover.
9.7 STRAINERS
Refer to Figure 9-3 for location of the main control
assembly.
Plumbing strainers (steam, water, and jacket) should
be cleaned periodically per the maintenance schedule. Prior to removing the strainer screen, the piping
must be at 0 psig (water line for water strainer,
steam supply line for steam strainer, and jacket for
the jacket strainer).
Remove or service the main CPU board.
1. Open front service access door.
2. Turn main power switch OFF (refer to Figure 9-3).
3. Open control box cover.
Remove the screen and wash with soap and water.
Inspect the screen for damage. Replace the screen
with a new screen if debris cannot be removed or if
the screen is damaged.
4. Locate CPU board (in slot farthest to the right)
and remove board.
9-3
764330-117
2. Press CALIBRATION selection button. Then select Temp/Press Verification. Then select Cal.
Data Print. The printer prints the temperature
and pressure calibration data currently in memory
using the terms Low Value, Low Raw Data, etc.
Save the printout for a later step. Enter Battery
Saver Mode and activate battery saver.
3.
Power down sterilizer and, using a wrist strap,
remove CPU board. Look closely at four flash
chips on board, U13, U16, U15, and U12.
NOTE: On the edge of each chip there is a dot. This dot
indicates the correct orientation of the chip in the socket.
When the chip is removed, you will see the socket has
an arrow which indicates the direction the dot on the chip
is to be oriented.
NOTE: The chips on the original board may not be
labeled in the same way as the replacement chips;
therefore, you will have to look at the board to see which
is U13, U16, U15, and U12.
NOTE: If it is not possible to enter Battery Saver Mode,
it is necessary to remove the battery before removing
and replacing the chip set. Always replace chip set
before reinstalling battery. CPU board must be replaced immediately and system powered up to avoid
damaging battery.
Figure 9-3. CPU Board
NOTE: Never lay a CPU board solder side down on a
metal surface. This board has voltage on it from the
battery and can be damaged.
5. Install new board.
6. Perform calibration of pressure and temperature
after CPU board replacement. Do not load calibration values from old CPU board.
NOTE: Replacement CPU boards are unprogrammed
as shipped from STERIS. When replacing this board,
verify the original program chips are transferred from
the existing board; otherwise, new program chips must
be installed.
4.
Using chip puller, remove existing chips and
replace with new chips, paying close attention
to correct positioning of dot on chip.
5.
Reinstall board in sterilizer and power up unit.
Control automatically burns-in program.
6.
Enter Service Mode and enter calibration section. Enter Calibrate Temperature and select
LOAD VALUES. Enter data printed out earlier.
Repeat with Calibrate Pressure in the same manner.
7.
Finally, it is necessary to configure control to
match sterilizer. Select ALARM/MAINTENANCE on Service Mode main menu. Then
select Configure Machine. Then select SET
CONFIGURATION.
9.11 FLASH MEMORY CHIPS — U13,
U16, U15, AND U12
Remove and replace Flash Memory chips on CPU
board (refer to Figure 9-4).
Tools necessary – Wrist strap and a chip puller
device. A PLC puller is available from STERIS using
part number P764326-559.
Procedure – The procedure involves entering the
Service Mode and downloading the existing calibration data, installing the new flash chips and reloading the old calibration data.
The procedure for chip replacement is as follows:
1. Power up sterilizer control. Enter the Service
Mode. The access code is the current year (e.g.,
2002).
9-4
764330-117
Figure 9-4. Control Components
!
CAUTION: Do not select “Load Program.”
This is used only when downloading a new
program using a PC. If “Load Program” is
inadvertently selected, it is necessary to
power OFF/ON to clear the control.
Once in Set Configuration, select configuration
of sterilizer.
8.
2.
Refer to Figure 9-3, and locate battery. Remove
using a small blade screwdriver.
3.
Install new battery. Use caution as the battery
pins are easily bent.
4.
Reinstall CPU board.
NOTE: If old battery is to be reinstalled, enter Service
Mode and activate Battery Saver before removing battery.
Return to main menu and run a test cycle. Sterilizer can then be place back into service.
9.13 I/O BOARD
9.12 BATTERY
Remove battery on CPU board.
Refer to Figure 9-4 for location. Remove I/O board
as follows.
1.
1.
Open front service access door.
2.
Turn main power switch OFF.
Remove CPU board (refer to procedure described
earlier).
9-5
764330-117
3.
Open control box cover.
9.15 MAIN CONTROL BOX
4.
I/O board #1 is in the slot farthest to the left,
I/O board #2 is in the SECOND slot from the left.
Locate the appropriate I/O board and remove.
Remove main control box as follows.
1.
Turn power switch OFF (see Figure 9-4).
Install new board.
2.
Turn OFF 110 VAC electric service to unit.
5.
IMPORTANT: Lock out and tag out the electric service
disconnect switch.
9.14 POWER SUPPLY
Refer to Figure 9-4 for location. Remove power supply.
3.
Open control box cover.
4.
Disconnect customer 110 VAC power located at
upper left hand corner of box.
5.
Disconnect ventilation hose located at bottom of
control box.
1.
Open front service access door.
2.
Turn power switch OFF.
3.
Open control box cover.
6.
4.
Disconnect connectors at J2, J3, and J4 at bottom
of power supply.
Disconnect ALL wiring harness plugs from the
back of the control box. Refer to Figure 9-6.
7.
Unbolt nuts and bolts connecting control box to
sterilizer frame and remove control box.
5.
Remove four nuts using a 1/4" nut driver. Use
caution as dropping one of the nuts may cause it
to become lodged in the connector board, requiring removal of the entire main control box.
9.16 CONNECTOR BOARD
6.
Remove power supply/housing.
Remove main control box connector board as follows.
7.
Using Phillips screwdriver, remove four screws
and remove the power supply from the housing.
1.
Remove main control box (refer to procedure
described above).
NOTE: The power supply has two fuses, F1 and F2.
These are not considered service replacement components. A failure of either fuse indicates a catastrophic
internal failure in the power supply.
2.
Remove power supply (refer to procedure described above).
3.
Remove CPU board (refer to procedure described
above).
8.
4.
Remove I/O board(s) (refer to procedure described above).
Apply antifretting compound to all low voltage
connections.
Figure 9-5. Display Housing
Figure 9-6. Main Control Box (Rear View)
9-6
764330-117
5.
Remove upper circuit board bracket (refer to
Figure 9-6).
6.
Remove connectors at back of control.
7.
Slide connector board out slightly and disconnect P13 and P14 at back of board, and remove
board.
NOTE: When reinstalling the upper circuit board bracket,
do not tighten the screws until both boards are slipped
in place. The brackets have a slot and have to be
adjusted with boards in place.
9.17 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
(MONOCHROME)
1.
Open front service access door.
2.
Turn power switch OFF (Figure 9-4).
3.
Disconnect J10 and J1 from back of display control assembly.
4.
Refer to Figure 9-5 and open display door.
5.
Remove paper take up spool and feed paper roll.
6.
Remove printer ribbon cartridge.
7.
Remove 3/64" socket head screws and swing
out display access door.
8.
Remove plug from back of printer.
9.
On printer, remove top right-hand screw.
10. On printer, loosen two bottom screws (it is not
necessary to remove them), and remove printer.
Remove printer assembly as follows.
Figure 9-7. Display Housing (Monochrome)
9-7
764330-117
9.18 PRINTER BOARD ASSEMBLY
Remove printer board assembly as follows.
1.
Open front service access door.
2.
Turn power switch (Figure 9-4) OFF.
3.
Disconnect J10 and J1 from back of display control assembly.
4.
Remove 3/64" socket head screws and swing
out display access door.
5.
Disconnect J42 and J44 (Figure 9-7).
6.
Remove four 1/4" nuts and remove board.
7.
When installing replacement board, note settings for dip SW1 and jumpers W1 and W2.
Refer to the reference section of this manual for
settings.
Printer Take-Up Motor
Take-Up Spool
Power Supply
Speaker
Display Module
Touch Screen
Interface Board
Assembly
Figure 9-8. Control Panel Assembly (Color LCD Display Version)
9-8
764330-117
9.19 VACUUM PUMP CONTROL BOX
The overload relay is mounted in a control box on
the lower half of the machine, beneath the control
box. For domestic applications, the control box contains two major components: a control relay and an
overload relay. In units prior to S/N 0136404-09, a
solid state relay (SSR) was used in conjunction with
an over current cut-out.
The over current cut-out senses an over current
condition and breaks 3ø power to the pump and 120
VAC power to S7. S7 is wired in series with the AUX
contacts on the over current relay.
After S/N 0136404-09, the pump control box was
changed to an Allen-Bradley box with an external
reset button. A new over current relay was added
and a contactor replaced the SSR.
International units and high voltage domestic units
(480V) now use the contactor and over current cutout, but it also utilizes a line filter as well.
The over current relay should be set as follows:
Voltage
Over Current Relay Setting
208/240
6 Amps
315/480
2.5 Amps
9-9
764330-117
10-2
764330-117
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Scientific Unit Replacement Parts Listing
Schematic
Designation
CS1
CK1
Description
SWITCH, Level, Chamber Flooded
CHECK VALVE, Filtered Air
• KIT, Repair
CK2
CHECK VALVE, Anti-cavitation
CK3
CHECK VALVE, Jacket Steam Trap
CK4
CHECK VALVE, Constant Steam Bleed
• KIT, Repair
CK8
CHECK VALVE, Chamber Drain
• KIT, Repair
DL1
ACTUATOR, Door Lock
(OE, Hinged Door Only)
DL2
ACTUATOR, Door Lock
(NOE, Hinged Door Only)
DS1
SEAL, Door (OE)
DS2
SEAL, Door (NOE)
F1
FILTER, Chamber Air
F2
DIFFUSER, Steam
FC1
CONTROL, Water Flow, Vacuum Pump
FC2
VALVE, Needle, 1/8" PTF
FC3
ORIFICE, Door Seal Exhaust (OE)
FC4
ORIFICE, Door Seal Exhaust (NOE)
FC5
PRESSURE SNUBBER
HX1
HEAT EXCHANGER
LS1, LS3 (LS2, LS4) SWITCH, Proximity
LS5 (LS6)
DOOR LOCK, Proximity Switch
MV1
VALVE, Manual, Water Supply
MV2
VALVE, Manual, Steam Supply
MV3
VALVE, Manual, Emergency Exhaust,
Chamber
MV4
VALVE, Manual, Emergency Exhaust,
Door Seal
PG1
GAUGE, Chamber Pressure
PG2
GAUGE, Jacket Pressure
PR1
REGULATOR, Steam Pressure
• KIT, Repair
PS1
SWITCH, Pressure, Door Seal (OE)
PS2
SWITCH, Pressure, Door Seal (NOE)
PS3
SWITCH, Pressure, Vacuum Pump
PT1
TRANSDUCER, Chamber Pressure
RTD1/4
RTD, Chamber Temperature Dual
RTD2
RTD, Waste Water Temperature
RTD3
RTD, Jacket Temperature
RV1
SAFETY VALVE, Jacket
S1 (NO)
SOLENOID VALVE, Filtered Air
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S2 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam to Chamber
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S3 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Fast Exhaust
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S4 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Exhaust Cooling
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S7 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Vacuum Water
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S9 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam-to-Jacket
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S35 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam-to-Seal (OE)
Part Number
S36 (NC)
093927-069
056402-067
764331-561
083521-001
010278-091
150829-501
764329-776
056402-068
764331-562
S37 (NC)
Schematic
Designation
S38 (NC)
093911-202
S40 (NC)
093911-202
129373-376
129373-376
101006-172
129373-528
764328-968
083630-001
129376-082
129376-082
150829-822
136816-022
056402-045
093909-954
093918-066
093921-265
S43 (NC)
S46 (NC)
SB1
SB1
ST1
ST2
ST3
ST4
TR1
093918-212
TR2
093918-212
007872-051
007871-051
136816-215
754359-003
129376-156
129376-156
056402-060
136816-078
093922-107
093911-351
093911-351
093921-266
093911-329
764324-895
764323-941
093911-331
764317-688
764323-941
093911-327
764071-001
764324-600
093911-328
764072-001
764323-940
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
093911-331
764317-688
764323-941
093910-479
TR3
VP1
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam-to-Seal (NOE)
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Seal Retraction (OE)
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
Description
764076-001
764323-942
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
Part Number
SOLENOID VALVE, Seal Retraction (NOE)
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Chamber Constant
Bleed
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Vacuum Pump Drain
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Waste Cooling Water
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
BAFFLE, Chamber Steam (Single Door)
BAFFLE, Chamber Steam (Double Door)
STRAINER, Water
STRAINER, Steam
STRAINER, Jacket
STRAINER, Chamber Drain
STEAM TRAP, Chamber Drain
• KIT, Repair
STEAM TRAP, Jacket
• KIT, Repair
STEAM TRAP, Steam Supply
VACUUM PUMP
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
CONTROL DISPLAY
• MODULE, Display
• PC BOARD, Interface
141214-475
136809-735
141214-630
• PC Board, Printer
• SCREEN, Touch
• MOTOR, Take Up
• SPOOL, Take Up
• PRINTER
• RIBBON, Printer (Pkg. of 2)
• PAPER (Box of 3)
• SPEAKER
• POWER SUPPLY
146656-182
136809-701
093918-014
093918-058
093918-051
150828-440
129362-819
093918-022
356256-782
CONTROL BOX
• PC BOARD, CPU*
• PC BOARD, Input/Output #1
• PC BOARD, Input/Output #2
• POWER SUPPLY
• SWITCH, Rocker
• FUSE, 5A (Box of 5)
146660-558
141215-202
146659-066
146659-008
136810-006
093911-576
764317-463
RELAY, Solid-State, Motor Starter
CIRCUIT BREAKER, Motor Starter
093921-377
093927-040
093910-478
764079-001
764323-942
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
146660-550
146660-497
047708-091
093921-290
150828-459
048733-042
129222-001
764080-001
129222-001
764080-001
041067-091
136816-034
630
DOOR DRIVE (Sliding Door Units Only)
• MOTOR HOUSING ASSY.
146660-338
• CABLE
093921-244
• SWITCH, Proximity
093909-954
COLOR LCD (Control Panel Assembly) OE
141215-585
COLOR LCD (Control Panel Assembly) NOE 141215-5856
• SCREW, Stems, #6-32 x 1/2" Long
093908-034
• NUT, Keps, #4-40
084121-003
• BRACKET, Mounting, Power Supply
136816-062
• HOUSING, Printer
093918-426
* LS1(2), 2(3) Door Proximity Switches P056402-045
** DL1(2) Door Lock Proximity Switch P093909-954
10-3
764330-117
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Scientific Unit Replacement Parts Listing
Schematic
Designation
Description
• PLATE, Mounting
• MAGNET, Spindle Assembly
• MAGNET ONLY
• TAPE (Plastic Ring)
• SPOOL, Take-Up
• GEARMOTOR, CW
• BRACKET, Speaker
• SPEAKER, Assembly
• STANDOFF M x F, #6-32 x 3/8" Long
• DISPLAY INTERFACE BOARD ASSEMBLY
• MOUNT, Wire Tie
• WIRE TIE
• DISPLAY MODULE, Color LCD
• POWER SUPPLY
• SPACER, Nylon
Part Number
141215-584
093918-205
093911-956
129367-593
093918-058
136812-931
093911-955
093922-916
129384-289
146665-376
129326-001
075954-091
146665-386
136812-930
NLA
* Unprogrammed board requires reuse of original chip
set or replacement chip set.
Chip Set Part Numbers:
Domestic Healthcare
755717-075
Standard Life Science
755717-049
10-4
764330-117
International Healthcare Unit Replacement Parts Listing
Schematic
Designation
CS1
CK1
Description
SWITCH, Level, Chamber Flooded
CHECK VALVE, Filtered Air
• KIT, Repair
CHECK VALVE, Air Leak Test
CK2
CHECK VALVE, Anti-cavitation
CK3
CHECK VALVE, Jacket Steam Trap
CK4
CHECK VALVE, Constant Steam Bleed
CK8
CHECK VALVE, Chamber Drain
• KIT, Repair
DL1
ACTUATOR, Door Lock
(OE, Hinged Door Only)
DL2
ACTUATOR, Door Lock
(NOE, Hinged Door Only)
DS1
SEAL, Door (OE)
DS2
SEAL, Door (NOE)
F1
FILTER, Chamber Air
F2
DIFFUSER, Steam
FC1
VALVE, Flow Control to Vacuum Pump
FC2
VALVE, Flow Control, Needle, 1/8" PTF
FC3
ORIFICE, Door Seal Exhaust (OE)
FC4
ORIFICE, Door Seal Exhaust (NOE)
FC5
PRESSURE SNUBBER
HX1
HEAT EXCHANGER
LS1,LS3 (LS2,LS4) SWITCH, Proximity
LS5
DOOR LOCK, Proximity Switch
MV1
VALVE, Manual, Water Supply
MV2
VALVE, Manual, Steam Supply
MV3
VALVE, Manual, Emergency Exhaust,
Chamber
MV4
VALVE, Manual, Emergency Exhaust,
Door Seal
PG1
GAUGE, Chamber Pressure
PG2
GAUGE, Jacket Pressure
PR1
REGULATOR, Steam Pressure
PS1
SWITCH, Pressure, Door Seal (OE)
PS2
SWITCH, Pressure, Door Seal (NOE)
PS3
SWITCH, Pressure, Vacuum Pump
PT1
TRANSDUCER, Chamber Pressure
PT2
TRANSDUCER, Recorder
RTD1/4
RTD, Chamber Temperature
RTD2
RTD, Waste Water Temperature
RTD3
RTD, Jacket Temperature
RTD5
RTD, Air Detector Probe
RTD6
RTD, Chamber Chart Recorder Probe
RV1
SAFETY VALVE, Jacket
S1 (NO)
SOLENOID VALVE, Filtered Air
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S2 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam to Chamber
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S3 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Fast Exhaust
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S4 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Exhaust Cooling
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S7 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Vacuum Water
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S9 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam-to-Jacket
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
S35 (NC)
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam-to-Seal (OE)
• KIT, Repair
Part Number
S36 (NC)
093927-069
056402-067
764331-561
076243-061
083521-001
093927-425
076243-061
056402-068
764331-562
S37 (NC)
Schematic
Designation
S38 (NC)
093911-202
S40 (NC)
093911-202
129373-702
129373-702
101006-172
129373-528
764328-968
083630-001
129376-082
129376-082
150829-822
136816-022
056402-045
093909-954
093918-066
093921-265
S46 (NC)
SB1
SB1
ST1
ST2
ST3
ST4
TR1
TR2
TR3
VP1
093927-503
093927-503
136816-096
136816-097
338520-394
129376-156
129376-156
056402-060
136816-078
093900-054
093922-107
093921-381
093911-351
093911-351
093911-351
093927-424
093911-329
764324-895
764323-941
338519-390
093927-066
093911-328
764072-001
764323-940
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
338519-390
338520-812
10-5
764330-117
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Steam-to-Seal (NOE)
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Seal Retraction (OE)
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
Description
338520-812
338520-812
Part Number
SOLENOID VALVE, Seal Retraction (NOE)
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Chamber Constant
Bleed
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SOLENOID VALVE, Waste Cooling Water
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
BAFFLE, Chamber Steam (Single Door)
BAFFLE, Chamber Steam (Double Door)
STRAINER, Water
STRAINER, Steam
STRAINER, Jacket
STRAINER, Chamber Drain
STEAM TRAP, Chamber Drain
• KIT, Repair
STEAM TRAP, Jacket
• KIT, Repair
STEAM TRAP, Steam Supply
VACUUM PUMP
338520-812
093910-479
764076-001
764323-942
146660-550
146660-497
047708-091
093921-290
386344-061
048733-042
129222-001
764080-001
129222-001
764080-001
041067-091
338520-700
CONTROL DISPLAY
• MODULE, Display
• PC BOARD, Interface
• PC Board, Printer
• SCREEN, Touch
• MOTOR, Take Up
• SPOOL, Take Up
• PRINTER
• RIBBON, Printer (Pkg. of 2)
• PAPER (Box of 3)
• SPEAKER
• POWER SUPPLY
136809-735
141214-630
146656-182
136809-701
093918-014
093918-058
093918-051
150828-440
129362-819
093918-022
356256-782
CONTROL BOX
• PC BOARD, CPU*
• PC BOARD, Input/Output #1
• PC BOARD, Input/Output #2
• POWER SUPPLY
• SWITCH, Rocker
• FUSE, 5A (Box of 5)
141215-202
146659-066
146659-008
136810-006
093911-576
764317-463
RELAY, Solid-State, Motor Starter
CURRENT BREAKER, Motor Starter
093921-377
093927-040
DOOR DRIVE (Sliding Door Units Only)
• MOTOR
• CABLE
• SWITCH, Proximity
COLOR LCD (Control Panel Assembly) OE
COLOR LCD (Control Panel Assembly) NOE
• SCREW, Stems, #6-32 x 1/2" Long
• NUT, Keps, #6-32
• BRACKET, Mounting, Power Supply
• HOUSING, Printer
• PLATE, Mounting
• MAGNET, Spindle Assembly
• MAGNET ONLY
• TAPE (Plastic Ring)
• SPOOL, Take-Up
146660-338
093921-244
093909-954
141215-585
141215-586
093908-034
084121-003
136816-062
093918-426
141215-584
093918-205
093911-956
129367-593
093918-058
338520-812
International Healthcare Unit Replacement Parts Listing
Schematic
Designation
Description
• GEARMOTOR, CW
• BRACKET, Speaker
• SPEAKER, Assembly
• STANDOFF M x F, #6-32 x 3/8" Long
• DISPLAY INTERFACE BOARD ASSEMBLY
• MOUNT, Wire Tie
• WIRE TIE
• DISPLAY MODULE, Color LCD
• POWER SUPPLY
• SPACER, Nylon
Part Number
136812-931
093911-955
093922-916
129384-289
146665-376
129326-001
075954-091
146665-386
136812-930
NLA
* Unprogrammed board requires reuse of original chip
set or replacement chip set.
Chip Set Part Numbers:
International Healthcare
755717-048
10-6
764330-117
4
33
31
32
20
26
24
1
2
View At “A”
3
OR
11
5
A
24
24
4
OR
6
40
21
28
24
24
28
12
13
28
10
10
25
24
7
24
2
1
25
24
10
10
28
24
24
20
12
9
23
24
25
33
25
8
OR
41 (For 2 Hole)
24
14
29
17
26
27
16
Door Lock Cylinder DL1
Located in this Area Below
the Door
15
18
34 35
36 37
19
17
Figure 10-1. Panel and Control Assembly – Hinge Door
10-8
764330-117
28
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-1P
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
146660 482
146665 844
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
146660
146660
542
543
545
544
P
P
146660 553
146660 563
P
056402 082
P
134473 406
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093921
146660
093921
093921
146660
146660
093921
091043
083549
146660
288
502
273
321
506
507
272
091
001
190
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093927
093927
093921
056402
093912
129360
129361
129360
093912
129360
093921
084298
084121
093927
146660
136816
093912
129360
146665
146665
146660
093912
527
023
283
031
243
011
221
016
225
015
323
001
004
076
504
036
243
016
824
825
501
273
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–RIGHT HAND,
OPERATING END, HINGE DOOR ...................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–LEFT HAND,
OPERATING END, HINGE DOOR ...................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–RIGHT HAND,
NON-OPERATING, ENDHINGE DOOR ...........................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–LEFT HAND,
NON-OPERATING, ENDHINGE DOOR ...........................
DISPLAY, Operating End (See Figure 10-38) .....................
DISPLAY, Non-Operating End (See Figure 10-38) .............
UPRIGHT, Left Hand, Left Hinge .........................................
UPRIGHT, Right Hand, Left Hinge ......................................
UPRIGHT, Right Hand, Right Hinge ....................................
UPRIGHT, Left Hand, Right Hinge ......................................
BOX, Control (See Figure 10-36) ........................................
BRACKET, Control Box .......................................................
BOX, Power Input – w/ SSR ................................................
(Prior to S/N 0136404-09) (See Figure 10-33)
BOX, Power Intup w/ Contactor ( After or w/ S/N 0136404-09) (See Figure 10-34_ ..............
BOX, Power Input w/ Contactor High Voltage Domestic
and International ................................................................
BRACKET, Upright Support .................................................
BRACKET, Top Panel Support ............................................
BRACKET, Strike .................................................................
BRACKET, Strike .................................................................
WELDMENT, Lower Access Panel ......................................
BRACKET, Lower Panel Hinge Support ..............................
HINGE, Lower Access Panel ...............................................
HOOK ...................................................................................
SASH ...................................................................................
RACK, Literature ..................................................................
HOUSING, Display ..............................................................
BRACKET, Display Housing Strike ......................................
BRACKET, Upright Support (Not Shown) ............................
BRACKET, Hook (4 Mouting Holes) ....................................
2 Mounting Holes (Used After S/N 0124704-04) ...............
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long ..........................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ..........................
SCREW, Button Head Cap, #10-32 x 1/2" Long .................
NUT, Flange Lock, #10-32 ...................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, #10-32 x 3/8" Long .........................
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 ....................................................
BRACKET, Strike (Not Shown) ............................................
CATCH, Magnetic ................................................................
NUT, Keps, Hex, #6-32 ........................................................
HINGE, Display Housing .....................................................
KICK PANEL ........................................................................
BRACKET, Kick Panel .........................................................
SCREW, Kick Panel .............................................................
NUT, Kick Panel ...................................................................
LH SIDE FILLER PANEL (Cover LS1 Not Shown) ..............
RH SIDE FILLER PANEL (Cover LS1 Not Shown) .............
STAINLESS-STEEL TOP COVER PANEL ..........................
SCREW, Flange Lock 3/8-16 x 3/4" Long ...........................
10-9
764330-117
X
X
X
X
1
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
1
1
–
–
1
1
1
–
1
–
–
1
1
–
–
–
–
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
–
–
1
4
1
3
–
1
1
1
4
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
34
12
13
10
12
4
1
4
6
1
1
2
4
2
–
1
1
2
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
4
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
34
12
13
10
12
4
–
4
6
1
1
2
4
2
1
–
1
2
–
4
1
3
–
1
1
1
4
2
–
1
2
2
1
1
23
12
13
10
12
–
1
4
6
1
1
2
4
2
–
1
1
2
–
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
4
2
–
1
2
2
1
1
23
12
13
10
12
–
–
4
6
1
1
2
4
2
1
–
1
2
65
To Chamber Gauge
59
To N.O.E. Jacket Gauge
64
To O.E.
Jacket Gauge
60
58
To Jacket Gauge
View of Gauge Tubing
View of Gauge Tubing
3
33
6
41
16
10
4
41
5
16
41
43
7
20
41
21
41
41
29
43
42
12
41
8
43
13
47
41
41
9
21
28
38
20
43
42
30
25
43
43 44
To N.O.E.
Chamber Gauge
43
11
31
41
41
43
67
43
24
68
64
69
To O.E.
Chamber Gauge
View of Gauge Tubing
44 43
Figure 10-2. Panel and Control Assembly – Sliding Door
10-10
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-2-
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–RIGHT HAND,
OPERATING END ....................................................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–LEFT HAND,
OPERATING END ....................................................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–RIGHT HAND,
NON-OPERATING END ...........................................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–LEFT HAND,
NON-OPERATING END ...........................................................
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
141214
141214
141215
141215
146660
146660
146660
146660
475
476
585
586
599
600
758
759
P
P
146660 553
146660 563
P
056402 082
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093927
093927
136816
136816
146665
146665
093927
146665
146660
146660
093927
093927
146665
146665
093927
093927
146665
146665
093927
093927
093927
093927
093927
146660
093927
093927
136816
136816
146665
146665
084298
093912
129360
093912
048
049
072
073
757
761
026
752
190
751
198
050
753
756
199
200
754
755
057
058
059
060
061
598
046
047
074
075
762
763
001
243
011
225
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
DISPLAY, Operating End .............................................................
DISPLAY, Non-Operating End .....................................................
DISPLAY, Operating End, Color ..................................................
DISPLAY, Non-Operating End, Color ..........................................
UPRIGHT, Left Hand ...................................................................
UPRIGHT, Display Side ...............................................................
UPRIGHT, Right Hand .................................................................
UPRIGHT, Display Side ...............................................................
BOX, Control ................................................................................
BRACKET, Control Box ...............................................................
BOX, Power Input – Platform w/ SSR (Prior to S/N 0136404-09)
(See Figure 10-33)
BOX, Power Input – Platform w/ Contactor
( After or w/ S/N 0136404-09) (See Figure 10-34) ....................
BRACKET, Upright Support, Top ................................................
BRACKET, Upright Support, Bottom ...........................................
BRACKET, Display, Upright Mounting .........................................
BRACKET, Display, Upright Mounting .........................................
WELDMENT, Top Panel ..............................................................
PANEL, Kick ................................................................................
GASKET .......................................................................................
COVER, Door ..............................................................................
RACK, Literature ..........................................................................
HOUSING, Display ......................................................................
BRACKET, Display Housing Mounting ........................................
BRACKET, Display Housing Support ..........................................
PANEL, Bottom ............................................................................
PANEL, Bottom ............................................................................
BRACKET, Bottom, Panel Mounting, Left ...................................
BRACKET, Bottom, Panel Mounting, Right .................................
PANEL, Side ................................................................................
PANEL, Side ................................................................................
BRACKET, Side, Panel Mounting ................................................
BRACKET, Side, Panel Mounting ................................................
BRACKET, Bottom, Side Panel Mounting ...................................
BRACKET, Bottom, Side Panel Mounting ...................................
BRACKET, Bottom, Side Panel Mounting (Not Shown) ..............
BRACKET, Top, Panel Support ...................................................
BRACKET, Strike, Top Panel ......................................................
BRACKET, Strike, Bottom Panel .................................................
BRACKET, Kick Panel .................................................................
BRACKET, Kick Panel End ..........................................................
PANEL, Side Filler .......................................................................
PANEL, Side Filler (Not Shown) ..................................................
CATCH, Magnetic ........................................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long ..................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ..................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, #10-32 x 3/8" Long .................................
continued on next page
10-11
764330-117
X
X
X
X
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
1
–
1
1
–
–
1
1
1
–
1
–
1
–
–
1
1
–
–
–
–
1
–
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
1
1 – –
1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
–
1 – 1
1
1 1 1
2
2 2 2
1
1 1 1
1
1 – –
1
1 1 1
2
2 2 2
2
2 2 2
–
1 – 1
1
– 1 –
1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
–
1 – 1
1
– 1 –
1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
–
1 – 1
1
– 1 –
1
1 1 1
2
2 2 2
2
2 2 2
2
2 2 2
1
1 1 1
–
1 – 1
1
– 1 –
8
8 8 8
34 34 16 16
8
8 8 8
38 38 8 38
55 56
Connect red wire to top terminal
on emergency stop switch
53
Emergency stop
switch cable from
control box
57
Connect black wire to bottom terminal
on emergency stop switch
View of Switch Wiring
54
58
63
View of Gauge
52
56
55
14
40
40
40
34
34
48
46
43
51
43
17
1
53
35
19
43
36
42
15
46
36
48
43
49
42
35
46
26
27
46
40
37
43
22 23
40
18
Figure 10-2. Panel and Control Assembly – Sliding Door (Cont'd)
10-12
764330-117
2
50
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-2-
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–RIGHT HAND,
OPERATING END ....................................................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–LEFT HAND,
OPERATING END ....................................................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–RIGHT HAND,
NON-OPERATING END ...........................................................
PANEL & CONTROL ASSEMBLY–LEFT HAND,
NON-OPERATING END ...........................................................
44
45
46
47
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
R
R
R
R
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129352
129362
129360
129360
129362
129360
129360
090562
090198
084121
093927
146665
093927
001622
136816
136816
000849
129373
003500
003500
003500
003500
150473
129373
084104
129326
093921
003123
003107
069
821
016
015
821
016
015
061
045
004
062
765
070
091
096
097
091
679
767
767
767
767
163
680
001
001
233
045
045
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
X
X
NUT, Tinnerman, #10-32 ............................................................. 2
2 2
SCREW, Socket, Button Head, #10-32 x 3/8" Long (Not Shown) 8
8 8
NUT, Flange Lock, #10-32 ........................................................... 9
9 9
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 ............................................................ 4
4 –
SCREW, Socket, Button Head, #10-32 x 3/8" Long (Not Shown) 8
8 8
NUT, Flange Lock, #10-32 ........................................................... 9
9 9
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4-30 ............................................................ 4
4 –
SCREW, Self-Tapping, #8B x 5/8" Long ..................................... 3
3 3
NUT, Speed, “U” Type, #8A ......................................................... 3
3 3
NUT, Keps, Hex, #6-32 ................................................................ 6
6 6
PLUNGER, Lever Type ................................................................ 1
1 1
WELDMENT, Top Panel .............................................................. 1
– 1
SWITCH, Keyed Pushbutton ....................................................... 1
1 1
ELBOW, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 3/8" NPT .................................... 2
2 2
GAUGE, Chamber ....................................................................... 1
1 1
GAUGE, Jacket ............................................................................ 1
1 1
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/8" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................ 2
2 2
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ................ 3
3 2
TUBING, Teflon, 9' Long 1/8" DD x 1/16 ID ................................. –
1 1
TUBING, Teflon, 7' Long .............................................................. –
1 1
TUBING, Teflon, 12' Long (Not Shown) ....................................... 1
– –
TUBING, Teflon, 10' Long (Not Shown) ....................................... 1
– –
SCREW, Machine, Truss Head, #10-32 x 1/2" Long ................... 2
2 2
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ........................... 1
1 2
WIRE, Tie ..................................................................................... A/R A/R A/R
MOUNT, Harness (Not Shown) ................................................... A/R A/R A/R
LEVELING FOOT ......................................................................... 4
4 4
NUT, Jam ..................................................................................... 4
4 4
NUT .............................................................................................. 4
4 4
10-13
764330-117
X
2
8
9
–
8
9
–
3
3
6
1
–
1
2
1
1
2
2
–
–
1
1
2
2
A/R
A/R
4
4
4
1
18
3
13
9
2
19
11
5
11
19
5
6
11
8
16
7
15
15
View From Top of Sliding Door
8
4
12
16
12
3
9
13
10
7
17
5
6
15
15
11
11
5
1
14
View From Sheave End
View From Pulley End
Figure 10-3. Pulley Assembly – Sliding Door
10-14
764330-117
2
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-3-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
093911
093918
093909
093927
093927
093927
093927
093927
024911
093912
136816
129353
150828
150828
093912
708541
093927
150475
338
952
355
954
075
098
099
100
526
091
243
101
809
313
237
235
001
091
630
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
PULLEY ASSEMBLY, SINGLE SLIDING DOOR .......................
PULLEY ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR .....................
X
ASSEMBLY, Motor Housing ........................................................
PULLEY .......................................................................................
SHEAVE ......................................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Sensor ....................................................................
FOLLOWER, Cam .......................................................................
BRACKET, Pulley ........................................................................
PLATE, Motor Mounting ...............................................................
BRACKET, Sensor Door Open ....................................................
BAR, Door Cable .........................................................................
SCREW, Set Hex Socket Head, 5/16 x 18 x 5/8" Long ...............
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long ..................................
ARM, Door Suspension ...............................................................
BOLT, Shoulder, 1/4 Dia x 1/2" Long ..........................................
SCREW, Flange Lock 1/4-20 x 3/4" Long ...................................
NUT, Hex jam 3/4-16 ...................................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock #10-24 x 1/2" Long ..................................
WASHER, Flat .............................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Door Cable .............................................................
NUT, Hex Machine, #10-32 x 1/2" Long ......................................
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
4
2
1
1
2
10-15
764330-117
X
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
4
8
4
2
2
4
36
35
5
37
37
33
33
29
33
36
33
33
4
35
31
31
7
32
11
32
27
33
2
3
31
6
27
17
12
33
21
13
31
1
1
8
20
20
33
31
16
37
33
26
31
25
38
38
29
26
24
33
25
8
33
33
21
32
18
31
28
18
28
14
32
24
28
31
28
32
33
12
10
15
28
32
19
31
31
22
28
32
14
9
Figure 10-4. Free Standing Cabinet Assembly, Hinge Door
10-16
764330-117
22
32
22
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-4-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
PART
NUMBER
P
146665 805
P
146665 808
P
146665 806
P
146665 809
P
146665 807
P
146665 810
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
093927
093927
093927
093927
084298
093927
129362
129352
778
779
791
772
794
780
804
784
799
800
775
795
801
776
796
769
802
777
797
803
781
798
089
083
090
084
091
085
092
086
093
087
094
088
095
071
085
086
087
001
026
863
069
S
V
C
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 36"
RIGHT HINGE DOOR ........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 36"
LEFT HINGE DOOR ..........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 48"
RIGHT HINGE DOOR ........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 48"
LEFT HINGE DOOR ..........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 60"
RIGHT HINGE DOOR ........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 60"
LEFT HINGE DOOR ..........................................................
PANEL, Left, Front Side .......................................................
PANEL, Right, Front Side ....................................................
PANEL, Rear, Side ..............................................................
PANEL, Rear, Side ..............................................................
PANEL, Rear, Side ..............................................................
PANEL, Top Front ................................................................
PANEL, Top Rear ................................................................
PANEL, Top Rear ................................................................
PANEL, Top Rear ................................................................
SUPPORT, Left, Panel ........................................................
SUPPORT, Left, Panel ........................................................
SUPPORT, Left, Panel ........................................................
SUPPORT, Right, Panel ......................................................
SUPPORT, Right, Panel ......................................................
SUPPORT, Right, Panel ......................................................
UPRIGHT, Rear ...................................................................
BRACKET, Left, Strike .........................................................
BRACKET, Left, Strike .........................................................
BRACKET, Left, Strike .........................................................
BRACKET, Right, Strike ......................................................
BRACKET, Right, Strike ......................................................
BRACKET, Right, Strike ......................................................
BRACKET, Top, Support .....................................................
BRACKET, Left, Rear Upright Support ................................
BRACKET, Left, Rear Upright Support ................................
BRACKET, Right, Rear Upright Support .............................
BRACKET, Right, Rear Upright Support .............................
BRACKET, Left, Front Bottom .............................................
BRACKET, Left, Front Bottom .............................................
BRACKET, Right, Front Bottom ...........................................
BRACKET, Right, Front Bottom ...........................................
BRACKET, Left, Front Top ..................................................
BRACKET, Left, Front Top ..................................................
BRACKET, Right, Front Top ................................................
BRACKET, Right, Front Top ................................................
SUPPORT, Strike Bracket ...................................................
BRACKET, Leveling Pad .....................................................
PLATE, Support, Bracket, Mounting ....................................
PLATE, Support, Bracket, Mounting ....................................
CATCH, Magnetic ................................................................
GASKET (Not Shown) .........................................................
STRIKE, Plate ......................................................................
RETAINER, Nut, #10-32 ......................................................
continued on next page
10-17
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
X
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
2 2
– –
– –
2 2
– –
– –
1 1
1 1
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
2 2
2 2
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
1 1
– 2
– 2
2 –
2 –
2 2
– 2
2 –
2 –
– 1
– 1
1 –
1 –
– 1
– 1
1 –
1 –
– 1
– 1
1 –
1 –
– 1
– 1
1 –
1 –
2 2
2 2
1 1
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
18 18 18 18
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
4 4
4 4
1 1
1 1
– –
– –
2 2
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
2 2
– –
– –
1 1
– –
– –
1 1
1 1
– 2
2 –
– 2
2 –
– 2
1 –
– 1
1 –
– 1
1 –
– 1
1 –
2 2
1 1
2 2
2 2
18 18
2 2
2 2
4 4
(Continued)
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-4-
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
146665 805
P
146665 808
P
146665 806
P
146665 809
P
146665 807
P
146665 810
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093910
093912
093912
129361
093912
129360
129360
129360
010445
934
240
239
716
243
011
016
015
091
35
36
37
P
P
P
043255 001
093912 225
150828 313
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 36"
RIGHT HINGE DOOR ........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 36"
LEFT HINGE DOOR ..........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 48"
RIGHT HINGE DOOR ........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 48"
LEFT HINGE DOOR ..........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 60"
RIGHT HINGE DOOR ........................................................
FREE STANDING CABINET ASM, 60"
LEFT HINGE DOOR ..........................................................
SCREW, Sems, #10-32 x 1/2" Long ....................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, #10-32 x 3/4" Long ...............................
SCREW, FL, Lock, #10-32 x 1/2" Long ...............................
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 1" Long ...................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long (Not Shown) ...........
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ................................
NUT, FL, Lock, #10-32 ........................................................
NUT, FL, Lock 1/4-20 ...........................................................
WASHER, Flat, 11/16" OD x .260 ID x .051 Thick
(Not Shown) .......................................................................
SCREW, Cap, 1/4-20 x 1-1/4" Long ....................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, #10-32 x 3/8" Long ...............................
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 3/4" Long ................................
10-19
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
X
4
4
10
8
8
32
14
44
4
4
10
8
8
32
14
44
4
4
10
8
6
32
14
44
4
4 4
4
4 4
10 10 10
8
8 8
8
6 8
32 32 32
14 14 14
44 44 44
6
6
8
8
6
6
8
8
6
8
8
4
6
8
8
8
6
8
8
4
6
8
8
8
30
29
30
3
3
29
8
27
27
4
22
1
2
5
25
15
25
21 26
21
10
13
14
11
23
13
18
23 27
14
27
6
6
27
31
18
27
25
19
26
20
22
9
25
11
22 26
19
12
20
15
31
25 27
22
15
10
17
26
11
7
22
11
26
2
7
22
1
15
11
26
Figure 10-5. Cabinet Assembly, Sliding Door
10-20
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-5-
1
2
6
7
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
3
4
5
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
146665
136816
136816
136816
093927
093927
093927
093927
084298
093927
129362
129362
129352
093910
093912
093912
129361
093912
129360
129360
129360
010445
043255
093912
771
791
772
792
773
789
767
790
768
769
793
770
080
081
082
071
085
086
087
001
026
778
863
069
934
240
239
716
243
011
016
015
091
001
225
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
CABINET ASSEMBLY, 36" LEFT HAND SLIDING DOOR ........
CABINET ASSEMBLY, 48" LEFT HAND SLIDING DOOR ........
X
PANEL, Front, Side ......................................................................
PANEL, Rear, Side ......................................................................
PANEL, Rear, Side ......................................................................
PANEL, 36" Top ...........................................................................
PANEL, 48" Top ...........................................................................
SUPPORT, Left, Panel ................................................................
SUPPORT, Left, Panel ................................................................
SUPPORT, Right, Panel ..............................................................
SUPPORT, Right, Panel ..............................................................
UPRIGHT, Rear ...........................................................................
BRACKET, Strike .........................................................................
BRACKET, Strike .........................................................................
BRACKET, Top, Support .............................................................
BRACKET, Left, Rear Upright Support ........................................
BRACKET, Right, Rear Upright Support .....................................
SUPPORT, Strike Bracket ...........................................................
BRACKET, Leveling Pad .............................................................
PLATE, Support, Bracket, Mounting ............................................
PLATE, Support, Bracket, Mounting ............................................
CATCH, Magnetic ........................................................................
GASKET (Not Shown) .................................................................
PAD, Leveling ..............................................................................
STRIKE, Plate ..............................................................................
RETAINER, Nut, #10-32 ..............................................................
SCREW, Sems, #10-32 x 1/2" Long ............................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, #10-32 x 3/4" Long .......................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, #10-32 x 1/2" Long .......................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 1" Long ...........................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long (Not Shown) ...................
SCREW, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ........................................
NUT, FL, Lock, #10-32 ................................................................
NUT, FL, Lock, 1/4-20 ..................................................................
WASHER, Flat, 11/16" OD x .260 ID x .051 Thick (Not Shown) .
SCREW, Cap, 1/4-20 x 1-1/4" Long ............................................
SCREW, FL, Lock, #10-32 x 3/8" Long .......................................
2
2
–
2
–
1
–
1
–
2
1
–
1
2
2
4
1
2
2
18
2
1
2
4
4
8
12
8
8
22
20
30
8
8
8
10-21
764330-117
X
2
–
2
–
2
–
1
–
1
2
–
1
1
2
2
4
1
2
2
18
2
1
2
4
4
8
12
8
8
22
20
30
8
8
8
16 17 18
16 17 18
8
16 17 18 19
11
8
12
16 17 18
13
10
9
10
7
A-A
14 15
10
9
12 13
20
B-B
14
15
16 17 18 13
Figure 10-6. Track Assembly 36", 48", and 60" (Single Door and Double Door)
10-22
764330-117
7
19
11
1
2
1
3
2
3
9
7
1
2
3
8
Figure 10-6. Track Assembly 36", 48", and 60" (Single Door and Double Door) (Cont'd)
10-23
764330-117
15 16 23
4
5
6
7
4
5
6
9
9
7
4
7
5
6
Figure 10-6. Track Assembly 36", 48", and 60" (Single Door and Double Door) (Cont'd)
10-24
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-6-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
491
492
493
494
495
496
36" TRACK ASSEMBLY, SINGLE DOOR ..........................
36" TRACK ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE DOOR ........................
48" TRACK ASSEMBLY, SINGLE DOOR ..........................
48" TRACK ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE DOOR ........................
60" TRACK ASSEMBLY, SINGLE DOOR ..........................
60" TRACK ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE DOOR ........................
X
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
129373
129373
118065
124359
013606
150475
129363
150473
036545
019691
033281
150473
536
537
538
539
540
541
532
531
522
520
521
513
534
061
016
061
418
176
151
061
061
061
298
SHELL, 36" Track, Single Door, Left Hand ..........................
SHELL, 36" Track, Single Door, Right Hand .......................
SHELL, 48" Track, Single Door, Left Hand ..........................
SHELL, 48" Track, Single Door, Right Hand .......................
SHELL, 60" Track, Single Door, Left Hand ..........................
SHELL, 60" Track, Single Door, Right Hand .......................
SHELL, 36" Track, Double Door ..........................................
SHELL, 48" Track, Double Door ..........................................
SHELL, 60" Track, Double Door ..........................................
SUPPORT, Track, End ........................................................
SUPPORT, Track, End (Single Door) ..................................
SPACER, Plate, Track .........................................................
SCREW, Hex Head, #10-32 x 2-1/4" Long ..........................
WASHER, Flat, 3/8" .............................................................
WASHER, Lock, 3/8" ...........................................................
NUT, Hex, 3/8 -16 Monel .....................................................
SCREW, Counter Sink, 1/4-20 x 3/4" Long .........................
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4 x 20" ................................................
SCREW, Hex Head Cap, 5/16-18 x 3/4" Long ....................
NUT, Hex, 5/16-18" ..............................................................
WASHER, Lock, 5/16" .........................................................
WASHER, Flat, 5/16" ...........................................................
WASHER, Flat, 3/8" .............................................................
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
2
4
6
7
7
4
4
12
12
12
8
2
10-25
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
–
–
2
–
4
4
–
2
2
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
–
–
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
2
4
6
7
7
4
4
12
12
12
8
2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
–
2
–
4
4
–
2
2
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
–
–
–
–
1
1
–
–
–
1
1
2
4
6
7
7
4
4
12
12
12
8
2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
2
–
4
4
–
2
2
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
64
29
62
35
6
25
24
47
4
61
23 22
24
21 22
25
64
62
54
61
27
6
66
27
55
53
54
Section A–A
54
55
39
37
55
73
56
16 60
67
9
52
41
53
41
7
42
56
22
40
50
43
34
51
41
40
35 22
21
8
2
64 45
1
50 22
51
Section B–B
52
60
16
73
69
64
27
48
67
64
32
39
62
53
37
61
54
55
17
36
37
28
49
46
61
23
62
Section C–C
22
55
64
33
30
57
58
30
70
13
14
12
71
31
15
72
10
30
View D
51
46
22
63
35
64
53
37
50
24
26
5
11
25
61
38
52 55
55
53
Section G–G
3
54
55
37
56
53
39
67
Section L–L
17
Section J–J
Section E–E
Figure 10-7. Shell & Door Assembly, Single & Double Hinge Door
10-26
764330-117
62
61
64
64
62
69
21 22
61
64
6
73
63
54
74
37
27
48
75
39
55
67
61
64
37
69
41
38
16 60
15
53
40
2
Section K–K
1
51
22 50
52
51
34
51
35
21 22 35
50
25
24
5
22
25
52
56
16 60
54
67
39
53
37
15
17
51
Section H–H
27
61
62
64
22
23
58
61
57
62
6
64
35
29
24
47
29
25 22
RIGHT HAND DOOR OPERATING END
SHOWN
4
21
25
54
53
37
66
54
Section F–F
Figure 10-7. Shell & Door Assembly, Single & Double Hinge Door (Cont'd)
10-28
764330-117
26
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-7-
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 36" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ................................................... X
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 36" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 48" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ...................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 48" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 60" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ...................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 60" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
146660
129373
129373
129373
129373
129373
129373
129373
146660
093911
129373
093921
129373
093909
134473
129373
146660
146660
146660
146660
090542
129373
124359
074854
150475
150473
024496
016848
150829
129373
129360
043262
129373
093921
093921
150473
093927
134473
401
402
403
404
405
406
390
561
562
565
523
519
522
456
202
406
248
407
954
044
566
450
451
452
453
091
422
016
061
594
298
061
091
738
563
011
061
376
247
258
299
063
373
SHELL, Weld/Mach, 36" Single Hinged Door ......................
SHELL, Weld/Mach, 48" Single Hinged Door ......................
SHELL, Weld/Mach, 60" Single Hinged Door ......................
SHELL, Weld/Mach, 36" Double Hinged Door ....................
SHELL, Weld/Mach, 48" Double Hinged Door ....................
SHELL, Weld/Mach, 60" Double Hinged Door ....................
FOLLOWER, Cam ...............................................................
WASHER, Belleville, Upper Hinge .......................................
WASHER, Belleville, Lower Hinge .......................................
SCREW, Cap Hex Head, SS, 3/8-16 x 5-1/2" Long ............
SPRING, Coupler Compression ..........................................
SPACER, Coupler Spring ....................................................
BEARING, Flange Coupler ..................................................
BRACKET, Pressure Lock ...................................................
CYLINDER, Door Lock ........................................................
TARGET, Sensor/Spring Stop .............................................
ROD, Pressure Lock ............................................................
SPRING, Return Door Lock .................................................
SENSOR, Proximity .............................................................
BRACKET, Sensor ...............................................................
SCREW, Cap Hex Head, SS, 3/8-16 x 4-1/4" Long ............
INSULATION, Jacket, 36" ....................................................
INSULATION, Jacket, 48" ....................................................
INSULATION, Jacket, 60" ....................................................
INSULATION, Backhead .....................................................
NAMEPLATE, National Board-Stamped ..............................
SCREW, Cap Hex Socket Head, SS, 3/8-16 x 2-1/4" Long
WASHER, Lock, SS, 3/8" ....................................................
SCREW, Cap Hex Socket Head, S.S., 3/8-16 x 1-1/4" Long
NUT, Hex, SS, 3/8" ..............................................................
WASHER, Flat, 3/8" NOM. ID x 1-1/4" OD x .100 Thick. .....
NUT, Hex Jam, SS, 3/8-16 ..................................................
SCREW, Set, 5/16-18 x 1-3/4" Long ....................................
SCREW, Socket, Head Shoulder, 5/16-18 ..........................
SPACER ..............................................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ..........................
PIN, Roll, SS, 3/32" x 7/8" Long ..........................................
SEAL, Door, 26" x 37.5" .......................................................
BLOCK, Bearing Pressure Lock ..........................................
STOP, Door Open ................................................................
WASHER, Flat, SS, 3/8" NOM. ID x 13/16" OD x .065 Thick
BEARING, Spherical ............................................................
SPRING, Plate Retainer ......................................................
continued on next page
10-27
764330-117
1
–
–
–
–
–
2
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
–
–
1
1
4
13
7
2
6
2
2
2
1
8
1
1
1
1
5
2
2
X
X
X
X
X
–
– –
– –
–
1 –
– –
–
– –
1 –
1
– –
– –
–
– 1
– –
–
– –
– –1
4
2 4
2 4
24 12 24 12 24
24 12 24 12 24
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
6
3 6
3 6
4
2 4
2 4
2
1 2
1 2
1
– –
– –
–
1 1
– –
–
– –
1 1
–
1 –
1 –
1
1 1
1 1
8
4 8
4 8
26 13 26 13 26
14 7 14 7 14
4
2 4
2 4
12 6 12 6 12
4
2 4
2 4
4
2 4
2 4
4
2 4
2 4
2
1 2
1 2
16 8 16 8 16
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
2
1 2
1 2
10 5 10 5 10
4
2 4
2 4
4
2 4
2 4
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-7-
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 36" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ................................................... X
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 36" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 48" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ...................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 48" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 60" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ...................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 60" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129373
129373
093927
093912
129373
129353
093921
016425
010456
129373
010347
031276
020461
076818
129373
146660
136816
146660
136816
003440
003444
009448
150828
093927
012539
012541
019685
146665
322523
076239
129373
020844
003123
003107
093921
056402
558
559
019
235
521
293
257
041
091
564
042
061
061
042
014
389
007
390
020
091
091
045
312
009
061
061
061
766
061
061
567
061
045
045
233
045
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
X
X
X
X
SPACER .............................................................................. 1 2
1 2
1 2
SCREW, Thumb .................................................................. 2 4
2 4
2 4
BRACKET, Lock Lever ........................................................ 1 2
1 2
1 2
SCREW, Flange Lock, #10-24 x 1/2" Long ......................... 4 8
4 8
4 8
SCREW, Cap Hex Socket Head, SS, 1/2-13 x 3" Long ....... 1 2
1 2
1 2
WASHER, Flat, SS, 1/2" NOM. ID x 1-1/4" OD x 5/64" Thick 1 2
1 2
1 2
LOCK, Bolt ...........................................................................
1 2
1 2
1 2
SCREW, Cap Hex Socket Head, SS, #10-32 x 3/4" Long ...
1 2
1 2
1 2
WASHER, Flat, Brass, 3/8" NOM. ID x 11/16" OD x 1/32" Thick 4 8
4 8
4 8
SPACER .............................................................................. 1 2
1 2
1 2
SCREW, Round Head, #10-32 X 7/8" Long ........................ 1 2
1 2
1 2
SCREW, Set Hex Socket Cup Pt., SS, #10-32 x 1/2" Long
4 8
4 8
4 8
SCREW, Cap Hex Socket Head, SS, #3/8-16 x 1-1/2" Long
2 4
2 4
2 4
WASHER, Flat, Brass, 3/8" NOM ID x 3/4" OD x 1/8" Thick
2 4
2 4
2 4
WASHER, Flat, 13/32" ID x 2-1/4" OD x 1/8" Thick ............. 2 4
2 4
2 4
DOOR, Hinge .......................................................................
1 2
1 2
1 2
HINGE, Double Pivot ...........................................................
2 4
2 4
2 4
PLATE, Door Lock ...............................................................
2 4
2 4
2 4
COUPLER, Lock Plate .........................................................
1 2
1 2
1 2
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
1 1
1 1
1 1
PLUG, Pipe, 1" NPT ............................................................. 1 1
1 1
1 1
SCREW, Drive, #4 x 1/4" Long ............................................ 4 4
4 4
4 4
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long .......................... 4 8
4 8
4 8
BRACKET, Door Cover Mounting ........................................
6 12 6 12 6 12
SCREW, Round Head, #10-32 x 3/8" Long ......................... 11 22 11 22 11 22
SCREW, Round Head, #10-32 x 1" Long ............................
1 2
1 2
1 2
LOCKWASHER, #10 ........................................................... 14 28 14 28 14 28
INSULATION, Backhead Ear ...............................................
2 –
2 –
2 –
NUT, Hex, SS, 5/16-18 ........................................................ 2 4
2 4
2 4
NUT, Hex, SS, 1/4-20 ..........................................................
2 4
2 4
2 4
PROCEDURE, Adjustment .................................................. 1 1
1 1
1 1
WASHER, Flat, SS, #10 NOM ID x 7/16" OD x 1/32" Thick
2 4
2 4
2 4
NUT, Jam .............................................................................
4 4
4 4
4 4
NUT ...................................................................................... 4 4
4 4
4 4
LEVELING FOOT .................................................................
4 4
4 4
4 4
SENSOR, Proximity ............................................................. 2 4
2 4
2 4
10-29
764330-117
6
3
1
4
2
5
14
8
9
7
15
10
13
11
12
Calibration Ports
Figure 10-8. Service Critical Door Componets
10-30
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-8-
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 36" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ................................................... X
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 36" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 48" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ...................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 48" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 60" SINGLE DOOR, RIGHT HAND
OR LEFT HAND HINGE ...................................................
SHELL & DOOR ASM., 60" DOUBLE DOOR, R/R, R/L,
L/R, L/L HINGE ...............................................................
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129373
076239
134473
093912
141214
093912
056402
093912
056402
134473
010347
129373
134473
093912
141214
559
061
373
244
683
225
029
235
033
372
042
559
373
273
683
SCREW, Thumb ..................................................................
NUT, Hex .............................................................................
SPRING, Plate Retainer ......................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, #1/4 - 20 x 3/4" Long ......................
LOCK PLATE ASSEMBLY ..................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock #10-32 x 3/8" Long ..........................
RETAINER ...........................................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock #10-24 x 1/2" Long ..........................
BRACKET, Lock Lever ........................................................
COUPLER, Lock Plate .........................................................
SCREW, #10-32 x 7/8" ........................................................
SCREW, Thumb ..................................................................
SPRING, Plate Retainer ......................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock 3/8 -16 x 3/4" Long ..........................
LOCK PLATE ASSEMBLY ..................................................
10-31
764330-117
2
2
2
1
2
4
2
4
1
1
2
2
2
8
2
X
X
X
X
X
4
4
4
2
4
8
4
8
2
2
4
4
4
16
4
2
2
2
1
2
4
2
4
1
1
2
2
2
8
2
4
4
4
2
4
8
4
8
2
2
4
4
4
16
4
2
2
2
1
2
4
2
4
1
1
2
2
2
8
2
4
4
4
2
4
8
4
8
2
2
4
4
4
16
4
19
18
3
9
6
12
8
2
1
S1
11
S2
17
4
13
10
14
5
15
16
4
5
26
7
23
24
25
20
26
36" Single Door Shown
21
22
Figure 10-9. Final Piping Assembly, Upper Back –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-32
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-9-
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
1
P
146660 546
2
P
146660 459
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
R
051759
000939
003440
044492
044490
093921
093921
093921
136816
082288
001615
129373
028903
045060
007872
093927
093927
146660
146660
129363
129373
019692
129373
003000
091
091
091
091
091
267
268
269
043
001
091
841
091
091
051
078
079
550
497
176
379
061
518
330
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Steam to Chamber .............................
–
(See Figure 10-10)
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Steam to Chambe .............................. 1
(See Figure 10-10)
FITTING, Union, Solder, 1" NPT x 1" NOM. ........................ –
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ........................ 2
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
–
FITTING, Elbow, Solder, 1" NOM. .......................................
1
FITTING, Elbow, Solder, 1" NPT x 1" NOM. ........................ 1
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT ...............................................................
1
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT ...............................................................
–
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT ...............................................................
1
TUBE, Steam to Chamber ...................................................
–
FITTING, Union, Elbow Solder, 1" NPT x 1" NOM. ............. 1
ELBOW, Street, 90°, 1/8" NPT ............................................ 1
ELBOW, Street, 45°, 1/8" NPT ............................................ 1
NIPPLE, 1/8" NPT x 3" Long ................................................ 1
CROSS, 1/4" NPT ................................................................
1
GAUGE, Chamber, 1/8" NPT (PG1) .................................... 1
INSULATION, Tube ............................................................. 1
INSULATION, Tube ............................................................. –
BAFFLE, Steam, Single Door (SB1) .................................... 1
BAFFLE, Steam, Double Door (SB1) ..................................
–
NUT, Flange, Lock, 1/4-20 ...................................................
–
SCREW, Hex Head, 5/8-11 x 1" Long .................................
1
WASHER, 5/8" .....................................................................
1
WASHER, Flat .....................................................................
1
BAFFLE SEAL - For Double Door or Single Door ............... A/R
10-33
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
1
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
1
4
–
–
–
A/R
–
2
–
1
1
–
1
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
1
1
–
–
1
1
1
A/R
1
2
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
1
4
–
–
–
A/R
–
2
–
1
1
–
1
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
1
1
–
–
1
1
1
A/R
1
2
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
1
4
–
–
–
A/R
8
6
4
6
9
10
13
7
12
11
5
3
2
2
Section A-A
1
36" Double Door
4
8
6
6
9
11
10
13
7
12
5
3
2
36" Single Door
48" Single & Double Door
60" Single & Double Door
1
Section A-A
Figure 10-10. Piping Assembly, Steam to Chamber –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-34
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-10-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
089168
029380
093911
764317
764323
003439
004936
029291
118282
056402
001636
093911
764324
764323
101006
006209
029013
091
091
331
688
941
091
091
091
091
067
091
329
895
941
172
091
091
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
PIPING ASSEMBLY, STEAM TO CHAMBER, 36" DD ......
PIPING ASSEMBLY, STEAM TO CHAMBER,
36" SD, 48" SD & DD, 60" SD & DD ..............................
X
ELBOW, Union, 1" NPT, Male/Female ................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/4" Long ............................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1" NPT (S2) ............................................
• KIT, Solenoid
• KIT, Coil
PLUG, Pipe, 1/8" NPT .........................................................
TEE, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1" NPT x 3/4" NPT ......................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1-1/4" NPT ..........................................
ELBOW, Straight, 45°, 1" NPT .............................................
VALVE, Check, 3/4" NPT (CK1) ..........................................
ELBOW, Street, 3/4" NPT ....................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 3/4" NPT (S1) .........................................
• KIT, Solenoid
• KIT, Coil
FILTER, Air, 3/8" NPT (F1) ..................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/8" NPT ........................
NIPPLE, 3/8" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
10-35
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
7
2
2
5
3
1
4
8
2
10
5
18
2
5
15
16
17
18
12
13
14
36" Single Door Shown
Figure 10-11. Final Piping Assembly, Upper Back – International Healthcare
10-36
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-11-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
R
146665
093927
129373
093927
150474
093927
093927
093927
093927
129373
045060
146660
146660
129363
129373
019692
129373
003000
848
531
676
533
147
535
534
536
088
639
091
550
497
176
379
061
518
330
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Steam to Chamber (See Figure 10-10)
1
CONNECTOR, Male, 1" NPT x 1-1/4" ODT ......................... 2
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" ODT .................. –
FITTING, Elbow ................................................................... 1
FITTING, Elbow, 1" NPT ...................................................... 2
TUBE, 1-1/4" ODT ...............................................................
–
TUBE, 1-1/4" ODT ...............................................................
1
TUBE, 1-1/4" ODT ...............................................................
1
TUBE, Steam to Chamber, 1-1/4" ODT ............................... –
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/2" Long ............................................ 1
CROSS, 1/4" NPT ................................................................
1
BAFFLE, Steam, Single Door (SB1) .................................... 1
BAFFLE, Steam, Double Door (SB1) ..................................
–
NUT, Flange, Lock, 1/4-20 ...................................................
–
SCREW, Hex Head, 5/8-11 x 1" Long .................................
1
WASHER, 5/8" .....................................................................
1
WASHER, Flat .....................................................................
1
BAFFLE SEAL - Single Door or Double Door ...................... A/R
10-37
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
1
2
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
1
–
1
4
–
–
–
A/R
1
2
–
1
2
1
–
1
–
1
1
1
–
–
1
1
1
A/R
1
2
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
1
–
1
4
–
–
–
A/R
1
2
–
1
2
1
–
1
–
1
1
1
–
–
1
1
1
A/R
1
2
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
1
–
1
4
–
–
–
A/R
16
15
14
13
11
19
12
11
17
18
10
20
21
22
23
8
21
9
4
7
3
8
24
25
22
3
4
6
3
3
5
2
1
Figure 10-12. Piping Assembly, Steam to Chamber – International Healthcare
10-38
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-12-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129373
150474
129373
129376
093927
078820
078648
318424
078534
056402
029290
084323
093911
006209
029013
101006
028919
150829
129376
129367
077345
076859
129373
338520
042282
638
147
639
549
067
061
061
063
061
067
091
001
329
091
091
172
091
439
548
349
061
061
676
733
061
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
PIPING ASSEMBLY, STEAM TO CHAMBER,
36" SD, 48" SD & DD, 60" SD & DD ..............................
X
UNION, 1" NPT ....................................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT .......................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/2" Long ............................................
ELBOW, 45° 1" NPT ............................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1" NPT (S2) ............................................
TEE, 1" NPT .........................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 3/4" NPT ...........................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long .........................................
TEE, 3/4" NPT ......................................................................
VALVE, Check, 3/4" NPT (CK1) ..........................................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
TEE, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT ...............
VALVE, Solenoid, 3/4" NPT (S1) .........................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/8" NPT ........................
NIPPLE, 3/8" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
FILTER, Air, 3/8" NPT ..........................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long .........................................
VALVE, Ball, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
VALVE, Metering, 1/4" NPT .................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT ........................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ......................................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" ODT ..................
GAUGE, Chamber, 1/4" NPT ...............................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
1
1
4
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
10-39
764330-117
14
18
9
14
9
19
16
15
16
14
17
17
9
4
PS2
19
15
2
9
21
20
1
PS1
PT1
17
RV1
14
5
13
12
PT1
14
21
11
9
8
11
14
10
7
15
3
6
Figure 10-13. Final Piping Assembly, Upper Middle –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-40
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-13-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
001639
093921
029354
329846
150474
093921
004940
076053
150828
028920
004906
000939
007871
003440
028916
129376
001619
022472
027422
078821
136816
091
266
091
091
152
287
091
091
004
091
091
091
051
091
091
156
091
091
091
061
078
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT .......................................................
VALVE, Safety, 1" NPTM x 1-1/4" NPTF (RV1) ...................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/2" Long ............................................
ELBOW, Street, 1-1/4" NPT .................................................
FITTING, Union, Solder, 1-1/4" NPT x 1-1/4" NOM .............
TUBE, 1-3/8" ODT ...............................................................
TEE, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/2" NPT x 1" NPT ......................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 1/4" NPT ........................
TEE, Street, 1/4" NPT ..........................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1-3/4" Long .........................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ......................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ........................
GAUGE, Jacket, 1/8" NPT (PG2) ........................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ............................................
SWITCH, Pressure, 1/4" NPT (PS1 & PS2) ........................
ELBOW, 90°, 1/4" NPT ........................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT ........................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1-1/4" Long .........................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1" NPT .............................................................
TRANSDUCER, Chamber Pressure (PT1) ..........................
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
10-41
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
5
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
5
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
5
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
18
16
9
18
8
15
9
18
18
8
7
15
16
9
18
16
18
2
20
18
10
18
8
18
13
4
11
18
17
17
5
14
8
1
12
3
20
10
9
8
18
20
16
18
Figure 10-14. Final Piping Assembly, Upper Middle –
International Healthcare
10-42
764330-117
16
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-14-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
150474
093927
129376
329846
150474
093921
078820
042282
076859
608196
136816
129373
338530
129373
129376
033041
328715
077345
078821
136816
147
424
428
091
152
287
061
061
061
061
078
676
733
675
156
061
061
061
061
078
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT .......................................................
VALVE, Safety, 1" NPTM x 1-1/4" NPTF (RV1) ...................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 3" Long ...................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1-1/4" NPT .................................................
FITTING, Union, Solder, 1-1/4" NPT x 1-1/4" NOM .............
TUBE, 1-3/8" ODT ...............................................................
TEE, 1" NPT .........................................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ......................................................................
CROSS, 1/4" NPT ................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Transducer Harness .......................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" ODT ..................
GAUGE, Jacket, 1/4" NPT ...................................................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" ODT ........
SWITCH, Pressure, 1/4" NPT (PS1 & PS2) ........................
ELBOW, 90°, 1/4" NPT ........................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/4" NPT ...........................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1" NPT .............................................................
TRANSDUCER, Chamber Pressure (PT1) ..........................
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
3 3
3 3
3 3
2 3
2 3
2 3
2 2
2 2
2 2
1 1
1 1
1 1
– 1
– 1
– 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 2
1 2
1 2
4 5
4 5
4 5
2 2
2 2
2 2
10 13 10 13 10 13
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
10-43
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
2
1
1
S35
S9
S36
7
5
11
12
3
6
4
9
10
12
13
Figure 10-15. Final Piping Assembly, Steam Supply –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-44
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-15-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
093910
764076
764323
028916
129367
093909
150822
129360
129360
129360
457
461
479
001
942
091
215
642
280
792
011
015
P
P
009448 045
079358 091
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Steam to Seal (See Figure 10-16) .....
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Steam to Jacket (See Figure 10-16) ..
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S36) .......................................
• KIT, Repair
• KIT, Coil
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ............................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..................
SUPPORT, Pipe ..................................................................
NIPPLE, Solid, 1/4" NPT x 2-3/8" Long ...............................
U-BOLT, 1/4-20 (Not Shown) ...............................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ..........................
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 ....................................................
NAMEPLATE, Stamp
SCREW, Drive, Type U, #4 x 1/4" Long ..............................
PLATE, CRN ........................................................................
1
1
–
1
1
2
1
1
–
1
1
2
1
1
–
1
1
2
–
–
2
1
1
1
2
4
3
2
1
1
1
2
–
–
2
1
1
1
2
4
3
2
1
1
1
2
–
–
2
1
1
1
2
4
3
2
1
1
1
2
6
1
6
1
6
1
6
1
6
1
6
1
10-45
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
5
7
2
3
8
6
1
4
7
1
Figure 10-16. Assembly, Piping, Steam to Seal –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-46
764330-117
9
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-161
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
28916
45060
000939
004906
093910
764076
764323
028919
003440
026181
129373
091
091
091
091
479
001
942
091
091
091
463
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, STEAM TO SEAL ....................................
X
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ....................................................
CROSS, 1/4" NPT ........................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ..............................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT, (S35) ..............................................
• KIT, Repair
• KIT, Coil
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long .................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .................................................................
FITTING, Compression Elbow, 1/8" NPT x 1/8" ODT ..................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
(For Units Built After 3/10/03)
2
1
1
1
1
10-47
764330-117
1
2
1
1
4
5
2
6
3
1
7
8
26
19
24
25
4
MV2
PR1
25
18
ST2
12
25
11
17
20
TR3
10
16
15
9
13
22
21
14
23
Figure 10-17. Assembly, Piping, Steam to Jacket –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-48
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-171
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
089168
029364
093911
764317
764323
003439
029354
001637
029302
001635
029292
084323
028921
129071
136816
754359
004247
002903
029300
004920
093921
764330
093921
029013
041067
753679
000849
129373
026181
029290
084450
091
091
331
688
941
091
091
091
091
091
091
001
091
001
215
003
091
091
091
091
290
322
265
091
091
091
091
464
091
091
001
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, STEAM TO JACKET ...............................
X
ELBOW, Union, 1" NPT M/F ........................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 4" Long ...........................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1"NPT (S9) .....................................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
PLUG, Pipe, 1/8" NPT .................................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT, x 1-1/2" Long ...................................................
ELBOW, Reducing, 1" NPT x 3/4" NPT .......................................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 4" Long ........................................................
ELBOW, 90°, 3/4" NPT ................................................................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long .................................................
TEE, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT .......................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 2" Long ........................................................
UNION, 1/4" NPT .........................................................................
REGULATOR, Steam, 3/4" NPT (PR1) .......................................
• KIT, Repair
SPUD, 3/4" NPT ...........................................................................
NUT, SPUD ..................................................................................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT, 3-1/2" Long ...................................................
TEE, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/8" NPT x 3/4" NPT .......................
STRAINER, Steam, 3.4" NPT ......................................................
• SCREEN, United Brass
VALVE, Ball, Union, 3/4" NPT (MV2) ...........................................
NIPPLE, 3/8" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
TRAP,Steam, 3/8" NPT (TR3) .....................................................
• DISC
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/8" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ................
FITTING, Compression Elbow, 1/8" NPT x 1/8" ODT ..................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
COUPLING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 3/4" NPT .................................
1
1
1
10-49
764330-117
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
11
1
12
4
3
5
2
2
6
6
7
9
10
Figure 10-18. Final Piping Assembly, Steam Supply – International Healthcare
10-50
764330-117
8
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-18-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146665
039591
338520
764076
764323
077345
129373
028926
150828
129360
009448
079358
078821
136816
849
010
812
001
942
061
641
091
313
015
045
091
061
215
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Steam to Seal (See Figure 10-16) .....
HANGER, 1/4" NPT .............................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S36) .......................................
• KIT, Repair
• KIT, Coil
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 3-1/4" Long .........................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 3/4" Long ..........................
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 ....................................................
SCREW, Drive, Type U, #4 x 1/4" Long ..............................
PLATE, CRN ........................................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1" NPT .............................................................
PRESSURE REGULATOR, Steam .....................................
1
2
–
1
2
2
1
2
–
1
2
2
1
2
–
1
2
2
–
–
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
–
–
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
–
–
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
10-51
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
3
6
7
A
5
8
4
1
9
A
3
2
1
27
15
23
17
2
25
24
16
26
25
2
28
24
10
23
11
10
12
18
13
19
20
14
21
22
Figure 10-19. Assembly, Piping, Steam to Jacket – International Healthcare
10-52
764330-117
3
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-191
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
P
146665 899
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, STEAM TO JACKET ...............................
X
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129373
129373
150474
129376
093927
385788
306076
129376
385788
078820
328715
129376
338520
129376
129373
129376
093927
326451
048688
041067
048699
129373
077345
076859
042282
077385
338520
039334
UNION, 1" NPT ............................................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/2" Long ....................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT ...............................................................
ELBOW, 45°, 1" NPT ...................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1" NPT (S9) ....................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 8" Long ...........................................................
ELBOW, 90°, 1" NPT ...................................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 6" Long ...........................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 4-1/2" Long ....................................................
TEE, 1" NPT .................................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/4" NPT ...................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 4" Long ........................................................
REGULATOR, Steam, 1" NPT .....................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 2-1/2" Long ....................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..........................
STRAINER, Steam, 1" NPT .........................................................
VALVE, Ball, 1" NPT ....................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 3/8" NPT ...................................
NIPPLE, 3/8" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
TRAP, Steam, 3.8" NPT ...............................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/8" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
CONNECTOR, Tube Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT .................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ..............................................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 3-1/2" Long .................................................
VALVE, Soleniod, 1/4" NPT (S35) ...............................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/2" NPT .................................................................
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
638
639
147
549
067
012
061
426
004
061
061
427
394
434
641
430
532
061
061
091
061
464
061
061
061
061
812
061
10-53
764330-117
56
61
27
10
12
53
12
S40
6
54
42
24
41
3
28
54
12
22
35
2
23
14 31 32
48
40
S3
25
60
6
49
11
50
S37
S4
10
12
30
47
36 26
29
S43
37
52
33
34
11
14
13
15
17
12
S7
10
7
45
S46
43
5
45
14
1
34
20
38
Figure 10-20. Final Piping Assembly, Lower –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-54
764330-117
8
S38
25
21
16
18
44
12
46
8
19
14 32
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-20-
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
146660 468
1
P
146660 527
2
3
4
5
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
146660
146660
519
524
525
526
6
7
8
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
150828
004906
093910
764076
764323
028916
129367
044492
129367
004
091
479
001
942
091
592
091
215
P
129373 463
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129360
129360
136816
136816
136816
093912
129361
129367
090441
000850
029380
093922
044495
129373
146660
136816
093921
036061
093927
129360
129363
129373
093921
129373
129373
129373
136816
051759
048733
129373
001636
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
011
015
023
024
025
276
715
225
045
091
091
107
091
553
533
054
320
091
020
793
155
531
381
555
532
533
061
091
042
554
091
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Vacuum Pump/Heat Exchanger
(See Figure 10-21) ............................................................
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Chamber Drain (See Figure 10-22) ....
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Jacket Drain (See Figure 10-23) ........
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Water, Inlet (See Figure 10-24) ..........
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Pump Seal/Cooling Water
(See Figure 10-25) ............................................................
TEE, Street, 1/4" NPT ..........................................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ......................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S43) .......................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long (Not Shown) .......................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT ........
FITTING, Elbow, Solder, 1" Nom. ........................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..................
(For Units Built Before 03/10/03)
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8 ODT ....................
(For Units Built After 3/10/03)
SCREW, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 x 5/8" Long ..........................
NUT, Flange Lock ................................................................
SUPPORT, Pump ................................................................
SUPPORT, Pump ................................................................
SUPPORT, Pump ................................................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 3/8-16 x 1-1/2" Long .......................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 5/6-18 x 3/4" Long ..........................
SCREW, Shoulder Socket Head, 1/2" Dia., x 3/4" Long .....
WASHER, Flat .....................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1-1/4" NPT x 1" NPT ........................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/4" Long ............................................
RTD, Probe, Dual Element, Chamber/Recorder (RTD1) .....
FITTING, Elbow, Solder, 3/4" Nom. .....................................
ELBOW, Straight, 45°, 1/4" NPT ..........................................
ASSEMBLY, Funnel and Cap (See Figure 10-26) ..............
ASSEMBLY, Mixing Tank ....................................................
HOSE ...................................................................................
CLAMP, Hose ......................................................................
PLATE, Pipe, Support ..........................................................
U-BOLT, 1/4-20 ....................................................................
U-BOLT, 1/4-20 ....................................................................
U-BOLT, 1/4-20 ....................................................................
ASSEMBLY, RTD, 2 Wire, Waste Water (RTD2) ................
CONNECTOR, Male, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT .........................
PLATE, Mounting, U-Bolt .....................................................
PLATE, Mounting, U-Bolt .....................................................
BRACKET, Support, Mixing Tank ........................................
FITTING, Union, Solder, 1" NPT x 1" Nom. .........................
ASSEMBLY, Strainer ...........................................................
CLAMP, Hose ......................................................................
ELBOW, Street, 3/4" NPT ....................................................
continued on next page
10-55
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
1
2
1
1
1
–
–
–
1
2
1
1
1
–
–
–
1
2
1
1
–
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
–
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
–
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
–
–
2
2
6
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
–
–
2
2
6
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
–
2
–
2
6
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
–
2
–
2
6
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
–
–
2
6
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
–
–
2
6
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
2
2
28
58
59
42
RTD2
60
57
35
39
Figure 10-20. Final Piping Assembly, Lower –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Scientific (Cont'd)
10-56
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-20-
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
P
P
R
R
R
R
R
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660 468
084450
029290
000915
000915
000915
000915
000915
028928
006263
029172
093911
093927
048733
093921
129376
764330
129373
129376
001
091
541
541
541
474
474
091
091
091
351
069
042
381
095
662
528
095
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
COUPLING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 3/4" NPT .........................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT, Seamless Copper Tube .......................
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT, Seamless Copper Tube .......................
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT, Seamless Copper Tube .......................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 3/4" Long ............................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/2" NPT ...........................
NIPPLE, 1/2' NPT x 3-1/2" Long ..........................................
ASSEMBLY, Probe, RTD, 2 Wire, Jacket (RTD3) ...............
SWITCH, Level, Chamber Flood (Not Shown) ....................
STRAINER, Chamber Drain ................................................
RTD PROBE (DTD2), 3-1/2" Long .......................................
FITTING and GROMMET ....................................................
GROMMET (Only) ................................................................
DIFFUSER, Steam ...............................................................
RTD, Fitting ..........................................................................
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
10-57
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
1
1
35
30
36
37
FC2
14
26
33
34
29
3
22
26
CK2
28
5
27
8
7
20
19
10
21
18
2
HX1
24
25
3
4
5
14
23
CK8
15
VP1
17
13
16
31
30
32
6
9
11
1
7
12
Figure 10-21. Assembly, Piping, Vacuum Pump/Heat Exchanger –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-58
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-21-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, VACUUM PUMP/HEAT
EXCHANGER ............................................................................
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
136816
136816
129373
083449
044507
044846
084323
129373
029290
093911
764072
764323
003439
091158
129373
329846
081109
040255
091230
030909
084456
091384
044495
091307
000850
001639
089168
004940
029380
056402
764331
129373
028916
001618
001619
076053
083521
000939
028902
083630
034
022
501
002
091
091
001
463
091
328
001
940
091
091
464
091
001
091
091
091
001
091
091
091
091
091
091
091
091
068
562
512
091
091
091
091
001
091
091
001
PUMP, Vacuum, 2 H.P. (VP1) .....................................................
EXCHANGER, Heat (HX1) ..........................................................
FITTING, Adapter, Solder, 1" NPT x 3/4" Nom. ...........................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT x 2-1/4" Long ....................................................
FITTING, Elbow, Straight, Solder, 3/4" Nom. ..............................
FITTING, Union, Solder, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" Nom ............................
TEE, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT .......................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1" NPT ........................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 3/4" NPT (S4) .................................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
PLUG, Pipe, 1/8" NPT .................................................................
FITTING, Adapter, Solder, 3/4" Nom. ..........................................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ................
ELBOW, Street, 1-1/4" NPT .........................................................
NIPPLE, 1-1/4" NPT x 1-1/2 Long ...............................................
TEE, Reducing, 1-1/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1-1/4" NPT .................
FITTING, Union Elbow, Solder, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" Nom .................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT x 10-1/2" Long ..................................................
FITTING, Elbow, 45°, Solder, 3/4" Nom. .....................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT x 6" Long ..........................................................
FITTING, Elbow, 90°, Solder, 3/4" Nom. .....................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT x 4-1/8" Long ....................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1-1/4" NPT x 1" NPT ................................
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT ...............................................................
ELBOW, Union, 1" NPTM x 1" NPTF ...........................................
TEE, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/2" NPT x 1" NPT ..............................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/4" Long ....................................................
VALVE, Check, 1" NPT (CK8) .....................................................
• KIT, Repair .................................................................................
NIPPLE, Pipe, 1-1/4" NPT x 2-1/2" Long .....................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ....................................................
ELBOW, 90°, 1/4" NPT ................................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1/4" NPT ............................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
VALVE, Check, 1/4" NPT (CK2) ..................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ................................
NIPPLE, 1/8" NPT x 2-1/2" Long .................................................
VALVE, Needle, 1/8" NPT (FC2) .................................................
10-59
764330-117
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
X
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
24
11
21
6
3
4
5
32
5
12
20
11
13
30
22
S40
19
11
13
14
23
15
27
18
31
17
18
OR
4
25
33
A
13
34
11
26
10
12
7
29
28
24
9
8
13
27
View At A
Figure 10-22. Assembly, Piping, Chamber Drain –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-60
764330-117
16
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-22-
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
P
146660 519
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, CHAMBER DRAIN ..................................
X
089168
001351
093911
764071
764324
004940
029380
029364
001639
006263
029162
150822
076053
003440
028916
093918
129373
001619
093910
764079
764323
129367
150822
129376
764330
003439
129353
051761
150828
129222
764080
001634
129367
150829
129373
093910
764076
764323
004906
000837
129373
34
P
129376 082
ELBOW, Union, 1" NPT x 1" NPT ................................................
CROSS, 1" NPT ...........................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1" NPT (S3) ....................................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
TEE, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/2" NPT x 1" NPT ..............................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/4" Long ....................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 4" Long ...........................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT ...............................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/2" NPT ...................................
NIPPLE, 1/2" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
CROSS, 1/2" NPT ........................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ....................................................
VALVE, Ball, 1/4" NPT (MV3) ......................................................
ELBOW, Tube Coupling,1/4" NPT x 3/4" ODT ............................
ELBOW, Street, 1/4" NPT ............................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S40) ...............................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..........................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/4" NPT ...................................
FITTING, Reducing ......................................................................
• FERRULE, Teflon
PLUG, Pipe, 1/8" NPT .................................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/8" NPT .................................................................
FITTING, Adapter, Solder, 1" NPT x 1" Nom ...............................
TEE, Street, 1/4" NPT ..................................................................
TRAP, Steam, 1/2" NPT (TR1) ....................................................
• KIT, Repair
ELBOW, Street, 1/2" NPT ............................................................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ................
VALVE, Check, 1/4" NPT (CK4) ..................................................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ................
VALVE, Soleniod, 1/4" NPT (S37) ...............................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
TEE, 1/4" NPT ..............................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 3.8" NPT ................................
ELBOW, Tube Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ...........................
(For Units Built After 3/10/03)
ORIFICE (Two Required for Double Door Units) .........................
1
1
1
31
32
33
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
091
091
327
001
600
091
091
091
091
091
091
333
091
091
091
212
463
091
478
001
942
215
930
095
662
091
325
091
004
001
001
091
592
501
464
479
001
942
091
091
463
10-61
764330-117
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
4
1
12
3
6
TR2
ST3
CK3
2
10
5
11
8
8
7
Figure 10-23. Assembly, Piping, Jacket Drain –
Domestic Healthcare and Standard Life Sciences
10-62
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-231
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
004931
000837
150828
764326
764326
764317
129222
764080
001634
010278
076053
028916
129373
129376
045060
029162
091
091
459
663
727
906
001
001
091
091
091
091
463
095
091
091
DESCRIPTION
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, JACKET DRAIN ......................................
X
TEE, 1/2" NPT ..............................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 3/8" NPT ................................
STRAINER, Steam, 1/2" NPT (ST3) ............................................
• SCREEN, Conbraco
• O-ring, Conbraco
• SCREEN, Sarco
TRAP, Steam, 1/2" NPT (TR3) ....................................................
• KIT, Repair
ELBOW, Street, 1/2" NPT ............................................................
VALVE, Check, 1/4" NPT (CK3) ..................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ....................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Couping, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ...........................
FITTING, RTD ..............................................................................
CROSS, 1/4" NPT ........................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/2" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
1
1
1
10-63
764330-117
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
4
3
3
2
MV1
10
1
9
ST1
CK5
MV1
8
7
5
6
5
Figure 10-24. Assembly, Piping, Water Inlet
10-64
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-241
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093918
029311
001636
047708
754616
764326
029291
029302
084323
091230
028919
129071
066
091
091
091
091
673
091
091
001
091
091
001
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, WATER INLET ........................................
X
VALVE, Ball, 3/4" NPT (MV1) ......................................................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 6-1/4" Long .................................................
ELBOW, Street, 3/4" NPT ............................................................
STRAINER, Water, 3/4" NPT (ST1) .............................................
• SCREEN, Sarco
• SCREEN, United Brass
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1-1/4" Long .................................................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 4" Long ........................................................
TEE, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT .......................
FITTING, Union, Elbow, Solder, 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long .................................................
UNION, 1/4" NPT .........................................................................
1
1
2
1
10-65
764330-117
2
1
1
1
1
1
5
8
PS3
7
6
11
7
3
8
7
2
3
7
6
5
2
FC1
2
S7
S46
8
8
5
PS3
S7
10
S46
5
1
1
3
2
4
4
9
2
2 2
3
Figure 10-25. Assembly, Piping, Pump Seal/Cooling Water
10-66
764330-117
44
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-251
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
001619
028916
150828
093910
764076
764323
056402
764328
000849
129373
000161
150829
028927
091
091
004
479
001
942
060
968
091
466
091
822
091
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, PUMP SEAL/COOLING WATER ............
X
ELBOW, Street, 1/4" NPT ............................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ....................................................
TEE, Street, 1/4" NPT ..................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S7 & S46) ......................................
• KIT, Repair
• COIL
SWITCH, Pressure, 1/4" NPT (PS3) ............................................
RESTRICTOR, Flow, 3/8" NPT (FC1) .........................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/8" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
ELBOW, 1/4" NPT x 90° ..............................................................
PRESSURE SNUBBER, 1/4" NPT ..............................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" x 3-1/2" Long .........................................................
1
3
2
2
10-67
764330-117
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
4
4
7
5
2
4
7
6
3
1
5
Figure 10-26. Assembly, Funnel and Cap
10-68
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-261
2
3
4
5
6
7
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
146660 533
ASSEMBLY, FUNNEL AND CAP ...............................................
X
136816
136816
015272
078881
134468
764319
129373
MODIFICATION, Drain Funnel ....................................................
CAP, Funnel .................................................................................
SCREW, Set, Hex Socket Head, 1/4-12 x 1/2" Long ...................
SCREW, Self Tapping, #6-32 x 1/2" Long ...................................
INSERT, Funnel ...........................................................................
CONNECTOR, Bulkhead .............................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
1
1
2
4
1
1
2
045
044
091
045
930
967
463
10-69
764330-117
73
13
77
75
4
13
13
1
46
47
72
14
46
51
52
45
48
44
49
44
40
39
38
13
52
71
37
737
50
6
21
63
7
64
6
65
67
69
68
68
69
21
7
24
36
1
35
15
28
41
9
43
37
27
23
38
42
40
39
8
20
2
59
60
62
57
26
43
58
61
4
5
71
54
46
53
46
55
56
Figure 10-27. Final Piping Assembly, Lower – International Healthcare
10-70
764330-117
24
70
15
16
S37
18
15
19
15
17
16
17
18
DD
DD
51
DD
55
52
51
56
46
DD
5
62
DD
S4
61
S7 S46
60
59
3
58
57
S38
20
S37
29
30
31
74
32
33
34
11
13
21
75
11
12
13
Figure 10-27. Final Piping Assembly, Lower, International Healthcare (Cont’d)
10-72
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-27-
1
2
3
4
5
P
P
P
P
P
146665
146665
146665
146660
146660
850
908
909
525
526
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
136816
338520
048733
338520
093909
150828
129360
329846
077345
076859
129373
129373
093927
308443
093911
093922
093910
129367
150828
129367
129376
129373
048687
049030
040525
050239
150829
150477
001639
000850
386009
318633
093912
093912
044836
051002
044492
044507
091188
044495
089251
091237
091230
533
054
700
042
812
642
313
015
091
061
061
641
640
503
061
351
107
478
215
004
592
429
683
061
063
061
061
486
159
091
091
091
091
301
199
091
091
091
091
091
091
091
091
091
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Heat Exchanger (See Figure 10-28) ..
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Chamber Drain (See Figure 10-29) ....
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Jacket Drain (See Figure 10-30) ........
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Water, Inlet (See Figure 10-24) ..........
ASSEMBLY, Piping, Pump Seal/Cooling Water
(See Figure 10-25) ............................................................
ASSEMBLY, Funnel and Cap (See Figure 10-26) ..............
ASSEMBLY, Mixing Tank ....................................................
PUMP ...................................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Strainer ...........................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S43) .......................................
SUPPORT, Pipe ..................................................................
SCREW, Flange, Lock, 1/4-20 x 3/4" Long .........................
NUT, Flange Lock, 1/4-20 ....................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1-1/4" NPT .................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ......................................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ........
VALVE, Ball, 1/4" NPT .........................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1-1/4" NPT x 1" NPT ........................
ASSEMBLY, Probe, RTD, 2 Wire ........................................
RTD, Probe, Dual Element, Chamber/Recorder ..................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S40) .......................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ..................
TEE, Street, 1/4" NPT ..........................................................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT ........
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 5/16" ODT ................
UNION, Reducing, 5/16" ODT x 1/8" ODT ..........................
BUSNING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/2" NPT ...........................
NIPPLE, 1/2" NPT x 3-1/2" Long .........................................
TEE, 1/2" NPT ......................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 3/8" NPT ........................
FITTING, RTD, 3/8" NPT .....................................................
NIPPLE, 1/2" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT .......................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1-1/4" NPT x 1" NPT ........................
FLANGE, Bronze, 1-1/4" NPT .............................................
GASKET ...............................................................................
SCREW, Flange, Lock, 1/2-13 x 1-3/4" Long ......................
NUT, Flange, Lock, 1/2-13 ...................................................
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT ...............................................................
TUBE, 1-1/8" ODT ...............................................................
FITTING, Elbow, 90° Solder, 1" NOM ..................................
FITTING, Elbow, Str., Solder, 3/4" NOM. ............................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
FITTING, Elbow, 90° Solder, 3/4" NOM. ..............................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
FITTING, Union Elbow Solder, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NOM. ........
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
2
1
2
1
–
–
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
8
8
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
8
8
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
2
1
2
1
–
–
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
8
8
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
8
8
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
2
1
2
1
–
–
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
8
8
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
8
8
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
continued on next page
10-71
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-27-
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
040255
039595
081109
093927
089950
051007
083227
001619
028916
083521
000939
028899
083630
000849
129373
093927
129373
150822
146665
129373
093927
136816
129360
129373
028926
129363
129373
150828
091
091
001
540
091
091
005
091
091
001
091
091
001
091
463
539
512
109
847
554
069
109
013
677
091
155
532
314
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 48" DOUBLE DOOR .............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" SINGLE DOOR ..............
FINAL PIPING ASSEMBLY, 60" DOUBLE DOOR .............
X
TEE, Reducing, 1-1/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1-1/4" NPT .........
ELBOW, 90°, 1-1/4" NPT .....................................................
NIPPLE, 1-1/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long ......................................
ASSEMBLY, Leveling Mount ...............................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
TUBE, 7/8" ODT ...................................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1/4" NPT ....................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" Long ............................................
VALVE, Check, 1/4" NPT .....................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT ........................
NIPPLE, 1/8" NPT x 1" Long ................................................
VALVE, Needle, 1/8" NPT ...................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/8" NPT x 1/4" NPT ........................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..................
HOSE, Rubber .....................................................................
NIPPLE, Pipe, 1-1/4" NPT x 2-1/2" Long .............................
CLAMP,Hose .......................................................................
BRACKET, Mixing Tank Mounting .......................................
CLAMP, Hose ......................................................................
DETECTOR, Liquid Level, 1/2" NPT ...................................
PLATE, Mounting Water Inlet ..............................................
SCREW, Flange Lock, 3/8-16 x 3/4" Long ..........................
U-BOLT, 1/4-20 ....................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4-20 x 3-1/4" Long ..............................................
U-BOLT, 1/4-20 ....................................................................
PLATE, Mounting, U-Bolt .....................................................
SCREW, Flange, Lock, 1/4-20 x 1" Long ............................
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
10-73
764330-117
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
3
2
1
6
7
4
6
5
8
13
9
1
10
11
12
Figure 10-28. Assembly, Piping, Heat Exchanger –
International Healthcare
10-74
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-28-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
129373
136816
089168
129373
129376
044507
091248
044846
084323
029290
093911
003439
091158
501
022
091
463
550
091
091
091
001
091
328
091
091
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, HEAT EXCHANGER –
INTERNATIONAL HEALTHCARE ..........................................
X
FITTING, Adaptor, Solder, 1" NPT x 3/4" NOM. ..........................
EXCHANGER, Heat .....................................................................
ELBOW, Union, 1" NPTM x 1" NPTF ...........................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
FITTING, Adaptor, Solder, 1" NPT x 1" NOM. .............................
FITTING, Elbow, Solder, 3.4" NOM. ............................................
TUBE, 7.8" ODT ...........................................................................
FITTING, Union, Solder, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NOM. ..........................
TEE, Reducing, 3/4" NPT x 3/4" NPT x 1/4" NPT .......................
NIPPLE, 3/4" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 3/4" NPT (S4) .................................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/8" NPT .................................................................
FITTING, Adapter, Solder, 3/4" NPT x 7/8" ODT .........................
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
10-75
764330-117
18
23
13
13
19
21
12
9
8
10
12
18
3
2
11
21
View at “A”
1
A
13
3
4
8
2
14
26
3
24
7
2
16
9
17
2
2
12
5
20
14
8
13
11
15
22
Figure 10-29. Assembly, Piping, Chamber Drain –
International Healthcare
10-76
764330-117
13
12
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-29-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
316276
129373
326451
129373
093927
129376
075663
048688
150829
150474
078820
048699
077345
076243
306528
328715
041067
076859
338520
129373
129373
051759
042282
077378
093927
061
639
061
638
066
431
061
061
486
147
061
061
061
061
061
061
091
061
812
463
640
091
061
061
503
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, CHAMBER DRAIN –
INTERNATIONAL HEALTHCARE ..........................................
X
CROSS, 1" NPT ...........................................................................
NIPPLE, 1" NPT x 1-1/2" Long ....................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 3/8" NPT ...................................
UNION, 1" NPT ............................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1" NPT (S3) ....................................................
CROSS, 3/8" NPT ........................................................................
TEE, 3/8" NPT ..............................................................................
NIPPLE, 3/8" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
FITTING, RTD, 3/8" NPT .............................................................
ELBOW, Street, 1" NPT ...............................................................
TEE, 1" NPT .................................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 3/8" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT ........................................................................
VALVE, Check, 1/4" NPT .............................................................
VALVE, Check, 1" NPT ................................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1" NPT x 1/4" NPT ...................................
TRAP, Steam, 3/8" NPT ...............................................................
TEE, 1/4" NPT ..............................................................................
VALVE, Solenoid, 1/4" NPT (S37) ...............................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ................
FITTING, Union, Solder, 1" NPT x 1" NOM. ................................
PLUG, Pipe, 1/4" NPT .................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 1-1/2" Long .................................................
VALVE, Ball, 1/4" NPT .................................................................
1
6
3
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
2
4
5
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
10-77
764330-117
1
2
3
4
5
8
10
6
7
9
9
9
Figure 10-30. Assembly, Piping, Jacket Drain –
International Healthcare
10-78
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-30-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
386344
150477
093927
129222
076053
028916
045060
150828
129373
129367
061
159
425
001
091
091
091
004
463
592
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, PIPING, JACKET DRAIN –
INTERNATIONAL HEALTHCARE ...........................................
X
STRAINER, 1/2" NPT ..................................................................
NIPPLE, 1/2" NPT x 1" Long ........................................................
VALVE, Check, 1/2" NPT .............................................................
TRAP, Steam, 1/2" NPT ...............................................................
BUSHING, Reducing, 1/2" NPT x 1/4" NPT ................................
NIPPLE, 1/4" NPT x 7/8" NPT .....................................................
CROSS, 1/4" NPT ........................................................................
TEE, Street, 1/4" NTP ..................................................................
ELBOW, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 3/8" ODT ..........................
CONNECTOR, Tube, Coupling, 1/4" NPT x 1/4" ODT ................
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
10-79
764330-117
NOTE: CK5 deleted after 01/01/05
Figure 10-31. Assembly, Tubing
10-80
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
PART
NUMBER
10-31-
S
V
C
ASSEMBLY, TUBING .................................................................
*1
2
R
R
003500 525
000915 043
**3
R
003500 774
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
TUBING, Teflon, 3/16" I.D. x .030" Wall x 1/4" ODT (Not Shown) A/R
TUBE, Soft Annealed Copper, 1/8" ODT x .030" Wall ................. A/R
(Not Shown)
TUBING, Teflon, 1/4" I.D. x .062" Wall x 3/8" ODT (Not Shown) A/R
* Tubing for door seal and exhaust built before 3/10/03.
** Tubing for door seal and exhaust built after 3/10/03.
10-81
764330-117
764330-117
10-82
S31
DL1
S3
PT1
TR1
*
RTD5
PG1
DS1
Operating End
CK4
* THESE PARTS USED ON HTM2010 (UNITED
KINGDOM) INTERNATIONL UNIITS ONLY
Figure 10-32. Assembly, Tubing –
International Healthcare
MV4
RTD4 RTD1
S40
*
RTD6
CS1
ST4
S9
PS1
S35
PR1
MV3
TR3
S2
SB1
TR2
CK3
RTD3
Double
Door Only
ST3
PG2 RV1
MV2
CHAMBER
ST2
PS2
S36
DS2
CK8
WASTE
TC140°F
S38
DL2
Pipe to
Floor
Non-Operating
End
S4
CK5
*FC3
F2
HX1
CK2
FC2
AntiCavitation
CK1 *MV5
STEAM
50-80 psig (dyn)
AIR
quality range = 97-100%
temp. range = 297°-325°F
w/max = 335 lbs/hr.
F1
Double
Door
S1
Only
S46
RTD2
*S43
ST1
WATER
INLET
MV1
S7
VP1
FC1
NOT USED ON
HTM 2010 UNITS
SUMP
DRAIN
PS3
WATER
20-50 psig (dyn)
temperature 70°F
w/max - 15 gpm
OE = Operating End
NOE = Nonoperating End
RTD = Resistive Thermal Detector
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
PART
NUMBER
10-32-
S
V
C
ASSEMBLY, TUBING – INTERNATIONAL HEALTHCARE ......
1
2
R
R
3
R
003500 774
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
TUBING, Teflon, 1/4" I.D. x .030" Wall x 3/8" ODT (Not Shown) A/R
TUBE, Stainless Steel, 5/16" ODT x .035" Wall, Type 304 ......... A/R
(Not Shown)
TUBING, Teflon, 1/4" I.D. x .062" Wall x 3/8" ODT ...................... A/R
(Not Shown)
10-83
764330-117
12
4
1
20
10
2
8
3
19
14
Earlier Units
7
12
12
9
6
19
17
5
11
8
18
14
13
16
21
7
22
16
14
15
4
Figure 10-33. Assembly, Power Input Box – 26" x 37.5" Sterilizer with SSR
10-84
764330-117
Later Untis
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-33-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
146660 563
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
136816
129373
129363
084121
093921
129373
093908
129359
082675
129360
129360
019522
093927
093927
093908
093927
093927
090619
387345
129373
093908
084121
058
544
141
004
377
545
037
531
001
016
483
091
040
024
034
073
041
091
929
560
041
001
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, POWER INPUT BOX 26" X 37.5" STERILIZER
WITH SSR .................................................................................
X
BOX, Pull, Modified with Cover ....................................................
BLOCK, Terminal .........................................................................
SCREW, Round Head, #6-32 x 1" Long ......................................
NUT, Keps, #6-32 ........................................................................
RELAY, Solid State, 3 Phase ......................................................
PAD, Thermal Insulation ..............................................................
SCREW, Sems, #8-32 x 1/2" Long ..............................................
NUT, Keps, #8-32 ........................................................................
SCREW, Hex Head, (Green Ground) ..........................................
NUT, Flange, #10-32 ...................................................................
STICKER, Ground .......................................................................
TERMINAL, Ring, #10 Stud, 22-16 AWG ....................................
BREAKER, Circut ........................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Internal Cable .........................................................
SCREW, Sems, #6-32 x 1/2" Long ..............................................
ASSEMBLY, Internal Cable .........................................................
BASE, Mounting ...........................................................................
TERMINAL, Ring, #6 Stud, 22-16 AWG ......................................
FERRULE, Wire, 22 AWG, Single Conductor Insulation .............
LABEL, Marking ...........................................................................
SCREW, Sems, #4-20 x 3/8" Long ..............................................
NUT, Keps, #4-40 ........................................................................
1
1
2
6
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
7
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
10-85
764330-117
7
12
8
9
11
13
6
8
8
9
11
1
3
Figure 10-34. Assembly, Power Input Box –
26" x 37.5" Sterilizer with Contactor
10-86
764330-117
2
4
10
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-34-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
146660 563
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093909
056396
084200
129373
150829
232
120
001
537
817
338522
338522
338522
764332
764332
451
463
454
144
145
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, POWER INPUT BOX – 26" X 37.5" WITH
CONTACTOR ..............................................................................
X
RECEPTACLE, 4 Position ........................................................... 1
RECEPTACLE, 3 Position ........................................................... 1
PIN, Contact ................................................................................. 4
SOCKET, Contact ........................................................................ 3
BUSH, Knockout (Not Shown) ..................................................... 1
WIRE, Black, 18" Long ................................................................ A/R
WIRE, White, 20" Long ................................................................ A/R
WIRE, Black, 20" Long ................................................................ A/R
WIRE, Ferrule, 22 Awg, Single, Insulated Conductor .................. 2
WIRE, Ferrule, 16 Awg, Single, Insulated Conductor .................. 3
FERRULE, Wire, 22 Awg, Twin, Insulated Conductor ................. 2
CONTACTOR .............................................................................. 1
RELAY, Overcurrent .................................................................... 1
NOTE: Cut-in S/N 0136404-09.
NOTE: International and domestic high voltage use different
part numbers. See Figure 10-35 and 10-35A.
10-87
764330-117
4
1
20
10
2
8
3
12
7
12
9
19
6
17
5
11
14
8
18
16
13
21
Later Units
7
22
16
14
15
4
Figure 10-35A. Assembly, Power Input Box with SSR –
International Healthcare
10-88
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-35-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
146660 563
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
136816
129373
129363
084121
093921
129373
093908
129359
082675
129360
129360
019522
093927
093927
093908
093927
093927
090619
387345
129373
093908
084121
058
544
141
004
377
545
037
531
001
016
483
091
040
024
034
073
041
091
929
560
041
001
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY, POWER INPUT BOX WITH SSR –
INTERNATIONAL HEALTHCARE ..............................................
X
BOX, Pull, Modified with Cover ....................................................
BLOCK, Terminal .........................................................................
SCREW, Round Head, #6-32 x 1" Long ......................................
NUT, Keps, #6-32 ........................................................................
RELAY, Solid State, 3 Phase ......................................................
PAD, Thermal Insulation ..............................................................
SCREW, Sems, #8-32 x 12" Long ...............................................
NUT, Kleps, #8-32 .......................................................................
SCREW, Hex Head, (Green Ground) ..........................................
NUT, Flange, #10-32 ...................................................................
STICKER, Ground .......................................................................
TERMINAL, Ring, #10 Stud, 22-16 AWG ....................................
BREAKER, Circuit ........................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Internal Cable .........................................................
SCREW, Sems, #6-32 x 1/2" Long ..............................................
ASSEMBLY, Internal Cable .........................................................
BASE, Mounting ...........................................................................
TERMINAL, Ring, #6 Stud, 22-16 AWG ......................................
FERRULE, Wire, 22 AWG, Single Conductor Insulation .............
LABEL, Marking ...........................................................................
SCREW, Sems, #4-20 x 3/8" Long ..............................................
NUT, Keps, #4-40 ........................................................................
1
1
2
6
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
7
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
10-89
764330-117
5
19 18
14
10
6
17
20
14 10
6
6
13
21
9
8
22
11
7
6
11
1
8
3
8
2
9
Figure 10-35B. A/B Motor Starter Enclosure - High Voltage
10-90
764330-117
4
10
10 14
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-35B- P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
134473 406
A/B MOTOR STARTER ENCLOSURE - HIGH VOLTAGE ........
X
P
P
P
P
P
093909
056396
084200
129373
150829
232
120
001
537
817
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
338522
338522
338522
129360
093922
019522
093927
451
463
454
483
171
091
072
P
P
P
P
P
P
129373
082675
129360
129373
764332
764332
544
001
016
560
144
258
RECEPTACLE, 4 Position, #206061-1 or 207825-6 ...................
RECEPTACLE, 3 Position, #206425-1 ........................................
CONTACT, Pin, #66400-4 ...........................................................
CONTACT, Socket, #66740-8 .....................................................
BUSH, Knockout, #9791 ..............................................................
WIRE, Black, 66" Long ................................................................
WIRE, White, 20" Long ................................................................
WIRE, Black, 20" Long ................................................................
FERRULE, Wire, 22 AWG, Single, Insulated Conductor .............
FERRULE, Wire, 16 AWG, Single, Insulated Conductor .............
FERRULE, Wire, 22 AWG, Twin, Insulated Conductor ...............
STICKER, Ground .......................................................................
FILTER, AC, 3-Phase ..................................................................
TERMINAL, Ring, #10 Stud, 22-16 AWG ....................................
BRACKET, Mouting, Terminal Block ...........................................
WIRE, Green/Yellow, Ground, 8" Long ........................................
BLOCK, Terminal .........................................................................
SCREW, Hex Head, Green, Ground ...........................................
NUT, Flange, #10-32 ...................................................................
LABEL, Marking ...........................................................................
CONTACTOR ..............................................................................
RELAY, Over Current ..................................................................
1
1
4
3
1
A/R
A/R
A/R
2
10
2
1
1
7
1
A/R
1
1
1
1
1
1
10-91
764330-117
22
1
23
2
21
20
19
18
3
17
4
16
15
5
14
13
6
12
29
7
2
8
11
10
Figure 10-36. Control Box Assembly
10-92
764330-117
9
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-361
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
P
146660 558
CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY ......................................................
X
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
136810
084121
093918
136809
141215
141215
093918
129367
136809
136809
093908
146659
136809
136809
093918
093911
764317
764317
129361
003966
019675
129367
146657
093918
150371
093918
093918
093918
146659
SUPPLY, Power ...........................................................................
NUT, Keps, #6 .............................................................................
HARNESS, Wire, (J2/Fan) ...........................................................
HARNESS, Wire, (J42/J16) .........................................................
BOARD, Control Assembly ..........................................................
BOARD, Connector Assembly .....................................................
FAN, Cooling ................................................................................
FILTER, Air ..................................................................................
GASKET, Control Box ..................................................................
FAN, Adapter ...............................................................................
SCREW, Sems #6-32 x 3/8" Long ...............................................
ASSEMBLY, I/O Board (For Single Door Units) ..........................
HARNESS, Wire, (J3B/J15B) ......................................................
HARNESS, Wire, (J3A/J15A) ......................................................
DECAL, Switch ............................................................................
SWITCH, Control (SW1) ..............................................................
FILTER, Line, F1, F2 (Power Supply) ..........................................
FUSE, 5A (F3) .............................................................................
BLOCK, Terminal .........................................................................
SCREW, Round Head #6-32 x 1-1/4" Long .................................
WASHER, Lock, #6 ......................................................................
LABEL, Terminal Block ................................................................
HOUSING, Control .......................................................................
HOSE, Control Box (Not Shown) .................................................
DECAL, Disconnect Power (Not Shown) .....................................
LABEL, Warning Burn Hazard (Not Shown) ................................
LABEL, Main Power (Not Shown) ................................................
LABEL, Warning Shock/Burn (Not Shown) ..................................
ASSEMBLY, I/O Board ................................................................
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
006
002
080
744
202
214
079
525
737
743
039
066
746
745
457
576
825
463
158
041
041
492
777
352
001
187
457
099
008
10-93
764330-117
7
1
15
3
8
12
2
5
17
10
14
4
9
16
Figure 10-37. Display Control Housing Assembly
10-94
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-37-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DISPLAY CONTROL HOUSING ASSEMBLY – PRINTER ........
DISPLAY CONTROL HOUSING ASSEMBLY WITH
POWER SUPPLY ......................................................................
P
093918 426
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146657
093918
129362
093911
093918
093918
093918
084449
093918
093911
093918
093918
136809
150828
776
016
819
522
051
052
058
001
017
970
213
053
736
440
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
HOUSING, Control
HOUSING, Printer, Assembly ......................................................
PLATE, Mounting
DOOR, Printer Access .................................................................
RETAINER, Paper, Roll ...............................................................
ROLL, Paper, Box of 3 (Not Shown) ............................................
LABEL ..........................................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Printer/Header ........................................................
GASKET, Control Housing ...........................................................
SPOOL, Assembly .......................................................................
CATCH, Magnet (Not Shown) ......................................................
CLIP, Push-On .............................................................................
PLATE, Strike ..............................................................................
STUD, Spool ................................................................................
COVER, Mounting Plate ..............................................................
COVER, Door Opening ................................................................
RIBBON, Printer (Package of 2) ..................................................
10-95
764330-117
X
X
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
–
–
1
1
–
–
1
–
1
–
1
–
1
–
1
1
–
19
18
17
16
14
15
9
14
15
13
16
17
6
9
10
8
8
7
11
6
10
Black
11
Brown
5
6
12
3
1
2
Dip Switch
#1 and 8 ON
Configure Jumpers
W1: Pin 2 to Pin 3
W2: Pin 1 to Pin 2
Dip Switch
#3, 5, and 8 ON
4
3
1
Printer
Figure 10-38. Display Control Housing Assembly (Monochrome)
10-96
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-38-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
P
141214 475
141214 476
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093918
136809
093918
093918
129359
084104
129326
056401
356256
093922
356256
093908
136816
093908
021
730
084
064
521
001
001
557
782
653
824
039
062
034
P
P
084121 002
129384 062
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
DISPLAY CONTROL HOUSING ASSEMBLY – PRINTER (OE)
DISPLAY CONTROL HOUSING ASSEMBLY WITH
POWER SUPPLY (NOE) ...........................................................
X
HARNESS, I.C., 40 Circuit ...........................................................
HARNESS, Wire, PTR/J44 ..........................................................
HARNESS, Wire, J4/CN2 ............................................................
HARNESS, Wire, J15/J42 ............................................................
PLUG, 2 Position .........................................................................
CABLE, Tie ..................................................................................
MOUNT, Wire Tie ........................................................................
GASKET, Housing Control ...........................................................
SUPPLY, Power ...........................................................................
HARNESS Wire, AC, PS .............................................................
HARNESS Wire, DC Power Supply .............................................
SCREW, Sems, #6-32 x 3/8" Long ..............................................
BRACKET, Mounting, Power Supply ...........................................
SCREW, Sems, #6-32 x 1/2" Long ..............................................
SPACER, Nylon, #6 (NLA – No Substitute) .................................
NUT, Keps, #6-32 ........................................................................
BARRIER .....................................................................................
1
1
1
1
1
9
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
8
4
1
10-97
764330-117
X
1
–
1
–
–
9
–
1
1
1
–
1
1
4
8
–
1
1
15
2
4
18
17
13
16
3
19
12
10
8
24
6
11
9
5
20
Figure 10-39. Display Control Housing Assembly
10-98
764330-117
7
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-39-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
141214 475
141214 476
093918
093911
093918
146657
141214
146656
084121
093912
136809
093912
136809
093912
081673
093918
093918
129361
129367
093908
093908
084121
084114
093912
005469
136809
014
955
022
754
630
182
003
152
735
157
701
155
004
206
205
899
483
033
032
004
002
151
041
730
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
DISPLAY CONTROL HOUSING ASSEMBLY – PRINTER ........
DISPLAY CONTROL HOUSING ASSEMBLY WITH
POWER SUPPLY ......................................................................
X
GEARMOTOR, CW ......................................................................
BRACKET, Speaker .....................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Speaker ..................................................................
BEZEL, Connector .......................................................................
ASSEMBLY, Display, Interface Board .........................................
BOARD, Printer Assembly ...........................................................
NUT, Keps, #4-40 ........................................................................
STANDOFF, M x F, #6-32 x 3/8" Long ........................................
DISPLAY, Module, Vacuum Flourescent .....................................
STANDOFF, M x F, #6-32 x 1" Long ...........................................
SCREEN, Touch ..........................................................................
STANDOFF, M x F, #6-32 x 3/4" Long ........................................
WASHER, Flat, #6 x .032 Thick ...................................................
SHIELD (Not Shown) ...................................................................
MAGNET, Spindle Assembly .......................................................
STANDOFF, M x F, #4-40 x 3/16" Long ......................................
GASKET, Bezel ...........................................................................
SCREW, Sems, #6-32 x 1/4" Long ..............................................
SCREW, Sems, #4-40 x 1/2" Long ..............................................
NUT, Keps, #6-32 ........................................................................
WASHER, Flat, #6 x .032 Thick (Not Shown) ..............................
STANDOFF, M x F, #6-32 x 1/4" Long (Not Shown) ...................
WASHER, Flat, #6 (Not Shown) ..................................................
HARNESS, Wire (PTR/J44) .........................................................
1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
2
–
4
–
1
1
2
2
1
1
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
–
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
6
14 14
4
4
–
4
–
8
1
–
10-99
764330-117
X
1
2
3
16
7
4
5
6
15
8
9
2
10
11
2
12
14
13
Figure 10-40. Control Panel Assembly (Color LCD Display Version)
10-100
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-40-
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
141215 585
P
141215 586
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
093908
084121
136816
093918
141215
093918
093911
129367
009318
136812
093911
093922
129384
146665
129326
075954
146665
136812
034
003
062
426
584
205
956
593
058
931
955
916
289
376
001
091
386
930
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (COLOR LCD DISPLAY
VERSION) OPERATING END ...................................................
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (COLOR LCD DISPLAY
VERSION) NON-OPERATING END ..........................................
SCREW, Sems, #6-32 x 1/2" Long ..............................................
NUT, Keps, #6-32 ........................................................................
BRACKET, Mounting, Power Supply ...........................................
HOUSING, Printer ........................................................................
PLATE, Mounting .........................................................................
MAGNET, Spindle Assembly .......................................................
MAGNET Only .............................................................................
TAPE (Plastic Ring) .....................................................................
SPOOL, Takeup ...........................................................................
MOTOR HARNESS ASSEMBLY .................................................
BRACKET, Speaker .....................................................................
SPEAKER, Assembly ..................................................................
STANDOFF M x F, #6-32 x 3/8" Long .........................................
ASSEMBLY, Display Interface Board ..........................................
MOUNT, Wire Tie ........................................................................
WIRE TIE .....................................................................................
DISPLAY MODULE, Color LCD ...................................................
POWER SUPPLY ........................................................................
SPACER, Nylon (NLA – No Substitute) .......................................
10-101
764330-117
X
X
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
24
26
21
26
30
Section A-A
29
28
14
26
24
30
41
13
27
15
12
29
26
11
11
6
10
28
4
5
24
28
20
25
A
16
40
18
38
34
35
33
39
A
37
33
7
43
21
26
8
42
22
3
19
21
1
26
35
36
8
9
23
8
22
44
2
46
53
49
47
52
48
50 51
45
18
Figure 10-41A. Transfer Car Assembly
10-102
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-41A- P
P
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
R
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
141198 389
141198 390
141198 391
TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY, 36 INCH ....................................
TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY, 48 INCH ....................................
TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY, 60 INCH ....................................
056396
056396
025890
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
136816
056396
141198
141198
141198
129353
036545
091576
091634
091635
043262
091536
003099
091557
091558
093927
056396
043058
129353
076884
150828
150828
150828
150828
150828
056401
150828
093911
150828
003992
020844
005300
129367
129353
150473
019686
003097
129361
003041
134473
134473
082510
083737
141198
CASTER, Rigid ............................................................................ 2
2 2
CASTER, Swivel .......................................................................... 2
2 2
PLUG, Button ............................................................................... 2
2 2
WELDMENT, Track, Right Hand ................................................. 1
– –
WELDMENT, Track, Right Hand ................................................. –
1 –
WELDMENT, Track, Right Hand ................................................. –
– 1
ASSEMBLY, Track, Left Hand ..................................................... 1
– –
ASSEMBLY, Track, Left Hand ..................................................... –
1 –
ASSEMBLY, Track, Left Hand ..................................................... –
– 1
HANDLE ...................................................................................... 1
1 1
WELDMENT, Frame .................................................................... 1
1 1
WELDMENT, Frame .................................................................... 1
1 1
WELDMENT, Frame .................................................................... 1
1 1
RETAINING RING ........................................................................ 2
2 2
NUT, Hex, 5/16-18 ....................................................................... 4
4 4
WELDMENT, Handle ................................................................... 1
– –
HANDLE, Rod .............................................................................. –
1 –
HANDLE, Rod .............................................................................. –
– 1
PIN Roll ........................................................................................ 2
2 2
SPRING, Compression ................................................................ 1
1 1
NUT, Hex, 3/8-16 ......................................................................... 1
1 1
YOKE ........................................................................................... 1
1 1
PIN, Clevis ................................................................................... 1
1 1
WELDMENT, Shaft (Sliding Door Only) ...................................... 1
1 1
WELDMENT, Shaft (Hinge Door Only)
BAG, Muslin (Not Shown) ............................................................ 1
1 1
E-Ring .......................................................................................... 2
2 2
TAG, Instruction, Handle Attachment .......................................... 1
1 1
KNOB, Pull ................................................................................... 1
1 1
WASHER, Lock, S.S., 3/4" .......................................................... 4
4 4
AXLE ............................................................................................ 1
1 1
BOLT, Carriage, 5/16-18 x 2-3/4" Long ....................................... 4
4 4
NUT, Jam, 3/4-16 ......................................................................... 4
4 4
TAG, Instruction ........................................................................... 1
1 1
NUT, Hex, 3/4-16 ......................................................................... 8
8 8
LABEL .......................................................................................... 2
2 2
SPACER ...................................................................................... 2
3 3
SCREW ........................................................................................ 4
6 6
WASHER, Shim ........................................................................... A/R A/R A/R
LOCTITE, #222-31 (Not Shown) ................................................. A/R A/R A/R
MANUAL, Equipment (Not Shown) .............................................. 1
1 1
WASHER, Flat, .281 ID x .562 OD x .050 Thick .......................... 32 32 23
BOLT, Hex Head, 1/4-20 x 2" Long ............................................. 16 16 16
WASHER, Lock, 1/4" ................................................................... 22 24 26
NUT, Hex, UNC, 1/4-20 ............................................................... 6
8 10
SCREW, Hex Head, Plastic, 1/4-20 x 1-1/4" Long ...................... 6
8 10
NUT, Acorn, UNC, 1/4-20 ............................................................ 16 16 16
HOLDER, Shelf Front .................................................................. 2
2 4
HOLDER, Shelf Rear ................................................................... 2
2 –
NAMEPLATE ............................................................................... 1
1 1
SCREW, Drive, #6 x 1/4" Long .................................................... 2
2 2
BAR, Shelf ................................................................................... 2
– –
370
369
052
067
065
063
071
070
069
854
382
383
384
322
061
001
001
001
061
061
042
010
045
037
883
091
321
091
088
812
051
090
237
018
236
852
292
041
061
545
288
295
152
061
041
385
051
302
303
001
001
780
continued on next page
10-103
764330-117
X
X
X
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-41A
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
P
P
P
141198 389
141198 390
141198 391
TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY, 36 INCH ....................................
TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY, 48 INCH ....................................
TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY, 60 INCH ....................................
X
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
141198
141198
091535
003992
150828
039644
150828
019677
003039
091537
SUPPORT, Shelf .........................................................................
SUPPORT, Shelf .........................................................................
SPRING, Tension ........................................................................
SCREW, Right Hand Hinge Door, 10-24 x 5/8" ...........................
SPACER, Latch ...........................................................................
SCREW, Right Hand Hinge Door, 10-24 x 3/4" ...........................
SUPPORT, Latch .........................................................................
LOCKWASHER ...........................................................................
NUT, Hex .....................................................................................
BRACKET, Spring ........................................................................
2
–
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
–
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
Plate, Latch
1
1
1
53 P
783
785
061
041
059
048
060
041
041
061
134468 999
10-105
764330-117
X
X
26
6
43
21
15
14
27
4
26
13
21
21
12
26
11
26
24
26
20
10
18
30
24
26
24
3
16
9
26
22
9
31
SECTION A-A
23
25
9
1
8
19
29
35
2
36
5
42
41
40
4
39
34
38
33
35
33
33
37
29
7
28
34
8
5
Figure 10-41B. 36" Transfer Car Assembly (After 01/05)
10-106
764330-117
8
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
10-41B- P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
43 P
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
141214 723
36" TRANSFER CAR ASSEMBLY (AFTER 01/05) ...................
X
056402
056402
025890
141198
150828
056402
141198
129353
150829
150829
043262
091536
003099
091557
091558
056402
043058
150829
076884
150828
150828
134473
134473
150828
056401
150828
093911
141198
141198
082510
451422
129367
129353
150473
019686
003097
129361
003041
150829
150829
033281
150829
CASTER, Rigid, Sub Assembly ...................................................
CASTER, Swivel, Sub Assembly .................................................
PLUG BUTTON ............................................................................
TRACK ASSEMBLY ....................................................................
AXLE ............................................................................................
HANDLE ......................................................................................
FRAME WELDMENT ...................................................................
E-RING .........................................................................................
BOLT, Hex, Head, 3/4-16" x 5-1/2" Long .....................................
HANDLE, Rod ..............................................................................
PIN, Roll .......................................................................................
SPRING, Compression ................................................................
NUT, Hex 3/8 -16 .........................................................................
YOKE ...........................................................................................
PIN, Clevis ...................................................................................
SHAFT WELDMENT ....................................................................
MUSLIN BAG ...............................................................................
E-RING .........................................................................................
TAG, Instruction Handle Mounting ...............................................
KNOB, Pull ...................................................................................
LOCKWASHER, 3/4" Stainless Steel ..........................................
HOLDER, Shelf Front ..................................................................
HOLDER, Shelf Rear ...................................................................
NUT, Jam, 3/4-16 .........................................................................
TAG, Instruction ...........................................................................
NUT, Hex, 3/4-16 .........................................................................
LABEL ..........................................................................................
BAR, Shelf ...................................................................................
SUPPORT, Shelf .........................................................................
NAMEPLATE ...............................................................................
POP RIVET, 1/8" Stainless Steel .................................................
EQUIPMENT MANUAL ................................................................
WASHER, Flat, .281 ID x .562 OD x .050 Thick ..........................
BOLT, Hex Head, 1/4-20 x 2" Long .............................................
WASHER, Lock 1/4 ......................................................................
NUT, Hex, 1/4-20 UNC ................................................................
SCREW, Hex Head Plastic, 1/4-20 x 1-1/4" Long .......................
NUT, Acorn, 1/4-20 UNC .............................................................
BOLT, Carriage, 5/16-18 x 1-1/2" Long .......................................
NUT, Acorn, 5/16-18 ....................................................................
WASHER, Flat, 5/16" x 1/32" Thick .............................................
WASHER, Lock, 5/16" ID .............................................................
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
2
4
1
12
2
2
2
1
2
1
32
16
22
6
8
16
4
4
4
4
Plate, Latch
1
106
107
052
483
051
071
382
322
733
790
061
061
042
091
045
070
091
789
091
088
812
302
303
237
018
236
852
780
783
001
001
288
295
152
061
041
385
051
846
848
061
847
134473 377
10-107
764330-117
Figure 10-42. Optional Loading Car Assembly
10-108
764330-117
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-42-
LOADING CAR 36" .....................................................................
LOADING CAR 48" .....................................................................
LOADING CAR 60" .....................................................................
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
141198
141198
141198
141198
141198
141198
141198
129361
141198
150829
150829
056401
046038
129353
150828
796
756
757
758
751
753
755
387
791
734
733
537
061
293
230
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
X
X
X
SHELF, 11-7/8" x 20" ................................................................... 9 12 15
GATE, Side, 36" ........................................................................... 6
– –
GATE, Side, 48" ........................................................................... –
6 –
GATE, Side, 60" ........................................................................... –
– 6
SUPPORT, Shelf, 36" .................................................................. 4
– –
SUPPORT, Shelf, 48" .................................................................. –
4 –
SUPPORT, Shelf, 60" .................................................................. –
– 4
RING, Retaining, End Gate .......................................................... 4
4 4
GATE, End, 36", 48" 60" .............................................................. 2
2 2
WHEEL ........................................................................................ 4
4 4
BUSHING, (1 per wheel) .............................................................. 1
1 1
AXLE ............................................................................................ 2
2 2
PIN, Cotter ................................................................................... 4
4 4
WASHER, Axle (Flat) ................................................................... A/R A/R A/R
MITT, Oven (Not Shown) ............................................................. A/R A/R A/R
10-109
764330-117
2
1
7
7
5
2
2
5
3
3
4
4
3
6
4
6
1
1
6
6
3
4
6
6
4
4
3
3
5
5
7
7
2
2
2
Double Door
2
7
1
2
7
2
5
4
3
3
4
6
6
4
1
1
6
6
4
3
4
3
4
5
2
8
7
8
12
2
12
Figure 10-43. Rack and Shelf Assembly
10-110
764330-117
9
10 11
2
FIG. &
ITEM
NO.
S
V
C
PART
NUMBER
10-43-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
146660
146660
093927
077561
129373
129353
146657
076239
093912
150475
019687
150473
146660
577
576
025
061
543
310
644
061
242
594
061
299
566
UNITS PER
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
RACK AND SHELF ASSEMBLY, 36" SINGLE DOOR ..............
RACK AND SHELF ASSEMBLY, 36" DOUBLE DOOR ............
X
FRAME, Shelf ..............................................................................
FRAME, Shelf ..............................................................................
BAR, Tie .......................................................................................
SCREW, Set ................................................................................
SCREW, Button Head Cap, 1/4-20 x 5/6" Long ..........................
SCREW, Hex Head, S.S., 1/4-20 x 1-1/4" Long ..........................
SHELF .........................................................................................
NUT, Hex, 1/4-20 .........................................................................
SCREW, Flange, Lock, 1/4-20 x 3/8" Long .................................
NUT, Hex, UNC, 1/4-20 ...............................................................
WASHER, Lock, 1/4" ...................................................................
WASHER, Flat, 13/32" x 1-1/4" x 7/64" Thick ..............................
SUPPORT, Rack .........................................................................
2
–
–
2
4
4
8 16
24 24
4
8
3
3
4
8
4
–
6
–
6
–
6
–
1
–
10-111
764330-117
X
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
(Front
Cover)
Front Cover
P: Stamp "06/17/10 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-26
10-7 Shell & Door Assembly,
Single & Double Hinge Door
10-109
10-42 Optional Loading Car
Assembly
10-90
10-35B A/B Motor Starter
Enclosure-High Voltage
10-91
10-35B A/B Motor Starter
Enclosure-High Voltage
Front Cover
Front Cover
10-88
10-35A Assembly, Power Input
Box with SSR- International
Healthcare
10-88
10-35A Assembly, Power Input
Box with SSR- International
Healthcare
Front Cover
Front Cover
10-3
10-41
Front Cover
10-3
10-5
Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Scientific Unit
Replacement Parts Listing
10-3 Final Piping Assembly,
Upper Middle – Domestic
Healthcare and Standard Life
Sciences
Front Cover
Replacement Parts Listing
International Replacement
Parts Listing
P: Door handle is not shown in manual
C: manual error/omission
A: P146660-554 Door Handle (this is the white pull handle). The locking lever
number is P146660-556
P: Item # 11 P150828-230 Oven Mitt is NLA
C: no longer supplied by Steris
A: NLA no sub
P: change in way item #21 contactor and item #22 relay are mounted
C: both of these parts have been subbed and eliminates old style mounting bracket.
New style relay will not work with old style contactor. (See SST 05038-SST)
A: replace both parts (Item's 21 & 22) at same time.
P: change in way item #21 contactor and item #22 relay are mounted
C: both of these parts have been subbed and eliminates old style mounting bracket.
New style relay will not work with old style contactor. (See SST 05038-SST)
A: replace both parts (Item's 21 & 22) at same time.
P: Stamp "08/25/10 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
P: To Pump Cable number needed
C: Not in Manual
A: P136816-060
P: SSR cable # needed
C: Not in Manual
A: P141214-687 S12 to S4,S7,S43, and S46
P146660-470 S12 to S4,S7,S43,S46 and MB (MB means back door motor)
P: Stamp "09/08/10 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
P: Safety Valve P093921-266 is NLA
C: Sub
A: P056402-028
P: Item# 2 Safety Valve P093921-266 is NLA
C: Sub
A: P056402-028
P: Stamp “09/27/2010” LIVE DOCUMENT” C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
P: The old PS1 switch P129376-156 has been changed
C: Change
A: To replace the old PS1 with the new PS1 order these components:
Pressure Switch P150829-896 qty 1
Quick Disconnect Terminals P150475-978 qty 2
Nipple 1/8" NPT x 1" LG P028899-091 qty 1
Reducing Bushing 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT P000939-091 qty 1
Instructions
1. Cut the spade lugs from the cable assembly and install the new quick disconnect
terminations and connect the cable to the switch.
2. Test the unit and confirm that the switch is set to 5psi +/- .5 psi on rise
P: The old PS1 switch P129376-156 has been changed
C: Change
A: To replace the old PS1 with the new PS1 order these components:
Pressure Switch P150829-896 qty 1
Quick Disconnect Terminals P150475-978 qty 2
Nipple 1/8" NPT x 1" LG P028899-091 qty 1
Reducing Bushing 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT P000939-091 qty 1
Instructions
1. Cut the spade lugs from the cable assembly and install the new quick disconnect
terminations and connect the cable to the switch.
2. Test the unit and confirm that the switch is set to 5psi +/- .5 psi on rise
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
10-41
10-43
Figure Number/ Name
10-13 Final Piping Assembly,
Upper Middle – Domestic
Healthcare and Standard Life
Sciences
10-14 Final Piping Assembly,
Upper Middle – International
Healthcare
Manual Development Historical Record
P: Item #16 switch P129376-156 for PS1 only has been changed
C: Change
A: To replace the old PS1 with the new PS1 order these components:
Pressure Switch P150829-896 qty 1
Quick Disconnect Terminals P150475-978 qty 2
Nipple 1/8" NPT x 1" LG P028899-091 qty 1
Reducing Bushing 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT P000939-091 qty 1
Instructions
1. Cut the spade lugs from the cable assembly and install the new quick disconnect
terminations and connect the cable to the switch.
2. Test the unit and confirm that the switch is set to 5psi +/- .5 psi on rise
P: Item #15 switch P129376-156 for PS1 only has been changed
C: Change
A: To replace the old PS1 with the new PS1 order these components:
Pressure Switch P150829-896 qty 1
Quick Disconnect Terminals P150475-978 qty 2
Nipple 1/8" NPT x 1" LG P028899-091 qty 1
Reducing Bushing 1/4" NPT x 1/8" NPT P000939-091 qty 1
Instructions
1. Cut the spade lugs from the cable assembly and install the new quick disconnect
terminations and connect the cable to the switch.
2. Test the unit and confirm that the switch is set to 5psi +/- .5 psi on rise
Front Cover
P: Stamp "11/12/10 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-81
10-31 Assembly, Tubing
P: 1/4" tubing has increased to 3/8"
C: Manufacturing Change (See Service Bulletin 03037)
A: R003500-774 3/8 Teflon tube 10ft for SD 20ft for DD
P129373-463 1/4 NPT x 3/8 ODT Elbow Fitting
P129373-464 1/4 NPT x 3/8 ODT Straight Fitting
P150828-004 1/4 NPT Tee-Street
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "12/15/10 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-26
10-7 Shell and Door Assembly,
Single and Double Hinge Door
P: Part number for casters needed
C: Not in Manual
A: P091058-091 Caster 2each
P150829-839 Swivel Lock Caster 2each
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "02/07/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-8
10-1 Panel and Control
Assembly- Hinge Door
P: Lower Panel Door Magnet needed
C: Part missing from manual
A: P084298-001
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "02/25/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-3
Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Scientific Unit
Replacement Parts Listing
P: Need a repair kit for the door lock cylinder
C: not in manual
A: P764334-260 Diaphragm for Door Lock Cylinder
10-5
International Healthcare Unit
Replacement Parts Listing
P: Need a repair kit for the door lock cylinder
C: not in manual
A: P764334-260 Diaphragm for Door Lock Cylinder
10-27
10-7 Shell and Door Assembly,
Single and Double Hinge Door
P: Need a repair kit for the door lock cylinder
C: not in manual
A: P764334-260 Diaphragm for Door Lock Cylinder
Front Cover
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "03/10/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-3
Unit Replacement Parts Listing
10-3
Unit Replacement Parts Listing
10-5
International Unit Replacement
Parts Listing
10-5
International Unit Replacement
Parts Listing
10-2
Piping Schematic
10-3
Unit Replacement Parts Listing
10-3
Unit Replacement Parts Listing
10-3
Unit Replacement Parts Listing
10-5
International Unit Replacement
Parts Listing
10-8
10-1 Panel and Control
Assembly – Hinge Door
10-8
10-1 Panel and Control
Assembly – Hinge Door
10-8
10-1 Panel and Control
Assembly – Hinge Door
10-9
10-1 Panel and Control
Assembly – Hinge Door
10-14
10-3 Pulley Assembly – Sliding
Door
10-26
10-7 Shell and Door Assembly
10-28
10-7 Shell and Door Assembly
10-29
10-7 Shell and Door Assembly
10-29
10-7 Shell and Door Assembly
P: P764331-562 not developed yet part number printed in manual before kit was
ready.
C: No kit ever made
A: No Repair kit available.
P: P764331-561 not developed yet part number printed in manual before kit was
ready.
C: No kit ever made
A: No Repair kit available.
P: P764331-561 not developed yet part number printed in manual before kit was
ready.
C: No kit ever made
A: No Repair kit available.
P: P764331-562 not developed yet part number printed in manual before kit was
ready.
C: No kit ever made
A: No Repair kit available.
P: Drawing needs updated for serial number differences
C: Clarification
A: Add markups to the drawing
P: Need the parts for the color display
C: Not in manual
A: I/O and printer board for color display is part # P146665-376
P: Part number is incorrect shows"1412155856"
C: Typo
A: should be "141215-586"
P: Part # P146659-008 is NLA
C: P/N has changed
A: Sub to P146665-961
P: Part # P146659-008 is NLA
C: P/N has changed
A: Sub to P146665-961
P: Remote Terminal Box needed
C: Not in manual
A: P387353-012 20'EXT KIT-REMOTE TERM BX
P: bottom filler panel just above access door but below chamber door
C: Not in manual
A: P146660-571
If the filler panel at site received does not fit use: P146660-57A
P: Need the kickpanel part number
C: Not in manual
A: P146660-504
P: Part number missing for Item #20
C: Error
A: P146665-823
P: Unidentified Parts
C: Manual Error
A: Door Shock Absorber P129373-571
Shock Absorber Nut P016055-045
P: Unidentified Parts
C: Not in manual
A: stand bracket right hand P141214-731
left hand P141214-732
P: Part number for casters needed
C: Not in Manual
A: P091058-091 Caster 2each
P150829-839 Swivel Lock Caster 2each
P: Item # 52 is incorrect
C: Typo
A: P129376-014
P: Item #74 is the shoulder bolt
C: Missing
A: Parts Kit P764333-206
Tool Kit P764333-207
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "03/10/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-30
10-8 Service Critical Parts
Identified Calibration Ports
10-30
10-8 Service Critical Parts
10-30
10-8 Service Critical Parts
10-32
10-9 Final Piping Assembly
Upper Back
10-33
10-9 Final Piping Assembly
Upper Back
10-49
10-17 Assembly Piping, Steam
to Jacket
10-54
10-20 Final Piping Assembly,
Lower
10-54
10-20 Final Piping Assembly,
Lower
10-54
10-20 Final Piping Assembly,
Lower
10-54
10-20 Final Piping Assembly,
Lower
10-55
10-20 Final Piping Assembly,
Lower
10-59
10-21 Vacuum Pump and Heat
Exchanger Piping Assembly
10-59
10-21 Vacuum Pump and Heat
Exchanger Piping Assembly
10-67
10-25 Pump Seal/Cooling
Water Piping Assembly
10-67
10-25 Pump Seal/Cooling
Water Piping Assembly
10-67
10-25 Pump Seal/Cooling
Water Piping Assembly
10-70
Final Piping Assembly – Lower
International Healthcare
P: Part number for casters needed
C: Not in Manual
A: P091058-091 Caster 2each
P150829-839 Swivel Lock Caster 2each
P: Incorrect Spelling
C: Typo
A: Components
P: Union Elbow for tube needed
C: Not shown
A: P082288-001 Union Elbow 1X1NPTM
P: Union Elbow for tube needed
C: Not shown
A: P082288-001 Union Elbow 1X1NPTM
P: item # 19 spare parts
C: additional parts
A: P764333-004 O-Ring
P764333-005 Seat
RTD FITTING TIGHTENING PROCEDURE:
Tighten w/ fingers and turn ¾ turn to get to about .057” of compression.
The acceptable range is .047” - .070 from the flat of the fitting to the base of the nut.
Important: Cannot back off the nut and retighten; the nut must be replaced. It will be
possible to pull the RTD out when the RTD is properly installed.
EB 3/31/2006
P: Mixing tank
C: Item # 28
A: S/S Mixing tank kit P764333-355
Plastic elbow - P129383-122
P: Need the pipe nipple and 90 deg elbow to the waste funnel
C: not shown
A: Pipe nipple 1 1/4" P129373-516
90deg elbow 1 1/4" P129373-514
P: Need tubing and fittings from mixing tank to jacket trap
C: not shown
A: tubing from mixing tank to jacket trap
R003500-774
fitting on mixing tank P129373-463
fittings on trap P129373-464 tube coupling connector and P000849-091 bushing
P: Item #25 P136816-054 is NLA
C: Manufacturing Change from plastic to S/S
A: S/S Mixing tank kit P764333-355
Plastic elbow - P129383-122
P: Vacuum Pump and Heat Exchanger Assembly
C: Part # not listed
A: P146660-527
P: P764331-562 not developed yet part number printed in manual before kit was
ready.
C: No kit ever made
A: No Repair kit available.
P: Pump Seal/Cooling Water assembly
C: Part# not provided
A: P146660-526
P: Item #8 is incorrect
C: Typo
A: P129373-463 Tube Coupling Elbow 1/4"X3/8"
P: Item#9 is incorrect
C: Typo
A: P001619-091
P: Item#9 is incorrect
C: Typo
A: P001619-091
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "03/11/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-71
10-27 Final Piping Assembly ,
Lower International Healthcare
10-90
10-35B A/B Motor Starter
Enclosure – High Voltage
10-91
10-35B A/B Motor Starter
Enclosure – High Voltage
10-93
10-36 Control Box Assembly
10-93
10-36 Control Box Assembly
10-93
10-36 Control Box Assembly
10-93
10-36 Control Box Assembly
10-101
10-40 Control Panel Assembly
Color LCD Display
10-101
10-40 Control Panel Assembly
Color LCD Display
P146665-376 is the display interface board and printer board assy in one
10-105
10-41A Transfer Car Assembly
Added item# 53 P134468-999 Latch Plate
10-105
10-41A Transfer Car Assembly
10-105
10-41A Transfer Car Assembly
10-107
10-41B Transfer Car Assembly
10-107
10-41B Transfer Car Assembly
Added item #43 P134473-377 Latch Plate
10-1
10.2 Preventive Maintenance
Packs
P: PM PACK #764330-485 has been subbed
C: Change
A: P764332-098
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "03/16/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-99
10-39 Display Control Housing
Assembly
P: Item# 9 is NLA
C: Manufacturing Change- Color LCD Displays are now used and the unit must be
upgraded to a color display
A: For O.E. P764331-953
For N.O.E P764331-954
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "05/18/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-3
Domestic Healthcare and
Standard Scientific Unit
Replacement Parts Listing
P: Part number for the Cable P093921-244 is incorrect
C: Voided Part
A: P093927-091 is the correct number for the cable.
P: Item #7 P136816-054 is NLA
C: Manufacturing Change from plastic to S/S
A: S/S Mixing tank kit P764333-355
Plastic elbow - P129383-122
P: Item 13 has been deleted by Engineering.
C: Incorrect part called out – no sub required – Item deleted
A: Item 13 “Line filter P093922-171 is no longer used after 8/09. Item deleted.”
P: Item 13 has been deleted by Engineering.
C: Incorrect part called out – no sub required – Item deleted
A: Item 13 “Line filter P093922-171 is no longer used after 8/09. Item deleted.”
P: Item #5 P141215-202 subs to a new number
C: Change
A: P146665-412 Control Board Assembly
P: Item #6 P141215-214 subs to a new number
C: Change
A: P146665-969
P: Item#12 P146659-066 subs to a new number
C: Change
A: P146665-425
P: Item#29 P146659-008 is NLA
C: Part number has changed
A: Sub to P146665-961
P: P009318-058 is incorrect
C: Typo
A: P093918-058 Takeup Spool
P093918-213 Spool Stud
P: Item #1 P056396-670 Rigid Caster subs to a new number
C: Change
A: P056402-106 Rigid Caster Assembly
P: Item #2 P056396-369 subs to a new number
C: Change
A: P056402-107 Swivel Caster Assembly
P: Item 9 P150829-733 not correct
C: Typo in manual
A: correct P/N is P150829-773
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "05/18/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-5
International Healthcare Unit
Replacement Parts Listing
P: Part number for the Cable P093921-244 is incorrect
C: Voided Part
A: P093927-091 is the correct number for the cable.
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "08/19/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
10-1
10.2 Preventive Maintenance
Packs
10-49
10-17 Piping Assembly, Steam
to Jacket
P: PM PACK #764330-485 has been subbed
C: Change
A: P764334-175 PM Pack #1
P764334-176 PM Pack #2
Refer to PMCL to verify which pack is needed
P: Reinforcement for PRV needed
C: Not in Manual
A: P009172-091
Section 11: Index for Century 26 x 37.5” Reference
Drawings
Description
Sheets Included
Part Number
Prevacuum Cycle Chart
1 of 1
N/A
Gravity Cycle Chart
1 of 1
N/A
SFPP & WRAPPID Cycle Chart
1 of 1
N/A
UK Prevac Cycle (HTM 2010 Cycle)
1 of 1
N/A
Piping Schematic (Early Version)
1 of 1
P146660-535
Piping Schematic
1 of 1
P146660-535
Machine Schematic
1 of 4, 2 of 4, 3 of 4, 4 of 4
P146660-557
Final Wiring Assembly, Single Door
3 of 4, 4 of 4
Control Chassis, 4 Board
3 of 3
P141215-206
Printer, Display Crtl. Housing Assy. (Monochrom)
4 of 4
P141214-475
Control Board, 512K/768K Basic
2 of 4, 3 of 4, 4 of 4
P141215-207/208
I/O Board Assembly
1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3
P146659-066
Stage 4 I/O Board, 16 AC Out, 1 Amp
1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3
P146659-008
Connector Board Assembly
1 of 2, 2 of 2
P141215-214
Cable Assembly, P18/LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4
1 of 1
P136816-026
Cable Assembly, P19/CS1, PS1, PS2, PS3
1 of 1
P136816-033
Cable Assembly – SD & DD
1 of 1
P136816-046
Harness Assembly, Chamber Pressure
Transducer
1 of 1
P136816-078
Cable Assembly – SD & DD, P24/RTD1 &
RTD4
1 of 1
P136816-049
Cable Assembly – Display – P27/P28 –
P1A/P1B
1 of 1
P136816-051
Cable Assembly, P17/LS5, LS6
1 of 1
P136816-055
Cable Assembly, Pump Power
1 of 1
P136816-060
Cable Assembly, P10/S3, S37, S38, S40, MA
1 of 1
P146660-469
Cable Assembly, P12/S4, MB, S43, S46
1 of 1
P146660-470
Cable Assembly, P11/S1, S2, S9, S35, S36
1 of 1
P146660-474
Cable Assembly, P9/P10A, P10B
1 of 1
P146660-476
P146660-489/490
&DEOH$VVHPEO\33 ZLWKFRQQHFWRUVRQ
ERWKHQGV RI3
Display Control Housing Assembly
with Power Supply
1 of 4, 2 of 4, 3 of 4, 4 of 4
P141214-476
Terminator, Cable (Single Door Only)
1 of 1
P56401-962
11-1
764330-117
Description
Display Assembly OE and NOE (Color)
Sheets Included
Part Number
1 of 6, 2of 6, 3 of 6, 4 of 6,
5 of 6, 6 of 6
P141215-585/586
Hinge Cover, Door Cover Handle Assembly
1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3
P146660-564/565
Final Wiring Assembly Single Door
1 of 4, 2 of 4, 3 of 4, 4 of 4
P141214-678/681
Panel, Side Filler LH Hinge
2 of 2
P146665-824
Panel, Side Filler RH Hinge
2 of 2
P146665-825
A/B Motor Starter Enclosure – Hi Volt
1 of 2
P134473-406
A/B Motor Starter Enclosure
1 of 2
P056402-082
400/480V Vacuum Pump Wiring Schematic
1 of 1
P129373-550
60" Transfer Car Assembly
1 of 1
P141214-725
Transfer Car Assembly 60"
1 of 1
P141198-391
11-2
764330-117
DESIGNATOR
DESCRIPTION
DOUBLE
DOOR
ONLY
DOUBLE
DOOR
ONLY
DESIGNATOR
DESCRIPTION
DOUBLE
DOOR
ONLY
DOUBLE
DOOR
ONLY
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "11/18/10 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
4-9
Table 4-2 I/O Slot 2 Board
4-9
Table 4-2 I/O Slot 2 Board
4-9
Table 4-2 I/O Slot 2 Board
4-9
Table 4-2 I/O Slot 2 Board
Front Cover
Front Cover
Pertinent information missing for D16. Added the following text in the appropriate
columns:
S38 NOE Seal Exhaust DRV16 AC15 F16
Pertinent information missing for D15. Added the following text in the appropriate
columns:
S8 Steam to Chamber (ISO) DRV15 AC14 F15
P: Part is NLA
C: P/N has changed
A: Sub to P146665-961
P: Part is NLA
C: P/N has changed
A: Sub to P146665-961
P: Stamp "01/14/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
P: Cannot diagnose I/O BOARD FAILURE in the field.
C: Missing diagnostic steps for I/O BOARD failure in Troubleshooting and Service
Manuals
A: Switched Neutral Relays can be affected by excessive moisture in the S2 valve
connector and can cause an I/O BOARD # X failure. Check switched neutral states
on I/O screen to determine if at least one of the relays is open “O”; if all are “N”,
check S2 for moisture.
P: Cannot diagnose I/O BOARD FAILURE in the field.
C: Missing diagnostic steps for I/O BOARD failure in Troubleshooting and Service
Manuals
A: Switched Neutral Relays can be affected by excessive moisture in the S35 valve
connector and can cause an I/O BOARD # X failure. Check switched neutral states
on I/O screen to determine if at least one of the relays is open “O”; if all are “N”,
check S35 for moisture.
P: Cannot diagnose I/O BOARD FAILURE in the field.
C: Missing diagnostic steps for I/O BOARD failure in Troubleshooting and Service
Manuals
A: Switched Neutral Relays can be affected by excessive moisture in the S36 valve
connector and can cause an I/O BOARD # X failure. Check switched neutral states
on I/O screen to determine if at least one of the relays is open “O”; if all are “N”,
check S36 for moisture.
8-16
8.3.7 Relay #1 Failure
8-17
8.3.8 Relay #2 Failure
8-17
8.3.9 Relay #3 Failure
Front Cover
Front Cover
7-10
7.8.3.5 Door Drive Cable
Tension Adjustment
7-11
7.8.3.8 Final Door Operation
Check
7-11
7.11 Leak Test
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "08/29/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
11-1
Reference Drawings Listing
Added line for the P9/P10 cable assembly with the connectors on both ends
Reference Drawings
P: P9/P10 cable with connectors on both ends needed
C: not in manual
A: Added drawing
P: Stamp "03/24/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
P: Incorrect figure number shown
C: Error
A: Should be Figure 7-16
P: Section number provided is incorrect
C: Error
A: Should be Section 7.8.3.5
P: This portion of this paragraph is incorrect.
C: 60mmHg does not equal 20inHg.
A: This should be deleted from the manual.
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Page
Number
Figure Number/ Name
Manual Development Historical Record
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "09/20/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
5-8
A2. Calibrate Jacket
Temperature
P: Manual statement is incorrect per Engineering.
C: Unknown
A: Corrected manual by replacing the note per the new note. See page for note
Front Cover
Front Cover
P: Stamp "11/11/11 LIVE DOCUMENT" Document Manufacturing changes/manual
errors and clarifications R: Stamped to show Live Document Date
5-21
5.5.2 Door Sensor
Adjustments PS1 Setting
P: Step #5 has the wrong psig for PS1
R: Should say 5. Adjust switch so that switch actuates at 5 psig.